The Profile System

English
1/2015
 MayTec System Technology

The key to success!

Solutions with Innovative Profile

The Profile System Curved Profiles The Clean-Room System

The Telescopic System The Linear System The Conveyor System

The Personnel Transfer System Safety Barriers The Dust Protection System

The ideal profile system Service Implementation

MayTec offers a comprehensive, harmonised The MayTec service is as versatile as the The MayTec profile system is easy to pro-
profile system. All profiles can be combined MayTec profile system. cess and quick to assemble. Its flexible and
in any way conceivable. You may choose: modular construction means it can be easily
The accessories provide functional and • delivery of standard elements ex-factory modified and is reusable at any time.
aesthetic solutions for a wide range of • delivery of profiles and accessories cut to An experienced team will support you in
applications. size according to parts list for customer’s implementing the MayTec system, tailored
assembly to your individual applications, taking into
• delivery of pre-fitted modular components consideration your dimensions, loading
• delivery of completely assembled units capacity and stability.
• assembly at your premises

Applications
• machine bases • assembly and inspection stations • special shelves
• machine enclosures • transfer and supply trolleys • plant equipment
• machine guarding • partitions and protective walls • display systems
• work stations • protective and work cabins • exhibition cabinets and stands
 Register

Table of contents
Introduction 1.0 0

Profiles Summary
Profiles 1.1
Profile machining 1.1A
- Coding examples 1.1B
Technical data 1.1C 1
Profile selection range 1.1D
Profile applications 1.1E
- Curved profiles 1.1E

Connection system Summary

Connector selection 1.2
Connectors 1.2A
- Cross bushings 1.2B
- Components 1.2C
2
- Special cases 1.2D
Connection possibilities 1.2E
Connector-Strength values 1.2F
Connection elements 1.29

Accessories Summary 3
Fastening elements 1.3
4
Installation accessories 1.4
Pneumatic accessories 1.5
5
Additional accessories 1.6 6
Electrical accessories 1.7
7
Panel elements 1.8
Washers, screws and tools 1.9
8
9
Subject index

1
 e w
• Free to use
N
CAD
Design Software
• Easy to install
• 80% Faster
• Export function for 3D models and parts list

Sample
Machine enclosure Complete in 20 min. ... Ready

3D view
Dimensional drawing

Exploded view with part numbers

Detailed drawings for all
panel elements Parts list with calcula ons

CAD
Download link:
www.maytec.de/index.php?id=21

2
 Table of contents

Article number group Page Article number group Page

Introduction........................................................ 5 1.1E.05 Profiles for cable guide ......................................... 75 0

1.01 Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters .................... 5 1.1E.06 Profiles for cable guide, Profile pre-cut lid .............. 76
1.02 Slot system .................................................................. 6 1.1E.07 Curved profiles ..................................................... 79
1.03 Numerical key for articles .............................................. 7
1.2 Connection System .......................................... 81
1.1 Profiles ............................................................... 8 1.2 Connectors - Examples ............................................... 83
1.04 Summary: Profiles ........................................................ 8 1.2 Summary: Connectors................................................. 84
1.04 Profiles (plain) .....................................................8, 9 1.2 Connectors (with machining) ................................. 84
1.04 Profiles (with grooves)............................................. 9 1.2 Connectors (without machining) ............................ 86
1.04 Profiles ................................................................ 10 1.2 Manufacture a connection ........................................... 88
1.09 Profile group 16 mm, E3-slot, P ................................... 12 1.2 Connector selection .................................................... 89
1.10 Profile group 16 mm, F-slot, P ..................................... 12 1.2A Connectors................................................................. 90
1.10 Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P .................................... 13 1.2A for profiles with core hole-Ø 6 mm ........................ 90
1.11 Profile group 20 mm, F-slot, P ..................................... 15 1.2A für profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm ...................... 92
1.11 Profile group 30 mm, F / E4-slot, P .............................. 16 1.2B Connector - Cross bushings ........................................ 98
1.11 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P ................................... 20 1.2B Drill dimensions for cross bushings ....................... 98
1.11 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot, P ................................... 28 1.2B Special cases ....................................................... 99
1.11 Profile group 50 mm, E4-slot, P ................................... 31 1.2B Mounting variants................................................. 99
1.11 Profile group 60 mm, E4-slot, P ................................... 32 1.2C Connector - Components .......................................... 101
1.11 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot......................................... 34 1.2C Connectors for core hole-Ø 6 mm ....................... 101
1.11 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot....................................... 36 1.2C Connectors for core hole-Ø 12 mm ..................... 102
1.11 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot....................................... 39 1.2D Connector - Special cases ......................................... 106
1.11 Profile group 50 mm, E4-slot....................................... 40 1.2D Parallel connector for profile 30×30, soft ............. 106
1.11 Profile group 60 mm, E4-slot ...................................... 42 1.2D Universal connector for profile 30×150 ............... 106
1.11 Profiles 48, round, P ................................................... 43 1.2D Extension / parallel connector ............................. 107
1.11 Profiles octagonal, P ................................................... 33 1.2D Universal connector with knurled cross b. ............ 108
1.14 Panel profiles 30, F-slot, P .......................................... 44 1.2D SE-Connector..................................................... 109
1.14 Panel profiles 40, E3-slot, P ........................................ 45 1.2D ST-Connector ..................................................... 110
1.14 Panel profiles 50, E4-slot, P ........................................ 46 1.2D ST-Connector with anchor, screw type ................. 111
1.15 Wire net profiles 30, F-slot, P ...................................... 47 1.2D Connector screw, self-cutting .............................. 112
1.15 Wire net profiles 40, F / E3-slot, P ............................... 47 1.2D Bayonet type connector ...................................... 113
1.19 E-trunking profiles ...................................................... 48 1.2D Cross connector ................................................. 115
1.19 19" profiles ................................................................ 50 1.2D Parallel connector for subsequent insertion .......... 116
1.17 Tube profiles 30, P ...................................................... 51 1.2D Clamping connector ........................................... 117
1.19 Tubes......................................................................... 51 1.2E Connection possibilities ............................................. 118
1.19 Profile pre-cut lids ...................................................... 52 1.2E for 0-slot profiles................................................ 118
1.19 Wire net mounting profiles .......................................... 52 1.2E Specification of milling patterns for closed profiles 119
1.19 Grab handle profiles.................................................... 52 1.2E for profiles 40, round .......................................... 127
1.19 Sliding profiles ............................................................ 53 1.2E Special cases ..................................................... 128
1.19 U-profile ..................................................................... 53 1.2E Other profile systems.......................................... 129
1.19 C-track ...................................................................... 53 1.2F Connector-strength values......................................... 130
1.1A Profile machining ........................................................ 54 1.29 Connection elements ................................................ 131
1.1A Summary ............................................................. 54 1.29 Anti-twist devices ............................................... 131
1.1A Order description.................................................. 54 1.29 Clamping levers ................................................. 134
1.1A Order example ..................................................... 54
1.1A Saw cut ............................................................... 55 Accessories.................................................... 135
1.1A Cross bushing bore .............................................. 56 Summary: Accessories .............................................. 135
1.1A Bores .................................................................. 56
1.1A Cross bore ........................................................... 56 1.3 Fastening elements ....................................... 138
1.1A Thread................................................................. 56 1.31 Threaded plates........................................................ 138
1.1A Direction and Position ........................................... 57 1.32 T-Nuts...................................................................... 141
1.1B Profile machining: Coding examples ............................. 58 1.33 Spring-nuts .............................................................. 145
1.1B for price group 1 .................................................. 58 1.34 T-Slot nuts ............................................................... 146
1.1B for price group 2 .................................................. 59 1.34 Rhomboid T-Slot nuts ................................................ 147
1.1B for price group 3 .................................................. 60 1.34 T-Bolts ..................................................................... 148
1.1B Order example for special design .......................... 60 1.35 Threaded inserts....................................................... 149
1.1C Technical data ............................................................ 61 1.35 Press-fit threaded inserts .......................................... 151
1.1D Profile selection range................................................. 64
1.1E Profile applications ..................................................... 68
1.1E.01 Profile combinations ............................................. 68
1.4 Installation accessories ................................. 153
1.41 Cover profiles ........................................................... 153
1.1E.01 Special slits ......................................................... 68
1.41 Reducing profiles ...................................................... 154
1.1E.02 Slot plates............................................................ 69
1.41 Combination profiles ................................................. 155
1.1E.03 Hand rail .............................................................. 72
1.41 Guide profile ............................................................. 159
1.1E.04 U-Profile 40 ......................................................... 74
1.41 Framing profiles.................................................160, 165

3
 Table of contents

Article number group Page Article number group Page

1.41 Wedge profiles ......................................................... 161 1.65 Lock ........................................................................ 268

1.41 Sponge rubber round cords ....................................... 162 1.65 Cylinder locks ........................................................... 269
1.41 Sealing profile .......................................................... 164 1.65 Flap-lock countersunk............................................... 271
1.41 Rubber cover-profiles ................................................ 168 1.65 Cylinder locks flush ................................................... 271
1.42 Cover caps for profiles .............................................. 169 1.65 Mortise deadlocks .................................................... 273
1.42 Cover plugs for cross bushings .................................. 173 1.65 Bar locks .................................................................. 277
1.42 Cover caps for tubes ................................................. 174 1.65 Latch locks............................................................... 281
1.42 Cover caps for screw bores ....................................... 174 1.66 Rollers ..................................................................... 282
1.43 Radius covers ........................................................... 175 1.66 Roller fastening sets ................................................. 284
1.43 Radius compensations .............................................. 177 1.66 Mounting adaptor for roller ........................................ 288
1.44 Floor levelling screws ................................................ 178 1.66 Edge roller................................................................ 289
1.44 Levelling feet .....................................................178, 180 1.66 Runner for sliding suspended doors ........................... 290
1.44 Hand adjustable feet ................................................. 179 1.66 Stopper for sliding suspended doors .......................... 291
1.44 Levelling furniture foot .............................................. 180 1.67 Slot rollers ................................................................ 292
1.44 Adjustable tilt-feet .................................................... 181 1.67 Guidance system ...................................................... 293
1.44 plates ................................................................ 182 1.67 Sliding blocks ........................................................... 294
1.44 spindles ............................................................. 184 1.67 T-Nut sliding blocks .................................................. 295
1.44 nuts................................................................... 184 1.67 Eco-Slides ................................................................ 296
1.44 anti-slip discs..................................................... 185 1.68 Hanging bracket ....................................................... 300
1.44 cushion elements ............................................... 185 1.69 Suspended glider ...................................................... 301
1.44 Angular adjusting feet ............................................... 186 1.69 Carabine swivel ........................................................ 301
1.44 Base feet ................................................................. 187
1.44 Base angle ............................................................... 193 1.7 Electrical accessories .................................... 302
1.44 Stacking foot ............................................................ 193 1.70 Potential equalisation, grounding connectors .............. 302
1.45 Castors .................................................................... 194 1.70 Ground connections .................................................. 303
1.45 Locking castors ........................................................ 196 1.71 Cable and hose clamp .............................................. 304
1.46 Angles ..................................................................... 198 1.71 (Cross-) blocks for cable binder, cable binder.............. 305
1.46 Aluminium ..................................................198, 207 1.71 Installation rings ....................................................... 306
1.46 PA ..................................................................... 199 1.72 Mounting set for 19" profile....................................... 307
1.46 GD-Zn ............................................................... 200 1.73 Safety switches ........................................................ 308
1.46 GD-Al ................................................................ 206 1.73 Guard locking devices ............................................... 309
1.46 Swivel angles ........................................................... 208 1.73 Safety interlocking-mountings ................................... 310
1.47 Cross connection plates ............................................ 209 1.73 Contact bracket-mounting ..................................311, 314
1.47 Base plates .............................................................. 210 1.73 Sensor brackets........................................................ 315
1.47 Floor mounting plate ................................................. 212 1.75 Electrical installation trunking .................................... 316
1.47 Mounting plates........................................................ 213
1.47 Floor plate ................................................................ 213 1.8 Panel elements .............................................. 320
1.47 Connection plates ..................................................... 214 1.81 Corner elements ....................................................... 320
1.47 Fastening plate ......................................................... 215 1.81 Corner element 33.................................................... 321
1.47 Eye bolt .................................................................... 216 1.81 Mounting sockets ..................................................... 322
1.48 Corner pieces ........................................................... 217 1.82 Panel elements......................................................... 323
1.48 GD-Zn ............................................................... 217 1.82 Chipboards, coated ............................................ 324
1.48 Aluminium ......................................................... 219 1.83 Solid plastic panels............................................. 324
1.85 Alu-plastic composite panels............................... 325
1.5 Pneumatic accessories .................................. 221 1.86 Acrylic ............................................................... 325
1.51 Profiles for pneumatic applications ............................ 221 1.87 Polycarbonate (Makrolon).................................... 326
1.51 Pneumatic end plates ............................................... 222 1.88 Wire net, Alu ...................................................... 326
1.52 Pneumatic connection plates ..................................... 227 1.88 Wire net, steel .................................................... 327
1.54 Pneumatic extension sets .......................................... 228 1.88 Grid, steel .......................................................... 327
1.55 Pneumatic 90° - connection sets............................... 229
1.59 Pneumatic accessories ............................................. 230 1.9 Washers, screws and tools ............................ 328
1.90 Self locking washers ................................................. 328
1.6 Additional accessories ................................... 231 1.90 Button head screws .................................................. 330
1.61 Handles ................................................................... 231 1.98 Press in device ......................................................... 330
1.61 Handle systems ........................................................ 234 1.98 Tx screw driver ......................................................... 330
1.61 Grab handles ............................................................ 236 1.99 Summary: Tools for cross bushings and anchors ......... 331
1.62 Hinges ..................................................................... 237 1.99 Drill Jigs............................................................332, 334
1.62 Double hinge ............................................................ 243 1.99 Milling cutters....................................................333, 335
1.63 Joints....................................................................... 253 1.99 Drills .................................................................333, 335
1.64 Mounting blocks ....................................................... 256 1.99 Tools: Special cases .................................................. 336
1.64 Mounting clamp blocks ............................................. 260 1.99 Screw taps ............................................................... 337
1.64 Quick locks .............................................................. 263
1.65 Bullet catches........................................................... 265
1.65 Magnetic lock ........................................................... 267 Subject index ......................... 339
4
 Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters 1.01

General
Profile group 16 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm
0
The profiles of the MayTec Profile System are divided into seven profile groups (PG). They can be
determined by the basic measure of each profile.

Slot H-slot, F-slot, E-slot

In order to connect the profiles or to mount accessories the profiles have slots. The MayTec Slot
System (ï 1.02) distinguishes between the three slot types H-slot, F-slot and E-slot, whereas
E-slot exists as E3-slot and E4-slot (3 or 4 mm wall thickness).

Symbols Many articles (fastening elements, accessories and tools) can only be used especially for individual
profile groups or slot types.
In this case these articles are marked with the corresponding symbols.

Profile group
dark symbol: suitable for the corresponding profile group
light symbol: not suitable

Slot type
dark symbol: suitable for the corresponding slot type
light symbol: not suitable

Remark
The symbol for the E-slot is used, if the article is (un)suitable for the two slot types E3
and E4.

Cut
These articles are offered with cut.

R Stainless steel
These articles are made of stainless steel.

C Cleanroom
These articles are suitable for the use in and around cleanrooms.

! Attention!
Important notice

Abbreviations PG profile group e.g.: PG 30 = profile group 30 mm

L light profile characteristic: light type of construction
S heavy profile characteristic: heavy type of construction
P plain profile characteristic: no ornamental slots

Special characters ä Placeholder Example identifies the articles:

Article-No. 1.41.5ää.ä 1.41.5F0.1
1.41.5F0.2
1.41.5E0.1
1.41.5E0.2

Example Reference
ï 117 to catalogue page
1.41 to article number group
1.41.710.2 to single article
1.41.5ää.ä to group of articles

5
 Slot system 1.02

Cross section of slots Core hole-Ø Slot width Slot depth Wall thickness PG
H-slot 6.2 6.2 4.8 1.8 20

F-slot 12.0 8.2 6.5 2.2 20

30

E3-slot 12.0 8.2 11.5 3.0 40

E4-slot 12.0 8.2 12.5 4.0 45

50
60

6
 Numerical key for articles 1.03

1)
Profiles 1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Key 0 = 6.2 mm
1 = 12 mm
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Core hole-Ø 1) 2)
2-digit off 10 slots
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Profile width 3) 0
0 = round
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Profile height (all, but special profiles) 1 = Soft
1. 1 ä . äää R ää . ä ä äää Number of degrees (round profiles) 2 = Corner
1. 1 ä . ääää k t . ä ä äää Number of edges (special profiles) 3 = Cubic
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Slot quantity 2) 4 = Rectangle
5 = Pneumatic
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ä ä äää Contour 3) 7 = Angle
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ää L Version light 8 = Angle 45°
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ää S Version heavy 9 = Special
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ää B Type B
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ää L B Version light, Type B
1. 1 ä . ääääää . ää P Plain

Connectors
1)
- general 1. 2 ä . äääää Key 0 = 6.2 mm
1 = 12 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää Core hole 1) 2)
2 = 20 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää Profile width 2) 3 = 30 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää Head-variant 3) 4 = 40 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää Connection-variant 4) 45 = 45 mm
1. 2 ä . äää V ä Stainless 5 = 50 mm
6 = 60 mm
1. 2 ä . ääää E Ground 3)
E = E-head
F = F-head
ä/ä Special cases: Parallel-connector across and high H = H-head
ä/ä Profile width for cross bushing V = Extension
ä/ä Profile width for anchor 4)
0 = Universal / Neutral
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90°
4 = Square head
5 = Parallel

1)
-Oblique-hinge 1. 2 ä . äääää Key 1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90°
1. 2 ä . ää K ää Oblique-connector, hinge
1. 2 ä . äääää Connection-variant 1)
1. 2 ä . ääää V Stainless

1)
-Oblique-bent anchor 1. 2 ä . äääää / ääää Key 1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90°
1. 2 ä . ää B ää / ääää Oblique-connector, bent anchor
1. 2 ä . äääää / ääää Connection-variant 1)
1. 2 ä . äääää / ääää Design L/R
1. 2 ä . äääää / ääää Angle
1. 2 ä . äääää / ää V ä Stainless
1. 2 ä . äääää / äää E Ground

1)
-Miter-hinge 1. 2 ä . ääää Key 1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90°
1. 2 ä . ä G ää Miter-connector, hinge
1. 2 ä . ääää Connection-variant 1)
1. 2 ä . äää V Stainless

1)
-Miter-bent anchor 1. 2 ä . ääää / äää Key 1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90°
1. 2 ä . ä G ää / äää Miter-connector
1. 2 ä . ää B ä / äää Bent design
1. 2 ä . ääää / äää Connection-variant 1)
1. 2 ä . ääää / äää Angle
1. 2 ä . ääää / ää V Stainless

1)
-Screw-type 1. 2 ä . äääää / ää Key 1 = Standard
2 = Parallel 20 mm
1. 2 ä . ä S äää / ää Screw-type-connector 3 = Parallel 30 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää / ää Type of anchor 1) 4 = Parallel 40 mm
1. 2 ä . äää M ä / ää Thread 5 = Parallel 50 mm
1. 2 ä . äääää / ää Thread-Ø
1. 2 ä . äääää / ää Screw special length

ä/ä Special cases: Screw-type connector parallel across and high

ä/ä Profile width for cross bushing
ä/ä Profile width for anchor

7
 Summary: Profiles
plain plain plain plain
16×160
16×40 16×40 16×80 16×40 16×80

plain

L
1F LP

S L S
1E LP 2E LP 4E LP 1E SP 2E SP
ï 12 ï 12
20×20 20×40 20×10 20×30 20×30

plain L L
2H LP 4H LP 6H LP 1F LP 1F LP 2F LP

S S
2H s.SP 2H c.SP 3H SP 4H SP 4H SP 6H SP 2F SP
ï 13 ï 14 ï 15
30×30 30×60 30×100 30×150 30×100

plain
L
1F LP 2F c.LP 2F LP 3F LP 4F LP 6F LP

S
2F s.SP 0F SP 1F SP 2F c.SBP 2F SP 3F SP 4F SP 0F SP 6F SP 8F SP 10F SP 8F SP 5E 2F SP
ï 16 ï 17 ï 18 ï 19 ï 18
40×40 40×80 40×160 80×80

plain

2E s.LP 1E LP 2E c.LP 2E LP 3E LP 4E LP 0E LP 3E c.LP 4E LP 4E LBP 5E LP 6E LP 6E LP 10E LP 0E LP 4E c. LP 6E LP 8E LP

40 r.30° 40 r.45° 40 r.60° 40 r.90° 40×40

L
2F LP 2E LP 2E LP 2E LP 2E 45° LP 7E 45° LP

S
0E SP 2E c.SP 4E SP 6E SP 7E SP 8E SP
ï 20 / 26 ï 21 / 26 ï 22 ï 23 ï 24 / 27
45×45 45×60 45×90 90×90

plain
L
2E s.LP 0E LP 1E LP 2E c.LP 2E LP 3E LP 4E LP 4E LP 0E LP 6E LP 8E LP

S
4E SP 0E SP 6E SP 8E SP
ï 28 ï 29 ï 30

plain
L

60×60

plain
L
2E LP 4E LP

S
2E SP 4E SP
ï 32

8
 1.04 Summary: Profiles 1.04
plain grooves grooves

plain Profile group

Slot type

plain plain

L light octag. octagonal

without grooves with grooves c. corner
S heavy
r. round
P plain
s. soft
B type B
a. angle

1
30×150 30×30 30×50 30×60 60×60

L
2F c.L 2F L 3F L 4F L 4F L 6F L 8F L

S
8E SP 2F s.S 2F c.S 2F c.SB 3F S 4F S 4F S 6F S 8F a.S
ï 19 ï 34 ï 35
80×120 80×160 120×120 40×40 40×80 40×120 80×80 80×160

8E LP 2E s.L 2E c.L 2E L 3E L 4E L 4E L 6E L 8E L 8E L 8E LB 12E L

S
10E SP 8E SP 12E SP 12E SP 2E c.S 3E S 4E S 6E S 8E S 8E a.S 12E S
ï 25 ï 36 ï 37 ï 38
45×45 45×60 45×90 90×90

L
4E L 4E L 6E L 8E L

S
4E S 6E S 8E S
ï 39
100×200 50×50 50×100 50×150 100×100

L
2E c.L 2E L 3E L 4E L 6E L 8E L 8E L

S
12E SP 2E s.S 2E c.S 3E S 4E S 6E S 8E S 8E S 8E S
ï 31 ï 40 ï 41
60×60 60×90

L
4E L 6E L

S
4E S 6E S
ï 42

9
 Summary: Profiles 1.04

Profiles round Profiles octagonal

plain 48 round 30 octag. 40 octag.

1E SP 2E c.SP 2E SP 8F SP 8E SP

ï 43

Telescopic profiles ï Catalogue "The Telescopic System"

40×40 80×80 120×120 160×160

plain

S
8E SBP 12E SP 16E SP

Panel profiles Wire net profiles

30×30 30×50 30×30 30×45

plain
0F LP 2F c.LP 4 3F LP 4 3F LP 4 2F LP 7.5 2F LP 7.5

2F LP 5 2F LP 5

L
2F LP 6
ï 44 ï 47

40×40 40×60 60×80 40×40 40×60

plain

L
2E c.LP 4 3E LP 4 3E LP 4 5E LP 4 6E LP 4 2E LP 7.5 2E 1F LP 7.5
ï 45 ï 47

50×50

plain

L
2E c.LP 4 3E LP 4
ï 46

Glass Panel Profiles ï Catalogue "Glass Panel Profiles"

57×57 60×57 60×117 120×120
Compression profile 57×4 Compression profile 60×4 Compression profile 60×4 with chamfer
plain
Compression profile 61×4

L
2E c.LP 1E LP 4E LP 6E LP 4E a.LP

10
 Summary: Profiles 1.05

E-trunking profiles
plain Lid 30 Lid 40 Lid 80 Lid 200 Profile pre-cut lid 120

30×30 40×20 40×20 40×40 40×80 80×40 80×80 200×50 80×160 8E SP

for Clips
ï 48 ï 49 ï 50

19" profiles

1
PG 30 PG 40 PG 50
ï 50

Tube profiles Tubes

30×60 30×100

plain

L
LP LP Ø20×2 Ø30×3 Ø40×4

ï 51 ï 51

Profile pre-cut lids Sliding profiles

30×14 30×26 33×14 33×26

30 40 50 120 50×14
ï 52 ï 53

Wire net mounting profiles C-track

33×10
ï 52 ï 53

Grab handle profiles U-profile

40
ï 52 ï 53

11
 Profile group 16 mm, F / E3-slot, P (plain) 1.09 - 1.10

light

core hole Ø6.2

for thread M8

bore hole Ø5.0

for thread M6

Description Profile 16×40, Profile 16×40, Profile 16×80, Profile 16×160,

1F, LP 1E, LP 2E, LP 4E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.10.016040.14LP.60 1.09.016040.14LP.60 1.09.016080.24LP.60 1.09.016160.44LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.10.016040.14LP.61 (20) 1.09.016040.14LP.61 (20) 1.09.016080.24LP.61 (10) 1.09.016160.44LP.61 (5)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 4.4 Iy = 0.8 Ix = 4.3 Iy = 0.8 Ix = 30.7 Iy = 1.6 Ix = 221.0 Iy = 3.2
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 0.8 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 0.8 Wx = 7.7 Wy = 1.6 Wx = 27.5 Wy = 3.2
weight kg/m G = 0.87 G = 0.75 G = 1.49 G = 2.6

heavy

bore hole Ø5.0

for thread M6

Description Profile 16×40, Profile 16×80,

1E, SP 2E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.09.016040.14SP.60 1.09.016080.24SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.09.016040.14SP.61 (20) 1.09.016080.24SP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 7.2 Iy = 1.1 Ix = 48.3 Iy = 2.2
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.6 Wy = 1.1 Wx = 12.0 Wy = 2.2
weight kg/m G = 1.14 G = 2.11
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
12
 Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain) 1.10

light

core hole Ø6.2

for thread M8

Description Profile 20×20,

2H, LP
bar, 6 m 1.10.020020.23LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.10.020020.23LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 1.0 Iy = 0.8
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 1.0 Wy = 0.8
weight kg/m G = 0.58

heavy

core hole Ø6.2

for thread M8

Description Profile 20×20, Profile 20×20, Profile 20×20,

2H, soft, SP 2H, corner, SP 3H, SP
bar, 6 m 1.10.020020.21SP.60 1.10.020020.22SP.60 1.10.020020.33SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.10.020020.21SP.61 (10) 1.10.020020.22SP.61 (10) 1.10.020020.33SP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 0.6 Iy = 0.6 Ix = 1.0 Iy = 1.0 Ix = 0.9 Iy = 0.9
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 0.6 Wy = 0.6 Wx = 0.9 Wy = 0.9 Wx = 0.9 Wy = 0.9
weight kg/m G = 0.52 G = 0.68 G = 0.65
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
13
 Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain) 1.10

light

core hole Ø6.2

for thread M8

Description Profile 20×20, Profile 20×40,

4H, LP 6H, LP
bar, 6 m 1.10.020020.43LP.60 1.10.020040.64LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.10.020020.43LP.61 (10) 1.10.020040.64LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 0.8 Iy = 0.8 Ix = 5.3 Iy = 1.4
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 0.8 Wy = 0.8 Wx = 2.6 Wy = 1.4
weight kg/m G = 0.53 G = 0.9

heavy

core hole Ø6.2

for thread M8

Description Profile 20×20, Profile 20×40, Profile 20×40,

4H, SP 4H, SP 6H, SP
bar, 6 m 1.10.020020.43SP.60 1.10.020040.44SP.60 1.10.020040.64SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.10.020020.43SP.61 (10) 1.10.020040.44SP.61 (10) 1.10.020040.64SP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 0.9 Iy = 0.9 Ix = 7.0 Iy = 2.0 Ix = 6.4 Iy = 1.7
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 0.9 Wy = 0.9 Wx = 3.5 Wy = 2.0 Wx = 3.2 Wy = 1.7
weight kg/m G = 0.62 G = 1.3 G = 1.3
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
14
 Profile group 20 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 20×10, Profile 20×30, Profile 20×30,

1F, LP 1F, LP 2F, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.020010.14LP.60 1.11.020030.14LP.60 1.11.020030.24LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.020010.14LP.61 (10) 1.11.020030.14LP.61 (10) 1.11.020030.24LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 0.1 Iy = 0.6 Ix = 2.2 Iy = 1.4 Ix = 2.2 Iy = 1.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 0.2 Wy = 0.5 Wx = 1.5 Wy = 1.4 Wx = 1.5 Wy = 1.5
weight kg/m G = 0.35 G = 0.7 G = 0.74

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 20×30,

2F, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.020030.24SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.020030.24SP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 2.6 Iy = 1.9
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 1.7 Wy = 1.7
weight kg/m G = 1.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
15
 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30,

1F, LP 2F, corner, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.030030.13LP.60 1.11.030030.22LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.030030.13LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 3.1 Iy = 3.1 Ix = 3.2 Iy = 3.2
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 2.1 Wy = 2.1 Wx = 2.1 Wy = 2.1
weight kg/m G = 0.9 G = 0.9

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30,

2F, soft, SP 0F, SP 1F, SP 2F, corner, SBP
bar, 6 m 1.11.030030.21SP.60 1.11.030030.03SP.60 1.11.030030.13SP.60 1.11.030030.22SBP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.030030.21SP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.03SP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.13SP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22SBP.61(10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 2.7 Iy = 2.7 Ix = 4.4 Iy = 4.4 Ix = 4.3 Iy = 4.0 Ix = 3.7 Iy = 3.7
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 1.6 Wy = 1.6 Wx = 2.3 Wy = 2.3 Wx = 2.9 Wy = 2.6 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4
weight kg/m G = 0.9 G = 1.3 G = 1.2 G = 1.1
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
16
 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×60,

2F, LP 3F, LP 4F, LP 6F, LP
1.11.030030.23LP.60 1.11.030030.33LP.60 1.11.030030.43LP.60 1.11.030060.64LP.60
1.11.030030.23LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.43LP.61 (10) 1.11.030060.64LP.61 (6)
Ix = 3.2 Iy = 3.2 Ix = 3.0 Iy = 3.0 Ix = 3.3 Iy = 3.3 Ix = 21.1 Iy = 5.9
Wx = 2.1 Wy = 2.1 Wx = 2.0 Wy = 2.0 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 2.2 Wx = 7.4 Wy = 3.9
G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 1.6

Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×60, Profile 30×60,
2F, SP 3F, SP 4F, SP 0F, SP 6F, SP
1.11.030030.23SP.60 1.11.030030.33SP.60 1.11.030030.43SP.60 1.11.030060.04SP.60 1.11.030060.65SP.60
1.11.030030.23SP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33SP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.43SP.61 (10) 1.11.030060.04SP.61 (6) 1.11.030060.65SP.61 (6)
Ix = 3.6 Iy = 3.9 Ix = 3.5 Iy = 3.7 Ix = 3.5 Iy = 3.5 Ix = 29.0 Iy = 7.8 Ix = 25.0 Iy = 7.0
Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.6 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 9.6 Wy = 5.2 Wx = 8.3 Wy = 4.7
G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 2.2 G = 2.1
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
17
 Profile group 30 mm, F / E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

Description

bar, 6 m
packing unit (number)
moment of inertia cm4
moment of resistance cm3
weight kg/m

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

core hole Ø6,2

for thread M8

Description Profile 30×100, Profile 30×100, Profile 30×100,

5E, 2F, SP 8F, SP 10F, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.030100.74SP.60 1.11.030100.84SP.60 1.11.030100.104SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.030100.74SP.61 (4) 1.11.030100.84SP.61 (4) 1.11.030100.104SP.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 108.9 Iy = 12.4 Ix = 115.0 Iy = 11.6 Ix = 127.0 Iy = 11.9
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 21.7 Wy = 8.3 Wx = 22.9 Wy = 7.7 Wx = 25.4 Wy = 7.9
weight kg/m G = 3.5 G = 3.4 G = 3.6
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
18
 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Connection possibilities
ï 106, Universal connector
ï 110, ST-Connector
core hole Ø12.0
for thread M14

Profile 30×150, Profile 30×150,

8F, SP 8E, SP
1.11.030150.85SP.60 1.11.030150.84SP.60
1.11.030150.85SP.61 (2) 1.11.030150.84SP.61 (2)
Ix = 340.0 Iy = 16.0 Ix = 481.0 Iy = 25.1
Wx = 45.0 Wy = 11.0 Wx = 64.1 Wy = 16.7
G = 4.1 G = 7.9
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
19
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40,

2E, soft, LP 1E, LP 2E, corner, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040040.21LP.60 1.11.040040.13LP.60 1.11.040040.22LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040040.21LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.13LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.22LP.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 6.4 Iy = 6.4 Ix = 10.1 Iy = 9.8 Ix = 9.9 Iy = 9.9
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.8 Wy = 3.8 Wx = 5.0 Wy = 4.8 Wx = 4.9 Wy = 4.9
weight kg/m G = 1.2 G = 1.5 G = 1.5

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40,

0E, SP 2E, corner, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040040.03SP.60 1.11.040040.22SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040040.03SP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.22SP.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 12.6 Iy = 12.6 Ix = 12.0 Iy = 12.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 6.3 Wy = 6.3 Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0
weight kg/m G = 2.0 G = 2.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
20
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40, Profile 40×80, Profile 40×80,
2E, LP 3E, LP 4E, LP 0E, LP 3E, corner, LP
1.11.040040.23LP.60 1.11.040040.33LP.60 1.11.040040.43LP.60 1.11.040080.04LP.60 1.11.040080.32LP.60
1.11.040040.23LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.33LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.43LP.61 (8) 1.11.040080.04LP.61 (8) 1.11.040080.32LP.61 (4)
Ix = 8.2 Iy = 7.5 Ix = 9.5 Iy = 9.9 Ix = 9.6 Iy = 9.6 Ix = 66.8 Iy = 18.4 Ix = 66.9 Iy = 18.1
Wx = 4.1 Wy = 3.8 Wx = 4.7 Wy = 4.9 Wx = 4.7 Wy = 4.7 Wx = 16.7 Wy = 9.2 Wx = 16.7 Wy = 9.0
G = 1.3 G = 1.5 G = 1.5 G = 2.7 G = 2.6

Profile 40×40,
4E, SP
1.11.040040.43SP.60
1.11.040040.43SP.61 (8)
Ix = 12.0 Iy = 12.0
Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0
G = 2.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
21
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×80, Profile 40×80, Profile 40×80, Profile 40×80,

4E, LP 4E, LBP 5E, LP 6E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040080.44LP.60 1.11.040080.44LBP.60 1.11.040080.54LP.60 1.11.040080.64LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040080.44LP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.44LBP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.54LP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.64LP.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 65.8 Iy = 18.1 Ix = 74.5 Iy = 18.3 Ix = 72.2 Iy = 18.1 Ix = 65.4 Iy = 17.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 16.5 Wy = 9.0 Wx = 18.6 Wy = 9.2 Wx = 18.0 Wy = 9.0 Wx = 16.4 Wy = 8.8
weight kg/m G = 2.6 G = 2.8 G = 2.8 G = 2.5

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×80,

6E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040080.64SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040080.64SP.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 82.0 Iy = 23.4
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 20.5 Wy = 11.7
weight kg/m G = 3.8
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
22
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Profile 40×160, Profile 40×160,

6E, LP 10E, LP
1.11.040160.64LP.60 1.11.040160.104LP.60
1.11.040160.64LP.61 (2) 1.11.040160.104LP.61 (2)
Ix = 450.4 Iy = 36.3 Ix = 433.5 Iy = 33.1
Wx = 56.3 Wy = 18.1 Wx = 54.2 Wy = 16.5
G = 5.0 G = 4.7

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

23
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80,

0E, LP 4E, corner, LP 6E, LP 8E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.080080.03LP.60 1.11.080080.42LP.60 1.11.080080.63LP.60 1.11.080080.83LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.080080.03LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.42LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.63LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.83LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 135.0 Iy = 135.0 Ix = 128.0 Iy = 128.0 Ix = 121.3 Iy = 116.0 Ix = 114.0 Iy = 114.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 33.5 Wy = 33.5 Wx = 32.0 Wy = 32.0 Wx = 30.3 Wy = 29.0 Wx = 28.4 Wy = 28.4
weight kg/m G = 4.7 G = 4.5 G = 4.2 G = 4.1

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80,

7E, SP 8E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.080080.79SP.60 1.11.080080.83SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.080080.79SP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.83SP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 173.0 Iy = 160.0 Ix = 166.0 Iy = 166.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 43.3 Wy = 40.0 Wx = 41.4 Wy = 41.4
weight kg/m G = 7.6 G = 5.9
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
24
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Profile 80×160,
8E, LP
1.11.080160.84LP.60
1.11.080160.84LP.61 (2)
Ix = 828.0 Iy = 259.0
Wx = 104.0 Wy = 65.0
G = 8.6

Application
ï E-trunking profiles,
50, 316-319

Profile 80×120, Profile 80×160, Profile 80×160, Profile 120×120, 10E,

SP 8E, SP 12E, SP 12E, SP
1.11.080120.104SP.60 1.11.080160.89SP.60 1.11.080160.124SP.60 1.11.120120.123SP.60
1.11.080120.104SP.61 (2) 1.11.080160.89SP.61 (2) 1.11.080160.124SP.61 (2) 1.11.120120.123SP.61 (2)
Ix = 449.9 Iy = 217.8 Ix = 944.0 Iy = 183.0 Ix = 883.0 Iy = 269.0 Ix = 624.0 Iy = 624.0
Wx = 72.6 Wy = 54.4 Wx = 118.0 Wy = 45.8 Wx = 110.0 Wy = 67.3 Wx = 104.0 Wy = 104.0
G = 8.6 G = 7.9 G = 9.4 G = 10.6
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
25
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light F-Slot Connection possibilities and

calculation formulas for
polygons ï 1.2E

F-Slot
core hole Ø12.0
for thread M14

E3-Slot
core hole Ø12.0
for thread M14

Description Profile 40, round 30 deg., Profile 40, round 45 deg., Profile 40, round 60 deg.,
2F, LP 2E, LP 2E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040R30.20LP.60 1.11.040R45.20LP.60 1.11.040R60.20LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040R30.20LP.61 (8) 1.11.040R45.20LP.61 (8) 1.11.040R60.20LP.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 6.0 Iy = 4.8 Ix = 14.5 Iy = 8.0 Ix = 30.0 Iy = 10.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.0 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 4.9 Wy = 3.7 Wx = 7.6 Wy = 4.6
weight kg/m G = 1.2 G = 1.6 G = 1.9

light Connection possibilities and

calculation formulas for
polygons ï 1.2E

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 40, round 90 deg.,

2E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040R90.20LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040R90.20LP.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 89.0 Iy = 89.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 16.0 Wy = 16.0
weight kg/m G = 3.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
26
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

1
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×40, Profile 80×80,

2E, 45 deg., LP 7E, 45 deg., LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.040040.28LP.60 1.11.080080.78LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040040.28LP.61 (8) 1.11.080080.78LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 7.3 Iy = 7.3 Ix = 99.3 Iy = 99.3
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.9 Wy = 3.9 Wx = 24.8 Wy = 24.8
weight kg/m G = 1.4 G = 4.0

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

27
 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 45×45, Profile 45×45, Profile 45×45, Profile 45×45,

2E, soft, LP 0E, LP 1E, LP 2E, corner, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.045045.21LP.60 1.11.045045.03LP.60 1.11.045045.13LP.60 1.11.045045.22LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.045045.21LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.03LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.13LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.22LP.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 11.4 Iy = 11.4 Ix = 15.5 Iy = 15.5 Ix = 14.7 Iy = 15.5 Ix = 14.7 Iy = 14.7
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 5.1 Wy = 5.1 Wx = 6.9 Wy = 6.9 Wx = 6.5 Wy = 6.8 Wx = 6.6 Wy = 6.6
weight kg/m G = 1.6 G = 2.2 G = 2.1 G = 2.0

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
for thread M10
bore hole

Description

bar, 6 m
packing unit (number)
moment of inertia cm4
moment of resistance cm3
weight kg/m
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
28
 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

Profile 45×45, Profile 45×45, Profile 45×45, Profile 45×60, Profile 45×90,
2E, LP 3E, LP 4E, LP 4E, LP 0E, LP
1.11.045045.23LP.60 1.11.045045.33LP.60 1.11.045045.43LP.60 1.11.045060.44LP.60 1.11.045090.04LP.60
1.11.045045.23LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.33LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.43LP.61 (8) 1.11.045060.44LP.61 (6) 1.11.045090.04LP.61 (4)
Ix = 14.0 Iy = 15.5 Ix = 14.0 Iy = 14.7 Ix = 13.5 Iy = 13.5 Ix = 26.5 Iy = 16.0 Ix = 107.5 Iy = 30.4
Wx = 6.2 Wy = 6.9 Wx = 6.2 Wy = 6.5 Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0 Wx = 9.0 Wy = 7.2 Wx = 23.9 Wy = 13.5
G = 2.0 G = 2.1 G = 1.9 G = 2.3 G = 3.6

Profile 45×45, Profile 45×90,

4E, SP 0E, SP
1.11.045045.43SP.60 1.11.045090.04SP.60
1.11.045045.43SP.61 (8) 1.11.045090.04SP.61 (4)
Ix = 15.5 Iy = 15.5 Ix = 134.3 Iy = 36.3
Wx = 6.9 Wy = 6.9 Wx = 29.8 Wy = 16.2
G = 2.1 G = 4.7
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
29
 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 45×90, Profile 90×90,

6E, LP 8E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.045090.64LP.60 1.11.090090.83LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.045090.64LP.61 (4) 1.11.090090.83LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 98.0 Iy = 27.5 Ix = 190.5 Iy = 190.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 21.8 Wy = 12.2 Wx = 42.3 Wy = 42.3
weight kg/m G = 3.3 G = 5.6

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
for thread M10
bore hole Ø5.0
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 45×90, Profile 90×90,

6E, SP 8E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.045090.64SP.60 1.11.090090.83SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.045090.64SP.61 (4) 1.11.090090.83SP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 126.0 Iy = 34.0 Ix = 282.0 Iy = 282.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 28.0 Wy = 15.0 Wx = 63.0 Wy = 63.0
weight kg/m G = 4.4 G = 9.5
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
30
 Profile group 50 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

bore hole for

thread M12

Description Profile 100×200,

12E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.100200.124SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.100200.124SP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 2,450 Iy = 760
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 250 Wy = 152
weight kg/m G = 17.2
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
31
 Profile group 60 mm, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 60×60, Profile 60×60,

2E, LP 4E, LP
bar, 6 m 1.11.060060.23LP.60 1.11.060060.43LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.060060.23LP.61 (6) 1.11.060060.43LP.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 35.1 Iy = 37.7 Ix = 35.5 Iy = 35.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 11.7 Wy = 12.5 Wx = 11.7 Wy = 11.7
weight kg/m G = 2.9 G = 2.7

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

bore hole for

thread M14

Description Profile 60×60, Profile 60×60,

2E, SP 4E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.060060.23SP.60 1.11.060060.43SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.060060.23SP.61 (6) 1.11.060060.43SP.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 55.9 Iy = 58.5 Ix = 56.0 Iy = 56.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 18.6 Wy = 19.5 Wx = 18.7 Wy = 18.7
weight kg/m G = 4.3 G = 4.2
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
32
 1

33
 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30,

2F, corner, L 2F, L 3F, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.030030.22L.60 1.11.030030.23L.60 1.11.030030.33L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.030030.22L.61 (10) 1.11.030030.23L.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33L.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 3.2 Iy = 3.2 Ix = 3.2 Iy = 3.2 Ix = 3.3 Iy = 3.2
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 2.1 Wy = 2.1 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 2.2 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 2.2
weight kg/m G = 0.9 G = 0.9 G = 0.9

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30, Profile 30×30,

2F, soft, S 2F, corner, S 2F, corner, SB 3F, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.030030.21S.60 1.11.030030.22S.60 1.11.030030.22SB.60 1.11.030030.33S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.030030.21S.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22S.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22SB.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33S.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 2.7 Iy = 2.7 Ix = 3.7 Iy = 3.7 Ix = 3.7 Iy = 3.7 Ix = 3.5 Iy = 3.7
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 1.6 Wy = 1.6 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4
weight kg/m G = 0.9 G = 1.1 G = 1.1 G = 1.1
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
34
 Profile group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves) 1.11

Profile 30×30, Profile 30×50, Profile 30×60, Profile 60×60,

4F, L 4F, L 6F, L 8F, L
1.11.030030.43L.60 1.11.030050.44L.60 1.11.030060.64L.60 1.11.060060.83L.60
1.11.030030.43L.61 (10) 1.11.030050.44L.61 (6) 1.11.030060.64L.61 (6) 1.11.060060.83L.61 (8)
Ix = 3.3 Iy = 3.3 Ix = 11.0 Iy = 4.3 Ix = 21.9 Iy = 5.8 Ix = 38.7 Iy = 38.7
Wx = 2.2 Wy = 2.2 Wx = 4.8 Wy = 3.3 Wx = 7.4 Wy = 3.8 Wx = 12.9 Wy = 12.9
G = 0.9 G = 1.3 G = 1.6 G = 2.6

Profile 30×30, Profile 30×50, Profile 30×60, Profile 60×60,

4F, S 4F, S 6F, S 8F, angle, S
1.11.030030.43S.60 1.11.030050.44S.60 1.11.030060.65S.60 1.11.060060.87S.60
1.11.030030.43S.61 (10) 1.11.030050.44S.61 (6) 1.11.030060.65S.61 (6) 1.11.060060.87S.61 (4)
Ix = 3.5 Iy = 3.5 Ix = 16.9 Iy = 6.6 Ix = 25.0 Iy = 7.0 Ix = 35.2 Iy = 35.2
Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 6.7 Wy = 4.4 Wx = 8.3 Wy = 4.7 Wx = 9.9 Wy = 9.9
G = 1.1 G = 2.0 G = 2.1 G = 2.8
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
35
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40,

2E, soft, L 2E, corner, L 2E, L 3E, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.040040.21L.60 1.11.040040.22L.60 1.11.040040.23L.60 1.11.040040.33L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040040.21L.61 (8) 1.11.040040.22L.61 (8) 1.11.040040.23L.61 (8) 1.11.040040.33L.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 6.4 Iy = 6.4 Ix = 8.0 Iy = 8.0 Ix = 8.2 Iy = 7.5 Ix = 8.3 Iy = 8.8
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.8 Wy = 3.8 Wx = 4.0 Wy = 4.0 Wx = 4.1 Wy = 3.8 Wx = 4.1 Wy = 4.4
weight kg/m G = 1.2 G = 1.3 G = 1.3 G = 1.4

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 40×40, Profile 40×40,

2E, corner, S 3E, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.040040.22S.60 1.11.040040.33S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.040040.22S.61 (8) 1.11.040040.33S.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 12.3 Iy = 12.3 Ix = 12.0 Iy = 12.3
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 6.1 Wy = 6.1 Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0
weight kg/m G = 2.0 G = 2.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
36
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) 1.11

Profile 40×40, Profile 40×80, Profile 40×80, Profile 40×120,

4E, L 4E, L 6E, L 8E, L
1.11.040040.43L.60 1.11.040080.44L.60 1.11.040080.64L.60 1.11.040120.84L.60
1.11.040040.43L.61 (8) 1.11.040080.44L.61 (4) 1.11.040080.64L.61 (4) 1.11.040120.84L.61 (2)
Ix = 9.9 Iy = 9.9 Ix = 63.2 Iy = 17.8 Ix = 62.7 Iy = 17.0 Ix = 198.5 Iy = 25.2
Wx = 4.9 Wy = 4.9 Wx = 15.7 Wy = 8.9 Wx = 15.6 Wy = 8.5 Wx = 34.2 Wy = 12.6
G = 1.5 G = 2.6 G = 2.6 G = 3.6

Profile 40×40, Profile 40×80,

4E, S 6E, S
1.11.040040.43S.60 1.11.040080.65S.60
1.11.040040.43S.61 (8) 1.11.040080.65S.61 (4)
Ix = 12.0 Iy = 12.0 Ix = 82.0 Iy = 23.4
Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0 Wx = 20.5 Wy = 11.7
G = 2.0 G = 3.8
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
37
 Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80, Profile 80×160,

8E, L 8E, LB 12E, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.080080.83L.60 1.11.080080.83LB.60 1.11.080160.124L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.080080.83L.61 (2) 1.11.080080.83LB.61 (2) 1.11.080160.124L.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 111.0 Iy = 111.0 Ix = 115.0 Iy = 115.0 Ix = 801.0 Iy = 235.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 28.0 Wy = 28.0 Wx = 29.0 Wy = 29.0 Wx = 100.0 Wy = 59.0
weight kg/m G = 4.1 G = 4.5 G = 8.8

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 80×80, Profile 80×80, Profile 80×160,

8E, S 8E, angle, S 12E, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.080080.83S.60 1.11.080080.87S.60 1.11.080160.124S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.080080.83S.61 (2) 1.11.080080.87S.61 (2) 1.11.080160.124S.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 166.0 Iy = 166.0 Ix = 120.0 Iy = 120.0 Ix = 880.0 Iy = 268.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 41.4 Wy = 41.4 Wx = 23.8 Wy = 23.8 Wx = 110.0 Wy = 67.0
weight kg/m G = 5.9 G = 5.1 G = 9.4
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
38
 Profile group 45 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 45×45, Profile 45×60, Profile 45×90, Profile 90×90,

4E, L 4E, L 6E, L 8E, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.045045.43L.60 1.11.045060.44L.60 1.11.045090.64L.60 1.11.090090.83L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.045045.43L.61 (8) 1.11.045060.44L.61 (6) 1.11.045090.64L.61 (4) 1.11.090090.83L.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 13.5 Iy = 13.5 Ix = 26.5 Iy = 16.0 Ix = 98.0 Iy = 27.5 Ix = 183.0 Iy = 183.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 6.0 Wy = 6.0 Wx = 9.0 Wy = 7.2 Wx = 21.8 Wy = 12.2 Wx = 40.7 Wy = 40.7
weight kg/m G = 1.9 G = 2.3 G = 3.3 G = 5.3

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14
for thread M10
bore hole Ø5.0
bore hole Ø5.0
for thread M6

Description Profile 45×45, Profile 45×90, Profile 90×90,

4E, S 6E, S 8E, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.045045.43S.60 1.11.045090.64S.60 1.11.090090.83S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.045045.43S.61 (8) 1.11.045090.64S.61 (4) 1.11.090090.83S.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 16.8 Iy = 16.8 Ix = 126.0 Iy = 34.0 Ix = 282.0 Iy = 282.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 7.4 Wy = 7.4 Wx = 28.0 Wy = 15.0 Wx = 63.0 Wy = 63.0
weight kg/m G = 2.3 G = 4.4 G = 9.5
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
39
 Profile group 50 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 50×50, Profile 50×50, Profile 50×50,

2E, corner, L 2E, L 3E, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.050050.22L.60 1.11.050050.23L.60 1.11.050050.33L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.050050.22L.61 (6) 1.11.050050.23L.61 (6) 1.11.050050.33L.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 16.5 Iy = 16.5 Ix = 17.7 Iy = 13.6 Ix = 18.4 Iy = 16.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 6.7 Wy = 6.7 Wx = 7.0 Wy = 5.4 Wx = 7.3 Wy = 5.8
weight kg/m G = 1.7 G = 1.6 G = 1.9

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

bore hole for

thread M12

Description Profile 50×50, Profile 50×50, Profile 50×50,

2E, soft, S 2E, corner, S 3E, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.050050.21S.60 1.11.050050.22S.60 1.11.050050.33S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.050050.21S.61 (6) 1.11.050050.22S.61 (6) 1.11.050050.33S.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 18.8 Iy = 18.8 Ix = 27.4 Iy = 27.4 Ix = 27.3 Iy = 28.2
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 7.5 Wy = 7.5 Wx = 10.9 Wy = 10.9 Wx = 11.1 Wy = 11.1
weight kg/m G = 2.3 G = 3.0 G = 3.1
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
40
 Profile group 50 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11

Profile 50×50, Profile 50×100, Profile 50×100, Profile 100×100,

4E, L 6E, L 8E, L 8E, L
1.11.050050.43L.60 1.11.050100.64L.60 1.11.050100.84L.60 1.11.100100.83L.60
1.11.050050.43L.61 (6) 1.11.050100.64L.61 (3) 1.11.050100.84L.61 (3) 1.11.100100.83L.61 (2)
Ix = 19.2 Iy = 19.2 Ix = 138.0 Iy = 37.0 Ix = 137.0 Iy = 40.0 Ix = 254.1 Iy = 254.1
Wx = 7.7 Wy = 7.7 Wx = 27.5 Wy = 14.5 Wx = 27.5 Wy = 16.0 Wx = 45.4 Wy = 45.4
G = 2.2 G = 3.5 G = 4.0 G = 6.2

Profile 50×50, Profile 50×100, Profile 50×100, Profile 50×150, Profile 100×100,
4E, S 6E, S 8E, S 8E, S 8E, S
1.11.050050.43S.60 1.11.050100.65S.60 1.11.050100.84S.60 1.11.050150.85S.60 1.11.100100.83S.60
1.11.050050.43S.61 (6) 1.11.050100.65S.61 (3) 1.11.050100.84S.61 (3) 1.11.050150.85S.61 (2) 1.11.100100.83S.61 (2)
Ix = 27.3 Iy = 27.3 Ix = 202.0 Iy = 57.2 Ix = 200.0 Iy = 53.3 Ix = 628.0 Iy = 83.0 Ix = 411.0 Iy = 411.0
Wx = 11.0 Wy = 11.0 Wx = 40.4 Wy = 22.8 Wx = 39.9 Wy = 21.3 Wx = 83.0 Wy = 33.0 Wx = 82.0 Wy = 82.0
G = 3.1 G = 5.9 G = 6.0 G = 8.1 G = 9.7
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
41
 Profile group 60 mm, E4-slot (with grooves) 1.11

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 60×60, Profile 60×90,

4E, L 6E, L
bar, 6 m 1.11.060060.43L.60 1.11.060090.64L.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.060060.43L.61 (6) 1.11.060090.64L.61 (3)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 35.5 Iy = 35.5 Ix = 125.8 Iy = 54.3
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 11.7 Wy = 11.7 Wx = 27.9 Wy = 18.1
weight kg/m G = 2.7 G = 3.9

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 60×60, Profile 60×90,

4E, S 6E, S
bar, 6 m 1.11.060060.43S.60 1.11.060090.64S.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.060060.43S.61 (6) 1.11.060090.64S.61 (3)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 56.0 Iy = 56.0 Ix = 193.0 Iy = 83.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 18.7 Wy = 18.7 Wx = 43.0 Wy = 27.5
weight kg/m G = 4.2 G = 6.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
42
 Profiles 48, round, P (plain) 1.11

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 48, round, Profile 48, round, Profile 48, round,
1E, SP 2E, corner, SP 2E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.048R00.10SP.60 1.11.048R00.22SP.60 1.11.048R00.20SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.048R00.10SP.61 (6) 1.11.048R00.22SP.61 (6) 1.11.048R00.20SP.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 12.5 Iy = 12.9 Ix = 12.0 Iy = 12.0 Ix = 12.5 Iy = 13.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 4.9 Wy = 5.4 Wx = 5.0 Wy = 5.0 Wx = 5.1 Wy = 5.9
weight kg/m G = 1.8 G = 2.0 G = 2.0

Profiles octagonal, P (plain)

heavy

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Profile 30, octagonal, Profile 40, octagonal,

8F, SP 8E, SP
bar, 6 m 1.11.0308kt.89SP.60 1.11.0408kt.89SP.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.0308kt.89SP.61 (2) 1.11.0408kt.89SP.61 (2)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 84.0 Iy = 84.0 Ix = 233.0 Iy = 233.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 21.0 Wy = 21.0 Wx = 44.0 Wy = 44.0
weight kg/m G = 3.9 G = 6.5
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
43
 Panel profiles 30, F-slot, P (plain) 1.14

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Panel profile 30×30, Panel profile 30×30, Panel profile 30×30, Panel profile 30×50,
0F, LP 2F, corner, LP 4 3F, LP 4 3F, LP 4
bar, 6 m 1.14.030030.03LP0.60 1.14.030030.22LP4.60 1.14.030030.33LP4.60 1.14.030050.34LP4.60
packing unit (number) 1.14.030030.03LP0.61(10) 1.14.030030.22LP4.61(10) 1.14.030030.33LP4.61(10) 1.14.030050.34LP4.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 3.8 Iy = 3.8 Ix = 3.3 Iy = 3.3 Ix = 3.3 Iy = 2.8 Ix = 5.5 Iy = 11.8
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 2.4 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 2.2 Wx = 2.2 Wy = 1.8 Wx = 3.6 Wy = 4.8
weight kg/m G = 1.1 G = 1.0 G = 0.9 G = 1.5

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Panel profile 30×30, Panel profile 30×50, Panel profile 30×30,
2F, LP 5 2F, LP 5 2F, LP 6
bar, 6 m 1.14.030030.23LP5.60 1.14.030050.24LP5.60 1.14.030030.23LP6.60
packing unit (number) 1.14.030030.23LP5.61(10) 1.14.030050.24LP5.61(10) 1.14.030030.23LP6.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 4.3 Iy = 3.3 Ix = 7.0 Iy = 14.7 Ix = 3.6 Iy = 2.8
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 2.8 Wy = 2.2 Wx = 4.7 Wy = 5.9 Wx = 2.4 Wy = 1.9
weight kg/m G = 1.2 G = 1.9 G = 1.0
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
44
 Panel profiles 40, E3-slot, P (plain) 1.14

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Panel profile 40×40, Panel profile 40×40, Panel profile 40×60, Panel profile 60×80,
2E, corner, LP 4 3E, LP 4 3E, LP 4 5E, LP 4
bar, 6 m 1.14.040040.22LP4.60 1.14.040040.33LP4.60 1.14.040060.34LP4.60 1.14.060080.54LP4.60
packing unit (number) 1.14.040040.22LP4.61 (8) 1.14.040040.33LP4.61 (8) 1.14.040060.34LP4.61 (8) 1.14.060080.54LP4.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 10.3 Iy = 10.3 Ix = 10.2 Iy = 8.7 Ix = 14.8 Iy = 26.3 Ix = 100.4 Iy = 50.4
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 5.2 Wy = 5.2 Wx = 5.1 Wy = 4.3 Wx = 7.4 Wy = 8.8 Wx = 25.1 Wy = 16.8
weight kg/m G = 1.8 G = 1.65 G = 2.4 G = 3.8

light Profile for door stop

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Assembly drawing Assembly drawing

Description Panel profile 60×80, Profile 20×30,

6E, LP 4 1F, LP
bar, 6 m 1.14.060080.64LP4.60 1.11.020030.14LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.14.060080.64LP4.61 (4) 1.11.020030.14LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 88.1 Iy = 52.0 Ix = 2.2 Iy = 1.4 Ix = 113.0 Iy = 64.0 Ix = 89.2 Iy = 53.3
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 22.1 Wy = 17.3 Wx = 1.5 Wy = 1.4 Wx = 28.5 Wy = 21.3 Wx = 22.3 Wy = 17.7
weight kg/m G = 3.7 G = 0.7 G = 4.5 G = 4.4
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
45
 Panel profiles 50, E4-slot, P (plain) 1.14

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Panel profile 50×50, Panel profile 50×50,

2E, corner, LP 4 3E, LP 4
bar, 6 m 1.14.050050.22LP4.60 1.14.050050.39LP4.60
packing unit (number) 1.14.050050.22LP4.61 (6) 1.14.050050.39LP4.61 (6)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 19.4 Iy = 19.4 Ix = 24.1 Iy = 21.4
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 7.6 Wy = 7.6 Wx = 8.0 Wy = 8.5
weight kg/m G = 2.4 G = 2.7

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

46
 Wire net profiles 30, F-slot, P (plain) 1.15

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Wire net profile 30×30, Wire net profile 30×45,

2F, LP 7.5 2F, LP 7.5
bar, 6 m 1.15.030030.23LP7.60 1.15.030045.24LP7.60
packing unit (number) 1.15.030030.23LP7.61(10) 1.15.030045.24LP7.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 2.6 Iy = 3.2 Ix = 4.3 Iy = 7.4
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 1.7 Wy = 2.1 Wx = 2.9 Wy = 3.3
weight kg/m G = 0.86 G = 1.15

Wire net profiles 40, F / E3-slot, P (plain)

light

core hole Ø12.0

for thread M14

Description Wire net profile 40×40, Wire net profile 40×60,

2E, LP 7.5 2E, 1F, LP 7.5
bar, 6 m 1.15.040040.23LP7.60 1.15.040060.34LP7.60
packing unit (number) 1.15.040040.23LP7.61 (8) 1.15.040060.34LP7.61 (8)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 7.5 Iy = 8.2 Ix = 12.2 Iy = 22.5
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 3.8 Wy = 4.1 Wx = 6.1 Wy = 7.5
weight kg/m G = 1.35 G = 1.97
machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A
47
 E-trunking 1.19

Cover profile 30 Description E-trunking profile, lid 30

bar, 6 m 1.19.2030D.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.2030D.61 (8)
cut to length 1.19.2030D-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.24
Base profiles 30

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description E-trunking profile 30×30

bar, 6 m 1.19.203030G.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.203030G.61 (8)
cut to length 1.19.203030G-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.38
End plates ï 318

Cover profile 40 Description E-trunking profile, lid 40

bar, 6 m 1.19.2040D.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.2040D.61 (8)
cut to length 1.19.2040D-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.35
Base profiles 40

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description E-trunking profile 40×20, E-trunking profile 40×20 E-trunking profile 40×40 E-trunking profile 40×80
for clips
E-trunking
bar, 6 m profiles 1.19.214020G.60 1.19.204020G.60 1.19.204040G.60 1.19.204080G.60
Cover
packingprofi
unitle (number) 1.19.214020G.61 (16) 1.19.204020G.61 (16) 1.19.204040G.61 (8) 1.19.204080G.61 (4)
cut to length 1.19.214020G-A00A00/... 1.19.204020G-A00A00/... 1.19.204040G-A00A00/... 1.19.204080G-F00F00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.50 G = 0.30 G = 0.61 G = 1.24
End plates ï 318

48 (/... = Length in mm)

 E-trunking 1.19

Cover profile 80 Description E-trunking profile, lid 80

bar, 6 m 1.19.2080D.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.2080D.61 (4)
cut to length 1.19.2080D-F00F00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.59
Base profiles 80

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description E-trunking profile 80×40 E-trunking profile 80×80

bar, 6 m 1.19.208040G.60 1.19.208080G.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.208040G.61 (4) 1.19.208080G.61 (2)
cut to length 1.19.208040G-F00F00/... 1.19.208080G-F00F00/...
weight kg/m G = 1.20 G = 1.55
End plates ï 318

Cover profile 200 Description E-trunking profile, lid 200

bar, 6 m 1.19.2200D.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.2200D.61 (2)
cut to length 1.19.2200D-L00L00/...
weight kg/m G = 1.50
Base profile 200

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description E-trunking profile 200×50

bar, 6 m 1.19.220050G.60
packing unit (number) 1.19.220050G.61 (2)
cut to length 1.19.220050G-L00L00/...
weight kg/m G = 2.00
End plates ï 318
(/... = Length in mm) 49
 E-trunking, 19" profiles 1.19

E-trunking profile 160

Base profile: Profile 80×160, 8E, SP ï 25, 316-319 Cover profile: Profile pre-cut lid 120
ï 52, 316-319

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Profile 80×160, 8E, SP Profile pre-cut lid 120

bar, 6 m 1.11.080160.89SP.60 1.19.1101120.60
packing unit (number) 1.11.080160.89SP.61 (2) 1.19.1101120-L00L00/... (cut to length)
moment of inertia cm4 Ix = 944.0 Iy = 183.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 118.0 Wy = 45.8
weight kg/m G = 7.9 G = 1.80

19" profiles

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description 19" profile, PG 30 19" profile, PG 40 19" profile, PG 50

bar, 6 m 1.19.19030.60 1.19.19040.60 1.19.19050.60
cut to length 1.19.19030-A00A00/... 1.19.19040-A00A00/... 1.19.19050-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.4 G = 0.45 G = 0.5

(/... = Length in mm); machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

50
 Tube profiles 30, P (plain) 1.17

light

Description Tube profile 30×60, Tube profile 30×100,

LP LP
bar, 6 m 1.17.030060.04LP.60 1.17.030100.04LP.60
packing unit (number) 1.17.030060.04LP.61 (6) 1.17.030100.04LP.61 (4)
moment of inertia cm Ix = 24.0 Iy =
4 7.5 Ix = 90.0 Iy = 12.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 8.0 Wy = 5.0 Wx = 18.0 Wy = 8.0
weight kg/m G = 1.47 G = 2.20

Tubes 1.19
Tubes

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F22
tensile strength: 220 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Tube Ø20×2 Tube Ø30×3 Tube Ø40×4

bar, 6 m 1.19.16120.60 1.19.16130.60 1.19.16140.60
cut to length 1.19.16120-A00A00/... 1.19.16130-A00A00/... 1.19.16140-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.3 G = 0.7 G = 1.3

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

51
 Profile pre-cut lids, Wire net mounting profiles,
Grab handle profiles 1.19

Profile pre-cut lids Application

ï
E-trunking
profiles,
50, 316-319

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Profile pre-cut lid 30 Profile pre-cut lid 40 Profile pre-cut lid 50 Profile pre-cut lid 120
bar, 6 m 1.19.110130.60 1.19.110140.60 1.19.110150.60 1.19.1101120.60
cut to length 1.19.110130-A00A00/... 1.19.110140-A00A00/... 1.19.110150-F00F00/... 1.19.1101120-L00L00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.49 G = 0.74 G = 0.85 G = 1.80

Wire net mounting

profiles

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Wire net mounting profile Wire net mounting profile

33×10
bar, 6 m 1.19.14230.60 1.19.1423310.60
cut to length 1.19.14230-A00A00/... 1.19.1423310-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.3 G = 0.4

Grab handle profiles

F-slot

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Grab handle profile Grab handle profile

bar, 6 m 1.19.14319.60 1.19.14330.60
cut to length 1.19.14319-A00A00/... 1.19.14330-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.3 G = 0.73

52 (/... = Length in mm)

 Sliding profiles, U-profile, C-track 1.19

Sliding profiles

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
surface:
250 N/mm2
natural anodised
1
Description Sliding profile 30×14 Sliding profile 30×26 Sliding profile 33×14 Sliding profile 33×26
bar, 6 m 1.19.15130.60 1.19.15131.60 1.19.15133.60 1.19.15134.60
cut to length 1.19.15130-A00A00/... 1.19.15131-A00A00/... 1.19.15133-A00A00/... 1.19.15134-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.4 G = 0.6 G = 0.5 G = 0.8

Sliding profile

Technical data
material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised

Description Sliding profile 50×14

bar, 6 m 1.19.15150.60
cut to length 1.19.15150-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 0.6

U-profile C-track

Technical data Technical data

material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25 material: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength: 250 N/mm2 tensile strength: 250 N/mm2
surface: natural anodised surface: natural anodised

Description U-profile 40 Description C-track

bar, 6 m 1.19.14440.60 bar, 6 m 1.19.14532.60
cut to length 1.19.14440-A00A00/... cut to length 1.19.14532-A00A00/...
weight kg/m G = 1.35 weight kg/m G = 0.6
(/... = Length in mm) 53
 Profile machining 1.1A

Summary

Saw cut Cross bushing Bores Cross bore Thread

bores for connectors for parallel-connector

ï 55 ï 56 ï 56 ï 56 ï 56

Comments
• Profile machinings are defined by the article-number of the profile.
• For more complex machinings, additional order descriptions are needed.
• Non-standard machinings will be completed as per drawings

Order description

Profile machining
left right profile side
Order-No.: 1.ää.ääääää.ääää - ääääää / ääää
ääääää / ääää saw cut ï 55
ääääää / ääää cross bushing bores, bores for
parallel-connector, cross bore, thread ï 56
ääääää / ääää direction ï 57
ääääää / ääää length in mm

Order example

Description Article-No. Article-Description

Profile 40×40, 4E-slots, S 1.11.040040.43S-A00AA4/800 Profile 40×40, 4E-slots, S
Length: 800 mm ääää ....
right side: 1 connector bore Specifications for special profile machining

coding examples ï 1.1B

54
 Profile machining 1.1A

Saw cut
Saw cut tolerance: ±0.1 mm Cut is right view
View

• For angle cuts specify the absolute

length
• Angle cuts without specification = 45°
Specification for special angle:
Special angle, left: ää.ä°
Disposition of angles Special angle, right: ää.ä°

Price group 1 16×40 20×10 20×30

A
0°
1F 1E
20×20
1F LP
20×40
1F LP 2F LP
1
B
- 45° to the vertical

C 2H soft 2H c. 2H 3H 4H 4H 6H 8H
+ 45° to the vertical 30×30 30×50 30×60 30×30 30×60

D
- 45° to the horizontal 0F 2F c. 2F
2F soft 0F 1F 2F c. 2F c. B 2F 3F 4F 4F 0F 6F 30×30 30×45 30×50
E
+ 45° to the horizontal
3F 2F 3F
40×40 40 r.30° 40 r.45° 40×40 40×40

2E soft 0E 1E 2E c. 2E 3E 4E 2F 2E 2E 45° 2E c. 3E 2E
45×45 48 round

2E soft 0E 1E 2E c. 2E 3E 4E 1E 2E c. 2E
50×50 50×50

2E soft 2E c. 2E 3E 4E 2E c. 3E

Price group 2 16×80 30×100 60×60 30×100

F
0°

G 2E 5E 2F 8F 10F 8F 8F angle
- 45° to the vertical 40×80 40×120 40 r.60° 40×60 40×60
H
+ 45° to the vertical 2E 1F 3E
60×80
I
- 45° to the horizontal 0E 3E c. 4E 4E B 5E 6E 8E 2E

K 45×60 45×90 50×100 60×60

5E 6E
+ 45° to the horizontal

4E 0E 6E 6E 8E 2E 4E

Price group 3 16×160 30×150 40×160 80×120 80×160 40 r.90°

L
0°

M
- 45° to the vertical
4E 8F 8E 6E 10E 10E 8E 8E 12E 2E
N 80×80 120×120
+ 45° to the vertical

O
- 45° to the horizontal 0E 4E c. 6E 7E 8E 8E B 8E angle 7E 45°
P 90×90 50×150 100×100 100×200 60×90
12E
+ 45° to the horizontal

30 octag. 40 octag.
8E 8E 6E
8E

12E 8F 8E

55
 Profile machining 1.1A

Cross bushing bore number of bores

for connector 1=A 6=F
2=B 7=G
3=C 8=H
4=D 9=I
5=E 10 = K
Disposition rule for connectors 0 = without machining
at opposed profile sides
Specified Position Example
Direction of bore

1 Side 1 and
Side 3

2 Side 2 and
Side 4

Specification for special position:

Position for cross bushing bore, left: äää...
Position for cross bushing bore, right: äää...
initials (ï 57, „Direction and Position“)

Bores Parallel-connector = Z
for parallel-connector without machining = 0

left right
distance Direction data for anchor

Specification for parallel-connector:

text distance direction
Parallel-connector, distance left: ää.ä mm, anchor left / right
Parallel-connector, distance right: ää.ä mm, anchor left / right
Cross bore Cross bore = Q
without machining = 0

distance

Specification for cross bore:

Cross bore, left: Øää mm, distance ää mm
Cross bore, right: Øää mm, distance ää mm
Thread core hole-Ø 6 mm core hole-Ø 12 mm number of threads
1=L 6=S
2=M 7=T
3=N 8=U
4=P 9=V
5=R 10 = W
0 = without machining
Specification for special thread designs:
Depth of thread, left: äää... mm
Depth of thread, right: äää... mm

Position of thread, left: äää...

Position of thread, right: äää...
small letters (ï 57, „Direction and Position“)
Further machining possibilities as per sketch.
56
 Profile machining 1.1A

Direction and Position

1 1
2 2 Description
Direction: 1-4
View Position of slot: A-M
4 4 Position of thread: a-h
3 3

57
 Profile machining 1.1B

Coding examples for price group 1

-A00A00 -A00A00 -A00A00

-A00AA4 -A00AB4 -A00AB1 -A00AB4

1V 2V 2V 2V

-AA4AA4 -AB4AB4 -AB1AB1 -AB4AB4

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V

-A00AL0 -A00AL0 -A00AD2

1G 1G 4V

-AL0AL0 -AL0AL0 -AB4AD2

1G 1G 1G 1G 2V 4V

-AL0AA4 -AL0AB4 -AL0AB1 -AD2AD2

1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V 4V 4V

-A00AQ1 -AM0AB4 -AM0AB1 -AP0AD2

1Q 2G 2V 2G 2V 4G 4V

-AA4AQ1 -A00AM0 -A00AP0

1V 1Q 2G 4G

-AQ1AQ1 -AM0AM0 -AP0AP0

1Q 1Q 2G 2G 4G 4G

-AL0AQ1 -AL0AM0 -A00C00

1G 1Q 1G 2G
top view

-A00C00 -A00C00 -A00E00 -A00CD2

4V

-A00CA4 -A00CB4 -A00EB1 -AD2CD2

1V 2V 2V 4V 4V

-AA4CA4 -AB4CB4 -AB1EB1 -AD1CD1

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

-AL0CA4 -AL0CB4 -AL0EB1 -C00C00

1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V

-C00C00 -C00C00 -E00E00 -CD2CD2

4V 4V

-CA4CA4 -CB4CB4 -EB1EB1 -CD1CD1

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore

58
 Profile machining 1.1B

Coding examples for price group 2

-F00F00 -F00F00 -F00F00

-F00FA4 -F00FB4 -F00FB1 -F00FB4

1V 2V 2V 2V

-FA4FA4 -FB4FB4 -FB1FB1 -FB4FB4 1

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V 2V

-F00FL0 -F00FL0 -F00FD2

1G 1G 4V

-FL0FL0 -FL0FL0 -FB4FD2

1G 1G 1G 1G 2V 4V

-FL0FA4 -FL0FB4 -FL0FB1 -FD2FD2

1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V 4V 4V

-F00FQ1 -FM0FB4 -FM0FB1 -FP0FD2

1Q 2G 2V 2G 2V 4G 4V

-FA4FQ1 -F00FM0 -F00FP0

1V 1Q 2G 4G

-FQ1FQ1 -FM0FM0 -FP0FP0

1Q 1Q 2G 2G 4G 4G

-FL0FQ1 -FL0FM0 -F00H00

1G 1Q 1G 2G
top view

-F00H00 -F00H00 -F00K00 -F00HD2

4V

-F00HA4 -F00HB4 -F00KB1 -FD2HD2

1V 2V 2V 4V 4V

-FA4HA4 -FB4HB4 -FB1KB1 -FD1HD1

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

-FL0HA4 -FL0HB4 -FL0KB1 -H00H00

1G 1V 1G 2V 1G 2V

-H00H00 -H00H00 -K00K00 -HD2HD2

4V 4V

-HA4HA4 -HB4HB4 -KB1KB1 -HD1HD1

1V 1V 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore

59
 Profile machining 1.1B

Coding examples for price group 3

-L00L00 -L00L00 -L00L00

-L00LB4 -L00LB4 -L00LB1 1

2V
2V 2V 4V

-LB4LB4 -LB4LB4 -LB1LB1 2

2V 2V
2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

-L00LD2
-L00LD4 -L00LH2
4V
4V 8V
-LB4LD2
-LD4LD4 -LH2LH2
2V 4V
4V 4V 8V 8V
-LD2LD2
-L00LM0 -L00LU0
4V 4V
2G top view 8G
-LP0LD2
4G 4V -L00N00 -L00P00 -L00N00

-L00LP0
4G -LB4NB4 -L00PB1 3

2V 2V 2V 4V
-LP0LP0
4G 4G -LD4ND4 -LB1PB1 -LH2NH2

4V 4V 2V 2V 8V 8V
-L00N00
-N00N00 -P00P00 -N00N00

-LL0ND2
1G 4V -NB4NB4 -PB1PB1 4

-LD2ND2 2V 2V 2V 2V 4V 4V

4V 4V -ND4ND4 -ND1ND1

-LD1ND1 4V 4V 4V 4V
4V 4V Order examples for special design
Article-No.. Description
-N00N00 1 1.11.ääääää.äääää -L00LD2 Profile äää×äää.äääää
Connector position, right: CFIM (additional description)
2 1.11.ääääää.äääää -LD2LD2 Profile äää×äää.äääää
Connector position, left: CFIM (additional description)
-ND2ND2 Connector position, right: CFIM
4V 4V 3 1.11.ääääää.äääää -L00ND2 Profile äää×äää.äääää
Connector position, right: CFIM (additional description)
-ND1ND1 4 1.11.ääääää.äääää -ND2ND2 Profile äää×äää.äääää
4V 4V Connector position, left: CFIM (additional description)
Connector position, right: CFIM
V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore
60
 Technical data 1.1C

Extruded profile Aluminium alloy AI Mg Si 0.5 F25 Functional length: 6,000 mm

as per DIN EN 12020 Material Nr. 3.3206.72 (low temp. annealed) Delivery length: 6,060 mm + 10 mm
(fine)
(Replacement for DIN 17615)
Mechanical data
(Values given in the direction of the press flow)
Tensile strength Rm: min. 250 N/mm2 Surface as per DIN 17611:
Elongation 0.2: min. 200 N/mm2 E6/EV1 - dull finish and anodised colours
Pressure tension zul.: 95 N/mm2 Coat thickness approx. 10 μm
Stress point A5: min. 10 % Coat hardness 250-350 HV
Stress point A10: min. 8% Special colours upon request.
E-Module: approx. 70,000 N/mm2 The surface area - subject to technical procedure
Brinell hardness: approx. 75 HB 2.5/187.5 - can show optical changes.
Co-efficient of elongation: 23.8 x 10-6/K
1
Profile tolerance Nominal dimensions: Profile tolerance
(Excerpt from DIN EN 12020-2) The dimension deviation depends on the Dim. range in mm Tolerance in mm
precision with which the tooling is manufactu- from to
red, the tooling wear and the variation during
- 10 ± 0.15
the extrusion process. For one manufacturing
setup the variation within one profile is 0.01 10 15 ± 0.20
mm. 15 30 ± 0.25
30 45 ± 0.30
45 60 ± 0.40
60 90 ± 0.45
90 120 ± 0.60
120 150 ± 0.80
150 180 ± 1.00
180 240 ± 1.20
240 300 ± 1.50

Flatness of profile surfaces In order to optimize the connection stability, all

profile surfaces are designed and manufactu-
red with concave surfaces. This assures that
the assembled profiles contact on the outer
edges only (line of contact).
When tightening the connectors the slot flanks
will be drawn to the mounting profile within
the elastic range and will keep the connectors
under tension.

Straightness tolerance At a certain length I1 the given tolerance h1 is Straightness tolerance

of the edge in longitudinal direction not to be exceeded. Length l1 in m Tolerance h1 in mm
For each incremental length of I2 = 300 mm from to
the deviation h2 is not to exceed 0.3 mm.
- 1 0.7
1 2 1.3
2 3 1.8
3 4 2.2
4 5 2.6
5 6 3.0

Flatness tolerance Width b in mm Flatness tolerance

(Twist tolerance)
Dim. range at length l in m
from to to 1 1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 4 4 to 5 5 to 6
- 25 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
25 50 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.0
50 75 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.0
75 100 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5
100 125 1.0 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.0
125 150 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.0
150 200 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.5
200 300 1.8 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5

61
 Technical data 1.1C

Parallelism tolerance The parallelism tolerance g (angular tole- Parallelism tolerance

(Angular tolerance) rance) refers to unequal sides to the shorter Width b in mm max. size tolerance g
side of the angle, i.e. it is measured from the from to in mm
longer side.
- 30 0.3
30 50 0.4
50 80 0.5
80 100 0.6
100 120 0.7
120 140 0.8
140 160 0.9
160 180 1.0
180 200 1.2
200 240 1.5

Bending strength Type of load

For the computation of deflection use formulas
on this page.
F · I3
1 f=
3E · J

F · I3 + F1 · I12 · l + F2 · I22 · I
2 f=
3E · J
For the computation of deflection by the
profiles own weight, apply "Type of load"
3, 6 or 9.
F · I3
3 f=
8E · J
f = Deflection in mm
F = Type of load in N
I = Profile length in mm
J 1) = Moment of inertia in mm4 F · I3
E = Module of elasticity in N/mm2 4 f=
EAL = 70,000 N/mm2 48E · J

F · I3
1)Comments 5 f=
29m
• Catalogue data in cm4 (48 + I
)·E·J
(Note factor of conversion 104 !)
• The moments of inertia of a certain
profile are listed on the respective profile 5F · I3
page (ï 1.09, 1.10, 1.11) and in the 6 f=
384E · J
tables 1.1D

F · a2 · b2
7 f=
3E · J · I

F · I3
8 f= 2)
192E · J

F · I3
9 f=
384E · J

2) approximate value
62
 Technical data 1.1C

Approximate determination of deflection

To determine the approximation of deflec- Profile length I in mm
tion, use the diagram on this page.

Determination of deflection
1. Type of load F in N
2. Profile length l in mm
3. Move cross point on the diagonal
4. Moment of inertia of the selected
profile J in cm4
5. Cross point with the diagonal to 1
be vertically extended to the bottom
6. Deflection f for the specific
"Type of load" in mm

Example
1 F = 2,000 N
2 l = 1,000 mm
3 Move cross point on the diagonal
4 J = 82.0 cm4 for profile 40×80, 6E
5 Cross point with the diagonal to
be vertically extended to the bottom
6 Deflection for the specific
"Type of load" in mm:

Moment of inertia J in cm4

Type of load 1: f = 9.5 mm
Type of load 4: f = 0.6 mm
Type of load 8: f = 0.15 mm
Load F in N

Type of load 1

Type of load 4

Type of load 8

Deflection f in mm

63
 Profile selection range 1.1D

Design

PG slot
16 F 16×40
E 16×40 16×80 16×160
20 H 20×20 20×20 20×20 20×20 20×20
F 20×10 20×30 20×30
30 F 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×50
E4
40 E3 40×40 40×40 40×40 40×40 40×40 40×40 40×40
45 E4 45×45 45×45 45×45 45×45 45×45 45×45 45×45 45×60
50 E4 50×50 50×50 50×50 50×50 50×50
60 E4 60×60 60×60 60×90

Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï
16×40, 1F, LP 4.4 0.8 2.2 0.8 0.87 12 60×60, 2E, LP 35.1 37.7 11.7 12.5 2.9 32
16×40, 1E, LP 4.3 0.8 2.2 0.8 0.75 12 2E, SP 55.9 58.5 18.6 19.5 4.3 32
1E, SP 7.2 1.1 3.6 1.1 1.14 12 20×20, 3H, SP 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.65 13
16×80, 2E, LP 30.7 1.6 7.7 1.6 1.49 12 30×30, 3F, LP 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 0.9 17
2E, SP 48.3 2.2 12.0 2.2 2.11 12 3F, SP 3.5 3.7 2.4 2.4 1.1 17
3F, L 3.3 3.2 2.2 2.2 0.9 34
3F, S 3.5 3.7 2.4 2.4 1.1 34
16×160, 4E, LP 221.0 3.2 27.5 3.2 2.6 12
40×40, 3E, LP 9.5 9.9 4.7 4.9 1.5 21
3E, L 8.3 8.8 4.1 4.4 1.4 36
3E, S 12.0 12.3 6.0 6.0 2.0 36
45×45, 3E, LP 14.0 14.7 6.2 6.5 2.1 29
50×50, 3E, L 18.4 16.0 7.3 5.8 1.9 40
20×10, 1F, LP 0.1 0.6 0.2 0.5 0.35 15 3E, S 27.3 28.2 11.1 11.1 3.1 40
20×20, 4H, LP 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.53 14
20×20, 2H, soft, SP 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.52 13
4H, SP 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.62 14
30×30, 2F, soft, SP 2.7 2.7 1.6 1.6 0.9 16
30×30, 4F, LP 3.3 3.3 2.2 2.2 0.9 17
2F, soft, S 2.7 2.7 1.6 1.6 0.9 34
4F, SP 3.5 3.5 2.4 2.4 1.1 17
40×40, 2E, soft, LP 6.4 6.4 3.8 3.8 1.2 20
4F, L 3.3 3.3 2.2 2.2 0.9 35
2E, soft, L 6.4 6.4 3.8 3.8 1.2 36
4F, S 3.5 3.5 2.4 2.4 1.1 35
45×45, 2E, soft, LP 11.4 11.4 5.1 5.1 1.6 28
40×40, 4E, LP 9.6 9.6 4.7 4.7 1.5 21
50×50, 2E, soft, S 18.8 18.8 7.5 7.5 2.3 40
4E, SP 12.0 12.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 21
30×30, 0F, SP 4.4 4.4 2.3 2.3 1.3 16 4E, L 9.9 9.9 4.9 4.9 1.5 37
40×40, 0E, SP 12.6 12.6 6.3 6.3 2.0 20 4E, S 12.0 12.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 37
45×45, 0E, LP 15.5 15.5 6.9 6.9 2.2 28 45×45, 4E, LP 13.5 13.5 6.0 6.0 1.9 29
30×30, 1F, LP 3.1 3.1 2.1 2.1 0.9 16 4E, SP 15.5 15.5 6.9 6.9 2.1 29
1F, SP 4.3 4.0 2.9 2.6 1.2 16 4E, L 13.5 13.5 6.0 6.0 1.9 39
40×40, 1E, LP 10.1 9.8 5.0 4.8 1.5 20 4E, S 16.8 16.8 7.4 7.4 2.3 39
45×45, 1E, LP 14.7 15.5 6.5 6.8 2.1 28 50×50, 4E, L 19.2 19.2 7.7 7.7 2.2 41
30×30, 2F, cor., S 3.7 3.7 2.4 2.4 1.1 34 4E, S 27.3 27.3 11.0 11.0 3.1 41
60×60, 4E, LP 35.5 35.5 11.7 11.7 2.7 32
20×20, 2H, cor., SP 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.68 13 4E, SP 56.0 56.0 18.7 18.7 4.2 32
30×30, 2F, cor., LP 3.2 3.2 2.1 2.1 0.9 16 4E, L 35.5 35.5 11.7 11.7 2.7 42
2F, cor., SBP 3.7 3.7 2.4 2.4 1.1 16 4E, S 56.0 56.0 18.7 18.7 4.2 42
2F, cor., L 3.2 3.2 2.1 2.1 0.9 34 45×60, 4E, LP 26.5 16.0 9.0 7.2 2.3 29
2F, cor., SB 3.7 3.7 2.4 2.4 1.1 34 4E, L 26.5 16.0 9.0 7.2 2.3 40
40×40, 2E, cor., LP 9.9 9.9 4.9 4.9 1.5 20 20×30, 1F, LP 2.2 1.4 1.5 1.4 0.7 15
2E, cor., SP 12.0 12.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 20
2E, cor., L 8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0 1.3 36
2E, cor., S 12.3 12.3 6.1 6.1 2.0 36 20×30, 2F, LP 2.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.74 15
45×45, 2E, cor., LP 14.7 14.7 6.6 6.6 2.0 28 2F, SP 2.6 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.0 15
50×50, 2E, cor., L 16.5 16.5 6.7 6.7 1.7 40 60×90, 6E, L 125.8 54.3 27.9 18.1 3.9 42
2E, cor., S 27.4 27.4 10.9 10.9 3.0 40 6E, S 193.0 83.0 43.0 27.5 6.0 42
20×20, 2H, LP 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8 0.58 13
30×30, 2F, LP 3.2 3.2 2.1 2.1 0.9 17 30×50, 4F, L 11.0 4.3 4.8 3.3 1.3 35
2F, SP 3.6 3.9 2.4 2.6 1.1 17 4F, S 16.9 6.6 6.7 4.4 2.0 35
2F, L 3.2 3.2 2.2 2.2 0.9 34
40×40, 2E, LP 8.2 7.5 4.1 3.8 1.3 21
2E, L 8.2 7.5 4.1 3.8 1.3 36
45×45, 2E, LP 14.0 15.5 6.2 6.9 2.0 29
50×50, 2E, L 17.7 13.6 7.0 5.4 1.6 40

1)
Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm4 2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3 3)
G = weight in kg/m

64
 Profile selection range 1.1D

Design

PG slot
16 F
E
20 H 20×40 20×40
F
30 F 30×60 30×60 30×100 30×100 30×150
E4 30×100 30×150
40 E3
45 E4
40×80 40×80
45×90
40×80 40×80 40×80 40×80
45×90
40×120 40×160 40×160
1
50 E4 50×100 50×100 50×150
60 E4

Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï
30×60, 0F, SP 29.0 7.8 9.6 5.2 2.2 17 30×100, 8F, SP 115.0 11.6 22.9 7.7 3.4 18
40×80, 0E, LP 66.8 18.4 16.7 9.2 2.7 21
45×90, 0E, LP 107.5 30.4 23.9 13.5 3.6 29
0E, SP 134.3 36.3 29.8 16.2 4.7 29
40×80, 3E, cor., LP 66.9 18.1 16.7 9.0 2.6 21
30×100, 10F, SP 127.0 11.9 25.4 7.9 3.6 18

20×40, 4H, SP 7.0 2.0 3.5 2.0 1.3 14

40×160, 6E, LP 450.4 36.3 56.3 18.1 5.0 23

40×80, 4E, LP 65.8 18.1 16.5 9.0 2.6 22
4E, L 63.2 17.8 15.7 8.9 2.6 37

40×80, 4E, LBP 74.5 18.3 18.6 9.2 2.8 22

40×160, 10E, LP 433.5 33.1 54.2 16.5 4.7 23

40×80, 5E, LP 72.2 18.1 18.0 9.0 2.8 22

20×40, 6H, LP 5.3 1.4 2.6 1.4 0.9 14

6H, SP 6.4 1.7 3.2 1.7 1.3 14 30×150, 8F, SP 340.0 16.0 45.0 11.0 4.1 19
30×60, 6F, LP 22.1 5.9 7.4 3.9 1.6 17
6F, SP 25.0 7.0 8.3 4.7 2.1 17
6F, L 21.9 5.8 7.4 3.8 1.6 35
6F, S 25.0 7.0 8.3 4.7 2.1 35
40×80, 6E, LP 65.4 17.5 16.4 8.8 2.5 22
6E, SP 82.0 23.4 20.5 11.7 3.8 22
6E, L 62.7 17.0 15.6 8.5 2.6 37 30×150, 8E, SP 481.0 25.1 64.1 16.7 7.9 19
6E, S 82.0 23.4 20.5 11.7 3.8 37
45×90, 6E, LP 98.0 27.5 21.8 12.2 3.3 30
6E, SP 126.0 34.0 28.0 15.0 4.4 30
6E, L 98.0 27.5 21.8 12.2 3.3 39
6E, S 126.0 34.0 28.0 15.0 4.4 39
50×100, 6E, L 138.0 37.0 27.5 14.5 3.5 41
6E, S 202.0 57.2 40.4 22.8 5.9 41
50×100, 8E, L 137.0 40.0 27.5 16.0 4.0 41
50×100, 8E, S 200.0 53.3 39.9 21.3 6.0 41

40×120, 8E, L 198.5 25.2 34.2 12.6 3.6 37

50×150, 8E, S 628.0 83.0 83.0 33.0 8.1 41

30×100, 5E, 2F, SP 108.9 12.4 21.7 8.3 3.5 18

1)
Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm4 2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3 3)
G = weight in kg/m

65
 Profile selection range 1.1D

Design

PG slot
16 F
E
20 H
F
30 F 60×60 60×60
E4
40 E3 80×80 80×80 80×80 80×80 80×80 80×80 80×80 80×120 80×160 80×160 80×160 120×120
45 E4 90×90 90×90
50 E4 100×100 100×100 100×200
60 E4

Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï
80×80, 0E, LP 135.0 135.0 33.5 33.5 4.7 24 120×120, 12E, SP 624.0 624.0 104.0 104.0 10.6 25

80×80, 4E, cor., LP 128.0 128.0 32.0 32.0 4.5 24

80×80, 6E, LP 121.3 116.0 30.3 29.0 4.2 24

80×80, 7E, SP 173.0 160.0 43.3 40.0 7.6 24

60×60, 8F, L 38.7 38.7 12.9 12.9 2.6 35

80×80, 8E, LP 114.0 114.0 28.4 28.4 4.1 24
8E, SP 166.0 166.0 41.4 41.4 5.9 24
8E, L 111.0 111.0 28.0 28.0 4,1 38
8E, S 166.0 166.0 41.4 41.4 5.9 38
90×90, 8E, LP 190.5 190.5 42.3 42.3 5.6 30
8E, L 183.0 183.0 40.7 40.7 5.3 39
100×100, 8E, S 411.0 411.0 82.0 82.0 9.7 41
80×80, 8E, LB 115.0 115.0 29.0 29.0 4.5 38
90×90, 8E, SP 282.0 282.0 63.0 63.0 9.5 30
8E, S 282.0 282.0 63.0 63.0 9.5 39
100×100, 8E, L 254.1 254.1 45.4 45.4 6.2 41
60×60, 8F, angle, S 35.2 35.2 9.9 9.9 2.8 35
80×80, 8E, angle, S 120.0 120.0 23.8 23.8 6.3 38

80×120, 10E, SP 449.9 217.8 72.6 54.4 8.6 25

80×160, 8E, SP 944.0 183.0 118.0 45.8 7.9 25

80×160, 8E, LP 828.0 259.0 104.0 65.0 8.6 25

80×160, 12E, SP 883.0 269.0 110.0 67.3 9.4 25

12E, L 801.0 235.0 100.0 59.0 8.8 38
12E, S 880.0 268.0 110.0 67.0 9.4 38
100×200, 12E, SP 2,450.0 760.0 250.0 152.0 17.2 31

1)
Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm4 2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3 3)
G = weight in kg/m

66
 Profile selection range 1.1D

Design

PG slot
16 F
E
20 H
F
30 F 30 octag.
E4
40
45
E3
E4
40×40 80×80 40×30° 40×45° 40×60° 40×90° 40 octag.
1
50 E4 48 round 48 round 48 round
60 E4

Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï
40×40, 2E, 45°, LP 7.3 7.3 3.9 3.9 1.4 27 40, round 90°, 2E, LP 89.0 89.0 16.0 16.0 3.0 26

80×80, 7E, 45°, LP 99.3 99.3 24.8 24.8 4.0 27

48, round, 1E, SP 12.5 12.9 4.9 5.4 1.8 43

40, round 30°, 2F, LP 6.0 4.8 3.0 2.4 1.2 26 48, round, 2E, cor., SP 12.0 12.0 5.0 5.0 2.0 43

40, round 45°, 2E, LP 14.5 8.0 4.9 3.7 1.6 26 48, round, 2E, SP 12.5 13.5 5.1 5.9 2.0 43

40, round 60°, 2E, LP 30.0 10.5 7.6 4.6 1.9 26 30, octag., 8F, SP 84.0 84.0 21.0 21.0 3.9 43
40, octag., 8E, SP 233.0 233.0 44.0 44.0 6.5 43

Design

PG slot
16 F
E
20 H
F
30 F 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×30 30×45 30×50 30×50
E4
40 E3 40×40 40×40 40×40 40×60 40×60 60×80 60×80
45 E4
50 E4 50×50 50×50
60 E4

Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï Profile Ix 1) Iy 1) Wx 2) Wy 2) G 3) ï
30×30, 0F, P, LP 3.8 3.8 2.4 2.4 1.10 44 30×45, 2F, WG, LP 7.5 4.3 7.4 2.9 3.3 1.15 47
40×60,2E,1F,WG,LP 7.5 12.2 22.5 6.1 7.5 1.97 47
30×30, 2F, P, LP 5 4.3 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.20 44
30×50, 2F, P, LP 5 7.0 14.7 4.7 5.9 1.90 44
2F, P, LP 6 3.6 2.8 2.4 1.9 1.00 44
30×30, 2F, WG, LP 7.5 2.6 3.2 1.7 2.1 0.86 47 30×50, 3F, P, LP 4 5.5 11.8 3.6 4.8 1.5 44
40×40, 2E, WG, LP 7.5 7.5 8.2 3.8 4.1 1.35 47 40×60, 3E, P, LP 4 14.8 26.3 7.4 8.8 2.4 45
30×30, 2F, c., P, LP 4 3.3 3.3 2.2 2.2 1.00 44 60×80, 5E, P, LP 4 100.4 50.4 25.1 16.8 3.8 45
40×40, 2E, c., P, LP 4 10.3 10.3 5.2 5.2 1.80 45
50×50, 2E, c., P, LP 4 19.4 19.4 7.6 7.6 2.40 46
30×30, 3F, P, LP 4 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.8 0.90 44 60×80, 6E, P, LP 4 88.1 52.0 22.1 17.3 3.7 45
40×40, 3E, P, LP 4 10.2 8.7 5.1 4.3 1.65 45
50×50, 3E, P, LP 4 24.1 21.4 8.0 8.5 2.70 46

1)
Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm4 2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3 3)
G = weight in kg/m

67
 Profile applications 1.1E.01

Profile combinations With the MayTec Connector System it is pos-

sible to make a multitude of form-matching
and stable profile combinations.

Special slits Panel elements can be set in the profile flush

to the outer edge for form-matching design.
The slits needed for that can be made in
nearly all profiles.

68
 Profile applications 1.1E.02

Slot plates F-slot Application

Profiles to construct slot plates of any required
size

F-slot, slot distance 25 mm

F-slot, slot distance 50 mm

E-slot

E-slot, slot distance 25 mm (on top),

100 mm (on buttom)

E-slot, slot distance 50 mm

69
 Profile applications 1.1E.02

Slot plates F-slot

Slot distance 25 mm

Single parts
anchor 2.21.A10F5
cross bushing 2.21.B10

Drill dimensions

Profile 30×100, 10F, SP

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile 30×100, 10F, SP bar 6 m 3.6 kg/m 1.11.030100.104SP.60

Slot plates F-slot

Slot distance 50 mm

Single parts
anchor 1.21.A5F5
cross bushing 1.21.B30

Drill dimensions

Profile 30×150, 8F, SP

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile 30×150, 8F, SP bar 6 m 4.1 kg/m 1.11.030150.85SP.60

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

70
 Profile applications 1.1E.02

Slot plates E-slot

Slot distance 25 mm

Single parts
anchor 1.21.A5F5
cross bushing 1.21.B24
1

Drill dimensions

Profile 30×100, 5E, 2F, SP

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile 30×100, 5E, 2F, SP bar 6 m 3.5 kg/m 1.11.030100.74SP.60

Slot plates E-slot

Slot distance 50 mm

Single parts
anchor 1.21.A2E5
cross bushing 1.21.B34

Drill dimensions

Profile 30×150, 8E, SP

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile 30×150, 8E, SP bar 6 m 7.9 kg/m 1.11.030150.84SP.60

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

71
 Profile applications 1.1E.03

Hand rail Application

Hand rail for balustrades on stairs and
platforms

Comments
Angled joints: 0 deg. to 90 deg.
Incline: 0 deg. to 45 deg.
Post: Profile 40×40

Hand rail straight Hand rail angled

Hand rail tilted Hand rail tilted and angled

1.21.3E1 1.21.3EK1
1.21.4E1 1.21.4EK1
Working dimensions for hand rail straight with Working dimensions for hand rail straight,
radius compensation tilted and/or angled without radius compensa-
tion (milled)

72
 Profile applications 1.1E.03

Hand rail Application

Hand rail for balustrades on stairs and
platforms

Comments
Angled joints: 0 deg. to 90 deg.
Incline: 0 deg. to 45 deg.
Post: Profile Ø48

1.21.4E1 1.21.4EK1

Working dimensions for hand rail straight with Working dimensions for hand rail straight,
radius compensation tilted and/or angled without radius compensa-
tion (milled)

73
 Profile applications 1.1E.04

U-Profile 40 Application
For the construction of height adjustable
frames on 40×40 and 40×80 profile bases

Description Weight Article-No.

U-Profile 40 bar 6 m 1.35 kg/m 1.19.14440.60

74
 Profile applications 1.1E.05

Profiles for cable guide Application

For running cables or pneumatic hoses.
All chamber profiles can be delivered with
open slots.
Cover is carried out by cover profiles:
Cover profile PVC 1.41.11ä
Cover profile ALU 1.41.121

Application of cross braces to stabilize slotted

profiles

Comments
Profiles for cable guide see list at profile
pre-cut lid

Order details Description Article-No.

Profile ääääää for cable guide, slotted 8 mm 1.12.ääääää.ää

Order example Order request

Profile 40×80 mm, 6 E-slots, heavy, 8 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m

Order
Profile 40×80, 6E S, for cable guide, slotted 8 mm 1.12.040080.65S-F00F00/4500

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

75
 Profile applications 1.1E.06

Profiles for cable guide Application

Slot distance 30 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All
chamber profiles can be delivered with open
slots.

Milled section on the pre-cut lid for fastening

with T-Nut in F-slot

Profiles for cable guide, slot distance 30

Profile light, plain heavy, plain light heavy
30×60

6F LP 0F SP 6F SP 6F L 6F S
60×60

0F SP 8F L 8F angle S

Order details Description Article-No.

Profile ääääää for cable guide, slotted 10 mm 1.13.ääääää.ää

Order example Order request

Profile 30×60 mm, 6 F-slots, heavy, 10 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m

Order
Profile 30×60, 6F S, for cable guide, slotted 10 mm 1.13.030060.65S-A00A00/4500

Profile pre-cut lid 30

Single parts
• countersunk screw DIN 7991, M5×8 0.63.D07991.05008
• threaded plate F, M5 1.31.FM5
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M5 1.32.4FM5

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile pre-cut lid 30 0.49 kg/m 1.19.110130

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

76
 Profile applications 1.1E.06

Profiles for cable guide Application

Slot distance 40 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All
chamber profiles can be delivered with open
slots.

Profiles for cable guide, slot distance 40

Profile light, plain heavy, P light heavy
40×80

0E LP 3E c.LP 4E LP 4E LBP 5E LP 6E LP 6E SP 4E L 6E L 6E S

80×80

0E LP 4E c. LP 6E LP 8E LP 7E SP 8E L 8E LB 8E S

3E 45° LP 7E 45° LP 8E SP 8E angle S

40×160 80×160 80×120 80×160 120×120 40×120 80×160 80×160

6E LP 10E LP 8E LP 10E SP 12E SP 12E SP 8E L 12E L 12E S

Order details Description Article-No.

Profile ääääää for cable guide, slotted 14 mm 1.13.ääääää.ää

Order example Order request

Profile 80×80 mm, 8 E-slots, heavy, 14 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m

Order
Profile 80×80, 8E S, for cable guide, slotted 14 mm 1.13.080080.83S-L00L00/4500

Profile pre-cut lid 40

Single parts
• countersunk screw DIN 7991, M6×14 0.63.D07991.06014
• threaded plate E, M6 1.31.EM6
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M6 1.32.4EM6

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile pre-cut lid 40 0.74 kg/m 1.19.110140

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

77
 Profile applications 1.1E.06

Profiles for cable guide Application

Slot distance 50 For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All
chamber profiles can be delivered with open
slots.

Profiles for cable guide, slot distance 50

heavy, plain light heavy
30×100 30×150 100×200 50×100 100×100 50×100 50×150 100×100

8F SP 8F SP 12E SP 6E L 8E L 6E S 8E S 8E S

Order details Description Article-No.

Profile ääääää for cable guide, slotted 14 mm 1.13.ääääää.ää

Order example Order request

Profile 50×100 mm, 6 E-slots, heavy, 14 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m

Order
Profile 50×100, 6E S, for cable guide, slotted 14 mm 1.13.050100.65S-F00F00/4500

Profile pre-cut lid 50 Single parts

F-slot
• countersunk screw DIN 7991, M5×8 0.63.D07991.05008
• threaded plate F, M5 1.31.FM5
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M5 1.32.4FM5
E-slot
• countersunk screw DIN 7991, M6×14 0.63.D07991.06014
• threaded plate E, M6 1.31.EM6
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M6 1.32.4EM6

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile pre-cut lid 50 0.85 kg/m 1.19.110150

machining data ï Profile machining 1.1A

78
 Profile applications 1.1E.07

Curved profiles

For curved profiles the following data is

required:
• Profile type (current conditions see table
below)
• Position of profile ï 55
• Radius
• Direction ï 57
• Necessary accuracy of dimensions for cur-
ved profiles and for all required functionality

Position of profile

Function ‘T- Nut’ Function ‘threaded plate’ Function ‘connector’

position of slot(s) position of slot(s) position of slot(s) position of core hole(s)
A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M a b c d e f g h

The marking of the slots and core holes takes place in accordance with the marking for ‘the profile machining’ ï 1.1A

Article-No. PG Profile min. inside-Ø Article-No. PG Profile min. inside-Ø

1.09.016040.14LP 16 16×40, 1E, LP 400 1.11.030060.64L 30×60, 6F, L 700
1.09.016040.14SP 16×40, 1E, SP 400 1.11.030060.64LP 30 30×60, 6F, LP 700
1.10.016040.14LP 16×40, 1F, LP 400 1.11.030060.65S 30×60, 6F, S 700
1.10.020020.21SP 20 20×20, 2H, soft, SP 700 1.11.030060.65SP 30×60, 6F, SP 700
1.10.020020.22SP 20×20, 2H, cor., SP 700 1.11.030100.74SP 30×100, 5E, 2F, SP 700
1.10.020020.23LP 20×20, 2H, LP 700 1.11.030100.84SP 30×100, 8F, SP 700
1.10.020020.33SP 20×20, 3H, SP 700 1.11.030100.104SP 30×100, 10F, SP 700
1.10.020020.43LP 20×20, 4H, LP 700 1.11.040040.03SP 40 40×40, 0E, LP 700
1.10.020020.43SP 20×20, 4H, SP 700 1.11.040040.13LP 40×40, 1E, LP 700
1.11.020010.14LP 20×10, 1F, LP 400 1.11.040040.22S 40×40, 2E, cor., S 700
1.11.020030.14LP 20×30, 1F, LP 700 1.11.040040.22L 40×40, 2E, cor., L 700
1.11.020030.24LP 20×30, 2F, LP 700 1.11.040040.22LP 40×40, 2E, cor., LP 700
1.11.020030.24SP 20×30, 2F, SP 700 1.11.040040.22SP 40×40, 2E, cor., SP 700
1.11.030030.03SP 30 30×30, 0F, SP 700 1.11.040040.23L 40×40, 2E, L 700
1.11.030030.13LP 30×30, 1F, LP 700 1.11.040040.23LP 40×40, 2E, LP 700
1.11.030030.13SP 30×30, 1F, SP 700 1.11.040040.33S 40×40, 3E, S 700
1.11.030030.22S 30×30, 2F, cor., S 700 1.11.040040.33L 40×40, 3E, L 700
1.11.030030.22SB 30×30, 2F, cor., SB 700 1.11.040040.33LP 40×40, 3E, LP 700
1.11.030030.22SBP 30×30, 2F, cor., SBP 700 1.11.040040.43S 40×40, 4E, S 700
1.11.030030.22L 30×30, 2F, cor., L 700 1.11.040040.43L 40×40, 4E, L 700
1.11.030030.22LP 30×30, 2F, cor., LP 700 1.11.040040.43LP 40×40, 4E, LP 700
1.11.030030.23L 30×30, 2F, L 700 1.11.040040.43SP 40×40, 4E, SP 700
1.11.030030.23LP 30×30, 2F, LP 700 1.11.040080.04LP 40×80, 0E, LP 700
1.11.030030.23SP 30×30, 2F, SP 700 1.11.040080.44L 40×80, 4E, L 700
1.11.030030.33S 30×30, 3F, S 700 1.11.040080.64L 40×80, 6E, L 700
1.11.030030.33L 30×30, 3F, L 700 1.11.040080.65S 40×80, 6E, S 700
1.11.030030.33LP 30×30, 3F, LP 700 1.11.040080.32LP 40×80, 3E, cor., LP 700
1.11.030030.33SP 30×30, 3F, SP 700 1.11.040080.44LP 40×80, 4E, LP 700
1.11.030030.43S 30×30, 4F, S 700 1.11.040080.44LBP 40×80, 4E, LBP 700
1.11.030030.43L 30×30, 4F, L 700 1.11.040080.54LP 40×80, 5E, LP 700
1.11.030030.43LP 30×30, 4F, LP 700 1.11.040080.64LP 40×80, 6E, LP 700
1.11.030030.43SP 30×30, 4F, SP 700 1.11.040080.64SP 40×80, 6E, SP 700
1.11.030050.44S 30×50, 4F, S 700 1.11.048R00.10SP 48, round, 1E, SP 1.500
1.11.030050.44L 30×50, 4F, L 700 1.11.048R00.20SP 48, round, 2E, SP 1.500
1.11.030060.04SP 30×60, 0F, SP 700 1.11.048R00.22SP 48, round, 2E, cor., SP 1.500

79
80
 Connection System 1.2

extremely strong The proven connection system! The connection allows:

The MayTec quick-connection system • easy machining
allows combination of all MayTec profiles • quick assembly
efficient in any way imaginable. • innumerable (dis)assemblies
It carries same stability out after all four The connection system is:
functional sides.
• complete
• stable
• functional

Vibration proof The different direction angles of lead of

thread and clamping cone prevent the
loosening of the connection by vibration.

81
 Connection System 1.2

Stability S-Class

MayTec
Universal-Connector

18,000N
working load

t i o n
b r a
Vi oof
pr

82
 Connectors - Examples 1.2

MayTec connector with square head MayTec universal-connector

The MayTec connector with square head offers the highest load The MayTec universal-connector allows:
bearing capacity.
• any desired position of profiles
• only one type for 0° and 90° position of
cross bushing
• simple determination of the
connector type
Cross bushing • minimisation of stock keeping Cross bushing

Anchor Anchor

MayTec standard-connector MayTec ground-connector for potential equalisation

The MayTec standard-connector allows subsequent front-sided moun- The MayTec ground-connector allows potential equalisation between
ting or dismounting in any location. two profiles. When the connector is tightened, the serration at the
rear of the anchor head penetrates the anodised profile coating and
thus provides an electrical contact.

Cross bushing
2
contact

Anchor

Anodised coating

Deliverable types ï Connectors 1.2A

Ground connections ï 1.70

MayTec screw-type connector MayTec screw-type connector

The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to profiles by The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to threaded
means of T-Nuts. holes in plates.

Cross bushing
Cross
bushing

T-Nut Anchor
Anchor

83
 Summary: Connectors (with machining) 1.2

The MayTec Connector System Cross bushing

• mounting of connector in core hole
• with machining Cross bushing
bore

Anchor
Cross
bushing bore

Standard ï 92 Screw-type ï 91, 96 Parallel ï 90, 94

Oblique ï 90, 92 Oblique-cross ï 93 Extension / Parallel ï 107

Miter ï 90, 95 Shifter ï 95 Extension ï 90, 94

Anti-twist devices

with retaining plate ï 131 with T-Nut ï 141-144

Clamping lever for connectors

Clamping lever ï 134

84
 Summary: Connectors (with machining) 1.2

The MayTec Connector System

• mounting of connector in slot
• with machining

Cross
bushing bore

SE-Connector ï 109 ST-Connector ï 110-111

Screw-type connections
• with machining

Cross bore

Tool Connector
screw

Thread Thread Thread

Cross bore

Threaded insert with lens Connector screw Connector screw,

head screw self-cutting
ï 1.35 ï 97 ï 97, 112

Clamping connections
• with machining Clamping connector Thread

Threaded insert

Clamping connector
ï 117

85
 Summary: Connectors (without machining) 1.2

The MayTec Connector System

• Parallel connector Setscrew
• without machining
T-Nut

Anchor
Parallel connector ï 116

86
 Summary: Connectors (without machining) 1.2

Bayonet type connections

• without machining

T-slot nut

Standard ï 113-114

Nothing case

Cap head screw

Cross connections
• without machining

Cross connector ï 115

2
Cross connector

Angle connections
• without machining

Angle PA ï 1.46

Angle GD-Zn, GD-Al

ï 1.46

87
 Connectors: Manufacture a connection 1.2

Manufacture a connection Example

Connection of two profiles 40×40 with one
standard connector

1. Connector selection
ï 1.2, Connector selection

2. Profile machining
ï 1.1A, Profile machining
ï 1.99, Tools

Manufacture the cross

bushing bore with the aid of
a drill jig
3. Pre-assembly of the connector

Insert the cross bushing Push in the anchor Pretension the anchor

! Mounting position Neck flush to the

Comments
profile front side For the optimal assembly of
the profiles the connector is
to be installed in such a way
that the neck is flush to the
profile front side

4. Final assembly
ï 1.2F, Torque tightening
values for connector
setscrew
1

Push in sideways Turn the profile

or

Tighten the setscrew

2

Push in front sided

88
 Connectors 1.2

Connector selection Connector types and materials

Connector Article-No. Technical data
Standard 1.21.2E0 material: steel
strength: M 650 N/mm²
surface: galvanised
2
Standard, ground 1.21.2E0 E
4
Standard VA 1.21.2E0 V material: stainless steel 1.4305
strength: 490-685 N/mm²
surface: pickled and passivated
3

Procedure Example
1 Connection Selection of connector-variant Standard

2 Profile 1 Size of the profile in which the 30×30 mm

connector should be built into Special cases
Profile Mounting PG for connec- Mounting PG for connec-
3 Core hole Determination of the core hole Ø Ø12 mm position tor selection position tor selection
4 Profile 2 Determination of the connector- 40×40 mm /
head according to slot-variant E-slot 20×30 20 30
of the profile on which it will be 30×50 30 50
joined

5 Connector Determination of connector 1.21.3E1

30×100 30 50
6 Number of Bent anchor:
degrees determine the angle (0° - 45°)

2 3 2

Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

4

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Universal 20 1.21.2H0 1.21.2F0 E V 1.21.2E0 E V
30 1.21.3H0 1.21.3F0 E V 1.21.3E0 E V
40 1.21.40H0 1.21.4F0 E V 1.21.4E0 E V
45 1.21.45H0 1.21.45F0 E V 1.21.45E0 E V
1 50 1.21.50H0 1.21.5F0 E V 1.21.5E0 E V
60 1.21.60H0 1.21.6F0 E V 1.21.6E0 E V
Standard 20 1.21.2F1 E V 1.21.2E1 E V
30 1.21.3F1 E V 1.21.3E1 E V
40 1.21.4F1 E V 1.21.4E1 E V
45
50
1.21.45F1
1.21.5F1
E
E
V
V
1.21.45E1
1.21.5E1
E
E
V
V
5
60 1.21.6F1 E V 1.21.6E1 E V
90° 20 1.21.2F2 E V 1.21.2E2 E V
30 1.21.3F2 E V 1.21.3E2 E V
40 1.21.4F2 E V 1.21.4E2 E V
45 1.21.45F2 E V 1.21.45E2 E V
50 1.21.5F2 E V 1.21.5E2 E V
60 1.21.6F2 E V 1.21.6E2 E V
Square head Universal 20 1.21.20E40
30 1.21.30E40
40 1.21.40E40
45 1.21.45E40
50 1.21.50E40
60 1.21.60E40
Square head Standard 20 1.21.20F41
30 1.21.30F41
40 1 21 40F41

89
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 6 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Universal 20 1.20.2H0 V 1.20.2F0 1.20.2E0

Oblique 20 1.20.2HK1 1.20.2FK1

-hinge l + r

Oblique 90° 20 1.20.2HK2 1.20.2FK2

-hinge

Parallel 20 1.20.2H0 V 1.20.2F0 1.20.2E0

-square

-cross

-high

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. Machining of profiles with core hole-Ø 6

Connector for connector mm for miter
steel VA In order not to reduce the strength of
standard E the miter joint one profile end must be
Miter 20 1.20.2G1 counterbored
-hinge l + r

drill hole
The center portion of the anchor part is
Miter 90° 20 1.20.2G2 to be located in the counterbored profile
-hinge l + r section

Extension 20 1.20.2V0 V anchor mounted

Comments
Use drill for miter anchor Article-No.:
1.99.0310800 ï tools 1.99

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

90
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 6 mm 1.2A

Connection variants with screw-type connectors

Profile with profile Profile to plate with thread Profile to plate with through-hole

Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors

1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder
2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn)
3. Set up profile with cross bushing

Connection / Finished dimension PG thread Article-No.

Connector for connector
steel VA
standard E
Screw-type 20 M4×7 1.20.2S2M4/7 V
front sided M5×7 1.20.2S2M5/7
M6×7 1.20.2S2M6/7

2
Screw-type parallel
-square

-cross

-high

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

91
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Universal 20 1.21.2H0 1.21.2F0 E V 1.21.2E0 E V
30 1.21.3H0 1.21.3F0 E V 1.21.3E0 E V
40 1.21.40H0 1.21.4F0 E V 1.21.4E0 E V
45 1.21.45H0 1.21.45F0 E V 1.21.45E0 E V
50 1.21.50H0 1.21.5F0 E V 1.21.5E0 E V
60 1.21.60H0 1.21.6F0 E V 1.21.6E0 E V
Standard 20 1.21.2F1 E V 1.21.2E1 E V
30 1.21.3F1 E V 1.21.3E1 E V
40 1.21.4F1 E V 1.21.4E1 E V
45 1.21.45F1 E V 1.21.45E1 E V
50 1.21.5F1 E V 1.21.5E1 E V
60 1.21.6F1 E V 1.21.6E1 E V
90° 20 1.21.2F2 E V 1.21.2E2 E V
30 1.21.3F2 E V 1.21.3E2 E V
40 1.21.4F2 E V 1.21.4E2 E V
45 1.21.45F2 E V 1.21.45E2 E V
50 1.21.5F2 E V 1.21.5E2 E V
60 1.21.6F2 E V 1.21.6E2 E V
Square head Universal 20 1.21.20E40
30 1.21.30E40
40 1.21.40E40
45 1.21.45E40
50 1.21.50E40
60 1.21.60E40
Square head Standard 20 1.21.20F41
30 1.21.30F41
40 1.21.40F41
45 1.21.45F41
50 1.21.50F41
60 1.21.60F41
90° 20 1.21.20F42
30 1.21.30F42
40 1.21.40F42
45 1.21.45F42
50 1.21.50F42
60 1.21.60F42
Oblique 20 1.21.2FK1 V 1.21.2EK1 V
-hinge l + r 30 1.21.3FK1 V 1.21.3EK1 V
40 1.21.4FK1 V 1.21.4EK1 V
45 1.21.45FK1 V 1.21.45EK1 V
50 1.21.5FK1 V 1.21.5EK1 V
60 1.21.6FK1 V 1.21.6EK1 V
-bent anchor l 20 1.21.2FB1L/ää E 1.21.2EB1L/ää E
30 1.21.3FB1L/ää E 1.21.3EB1L/ää E
40 1.21.4FB1L/ää E 1.21.4EB1L/ää E
45 1.21.45FB1L/ää E 1.21.45EB1L/ää E
50 1.21.5FB1L/ää E 1.21.5EB1L/ää E
60 1.21.6FB1L/ää E 1.21.6EB1L/ää E

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

92
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Oblique 20 1.21.2F1B1L/ää 1.21.2E1B1L/ää
-bent anchor standard l 1.21.3F1B1L/ää 1.21.3E1B1L/ää
30
40 1.21.4F1B1L/ää 1.21.4E1B1L/ää
45 1.21.45F1B1L/ää 1.21.45E1B1L/ää
50 1.21.5F1B1L/ää 1.21.5E1B1L/ää
60 1.21.6F1B1L/ää 1.21.6E1B1L/ää
-bent anchor r 20 1.21.2FB1R/ää E 1.21.2EB1R/ää E
30 1.21.3FB1R/ää E 1.21.3EB1R/ää E
40 1.21.4FB1R/ää E 1.21.4EB1R/ää E
45 1.21.45FB1R/ää E 1.21.45EB1R/ää E
50 1.21.5FB1R/ää E 1.21.5EB1R/ää E
60 1.21.6FB1R/ää E 1.21.6EB1R/ää E
-bent anchor standard r 20 1.21.2F1B1R/ää 1.21.2E1B1R/ää
30 1.21.3F1B1R/ää 1.21.3E1B1R/ää
40 1.21.4F1B1R/ää 1.21.4E1B1R/ää
45 1.21.45F1B1R/ää 1.21.45E1B1R/ää
50 1.21.5F1B1R/ää 1.21.5E1B1R/ää
60 1.21.6F1B1R/ää 1.21.6E1B1R/ää
Oblique 90° 20 1.21.2FK2 V 1.21.2EK2 V
-hinge 30 1.21.3FK2 V 1.21.3EK2 V
40 1.21.4FK2 V 1.21.4EK2 V
45 1.21.45FK2 V 1.21.45EK2 V
50 1.21.5FK2 V 1.21.5EK2 V 2
60 1.21.6FK2 V 1.21.6EK2 V
-bent anchor 20 1.21.2FB2/ää E 1.21.2EB2/ää E
30 1.21.3FB2/ää E 1.21.3EB2/ää E
40 1.21.4FB2/ää E 1.21.4EB2/ää E
45 1.21.45FB2/ää E 1.21.45EB2/ää E
50 1.21.5FB2/ää E 1.21.5EB2/ää E
60 1.21.6FB2/ää E 1.21.6EB2/ää E
-bent anchor 90° 20 1.21.2F2B2/ää 1.21.2E2B2/ää
30 1.21.3F2B2/ää 1.21.3E2B2/ää
40 1.21.4F2B2/ää 1.21.4E2B2/ää
45 1.21.45F2B2/ää 1.21.45E2B2/ää
50 1.21.5F2B2/ää 1.21.5E2B2/ää
60 1.21.6F2B2/ää 1.21.6E2B2/ää
Oblique-cross-hinge 20 1.21.2FK3 1.21.2EK3 V
30 1.21.3FK3 1.21.3EK3 V
40 1.21.4FK3 1.21.4EK3 V
45 1.21.45FK3 1.21.45EK3 V
50 1.21.5FK3 1.21.5EK3 V
60 1.21.6FK3 1.21.6EK3 V
90° 20 1.21.2FK4 1.21.2EK4 V
30 1.21.3FK4 1.21.3EK4 V
40 1.21.4FK4 1.21.4EK4 V
45 1.21.45FK4 1.21.45EK4 V
50 1.21.5FK4 1.21.5EK4 V
60 1.21.6FK4 1.21.6EK4 V

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

93
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Parallel 20
-square 30 1.21.3F5 1.21.3E5
40 1.21.4F5 1.21.4E5
45 1.21.45F5 1.21.45E5
50 1.21.5F5 1.21.5E5
60 1.21.6F5 1.21.6E5
-square 90° 20
30 1.21.3E2-5
40
45
50
60
-cross 20 1.21.2/3F5 1.21.2/3E5
30 1.21.3/5F5 1.21.3/5E5
40
45
50
60
-high 20
30 1.21.3/2F5 1.21.3/2E5
40
45
50 1.21.5/3F5 1.21.5/3E5
60
-high 90° 20
30
40
45
50 1.21.5/3E2-5
60

Connection / Finished dimension PG, Article-No. PG, Article-No.

Connector K×2 for connector K×2 for connector
steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E
Extension 20 1.21.2V0 V
30 1.21.3V0 V
40 1.21.4V0 V
45 1.21.45V0 V
50 1.21.5V0 V
60 1.21.6V0 V
30/20 1.21.3/2V0 V 50/20 1.21.5/2V0 V
40/20 1.21.4/2V0 V 30 1.21.5/3V0 V
30 1.21.4/3V0 V 40 1.21.5/4V0 V
45 1.21.5/45V0 V
45/20 1.21.45/2V0 V
30 1.21.45/3V0 V 60/20 1.21.6/2V0 V
40 1.21.45/4V0 V 30 1.21.6/3V0 V
40 1.21.6/4V0 V
45 1.21.6/45V0 V
50 1.21.6/5V0 V
E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305
94
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension PG Article-No.

Connector for connector
steel VA
standard E
Miter 20 1.21.2G1 V
-hinge l + r 30 1.21.3G1 V
40 1.21.4G1 V
45 1.21.45G1 V
50 1.21.5G1 V
60 1.21.6G1 V

-bent anchor l + r 20 1.21.2GB1/ää

30 1.21.3GB1/ää
40 1.21.4GB1/ää
45 1.21.45GB1/ää
50 1.21.5GB1/ää
60 1.21.6GB1/ää

Miter 90° 20 1.21.2G2 V

-hinge l + r 30 1.21.3G2 V
40 1.21.4G2 V
45 1.21.45G2 V
50 1.21.5G2 V
60 1.21.6G2 V

-bent anchor l 20 1.21.2GB2L/ää

30 1.21.3GB2L/ää
40 1.21.4GB2L/ää
45 1.21.45GB2L/ää 2
50
60

20
30
40
45
50 1.21.5GB2L/ää
60 1.21.6GB2L/ää

-bent anchor r 20 1.21.2GB2R/ää

30 1.21.3GB2R/ää
40 1.21.4GB2R/ää
45 1.21.45GB2R/ää
50 1.21.5GB2R/ää
60 1.21.6GB2R/ää

Shifter 20 1.21.2GS
30 1.21.3GS
40 1.21.4GS
45 1.21.45GS
50 1.21.5GS
60 1.21.6GS

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

95
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection variants with screw-type connectors

Profile with profile Profile to plate with thread Profile to plate with through-hole

Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors

1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder
2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn)
3. Set up profile with cross bushing

Connection / Finished dimension PG thread Article-No. for connectors for mounting on profiles with
Connector F-slot E-slot other
Length of thread
7 mm 11 mm 40 mm
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Screw-type - front sided 20 M6 1.21.2S1M6/11
30 1.21.3S1M6/11
40 1.21.4S1M6/11
45 1.21.45S1M6/11
50 1.21.5S1M6/11
60 1.21.6S1M6/11
20 M8 1.21.20S1M8/7 1.21.2S1M8/11 V 1.21.2S1M8/40
30 1.21.30S1M8/7 1.21.3S1M8/11 V 1.21.3S1M8/40
40 1.21.40S1M8/7 1.21.4S1M8/11 V 1.21.4S1M8/40
45 1.21.45S1M8/7 1.21.45S1M8/11 V 1.21.45S1M8/40
50 1.21.50S1M8/7 1.21.5S1M8/11 V 1.21.5S1M8/40
60 1.21.60S1M8/7 1.21.6S1M8/11 V 1.21.6S1M8/40
Screw-type - parallel 20 M8 1.21.2S5M8/11
-square 30 1.21.3S5M8/7 1.21.3S5M8/11
40 1.21.4S5M8/7 1.21.4S5M8/11
45 1.21.45S5M8/11
50 1.21.5S5M8/11
60 1.21.6S5M8/11
-cross 20 M8 1.21.2/3S5M8/11
30 1.21.3/5S5M8/11
40
45
50
60
-high 20 M8
30 1.21.3/2S5M8/11
40
45
50 1.21.5/3S5M8/11
60

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

96
 Connectors for profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm 1.2A

Connection / Finished dimension Article-No. for connector with

Connector H-head F-head E-head
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Connector screw 1.21.VSFM14 1.21.VSEM14

-self-cutting 1.21.VSFS126S 1.21.VSES126S

1.21.VSFS128L 1.21.VSES128L

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

97
 Connector Cross bushings: Drill dimensions 1.2B

Slot type Cross bushing Chamfer Profile PG core hole Boring depth, Article-No.
distance Cross bushing
lenght
K T steel VA

H-slots
0.5×45° 20 10 14 1.20.B21 V

Standard
1.5×45° 20 10 14 1.20.B22

1.10.020020.21SP

F + E-slots
2×45° 20 10 17 1.21.B20 V
30 15 22 1.21.B30 V
40 20 27 1.21.B40 V
40 20 27 1.21.B40R
45 22.5 29.5 1.21.B45 V
50 25 32 1.21.B50 V
Standard 60 30 37 1.21.B60
1.21.B24 V
4×45° 20 10 17

1.11.030100.74SP
30 15 22 1.21.B34

1.11.030030.21S(P)

1.11.030150.84SP
40 20 27 1.21.B44

1.11.040040.28LP
tools ï 1.99, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

98
 Connector Cross bushings: Drill dimensions, Special cases 1.2B

Slot type Cross bushing PG/ Core hole Boring depth, Article-No.
Connector Profile/ distance Cross bushing
Slot length
K T steel VA

E-slots
Special- 30×150 15 30 1.21.B31
universal-connector
for profile 30×150
ï 110

Special- 16, E3 - 15 1.21.BE3

SE-Connector E4 - 16 1.21.BE4
ï 113

Special- E - 19 1.21.STBM6
ST-Connector
ï 114

Special- 16, E3 - 40 1.21.STSB40

ST-Connector
with screw-type anchor
ï 115 2

tools ï 1.99, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

Mounting variants Standard application: Special application:

Cross bushing, flush Cross bushing for the next smaller profile

for the application for the application

of panels of cover profiles

99
100
 Connector components 1.2C

Connector components As an alternative to the complete connector

it is also possible to order the component
parts.
Cross bushing
Because of the extensive combination pos-
sibilities, storage of the complete connectors
will be reduced by over 80%.

Anchor

Connector components for profiles with

core hole-Ø 6 mm ï 101
core hole-Ø 12 mm ï 102-105

Connector for core hole-Ø 6 mm Connector complete Single parts

PG 20 Anchor Piece
steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E
Universal 1.20.2H0 V 1.20.A2H0 V 1 1
1.20.2F0 1.20.A2F0 1 1
1.20.2E0 1.20.A2E0 1 1
Oblique -hinge l + r 1.20.2HK1 1.20.A2HK1 1 1
1.20.2FK1 1.20.A2FK1 1 1
90° -hinge 1.20.2HK2 1.20.A2HK2 1 1
1.20.2FK2 1.20.A2FK2 1 1 2
Parallel -square 1) 1.20.2H0 V
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
-cross 1) 1.20.2H0 V
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
-high 1) 1.20.2H0 V
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
Miter -hinge l + r 1.20.2G1 1.20.A2G1 1 2
90° -hinge l + r 1.20.2G2 1.20.A2G2 1 2
Extension 1.20.2V0 V 1.20.A2V0 V 1 2
Screw-type 1.20.2S2M4/7 V 1.20.A2S2M4/7 V 1 1
1.20.2S2M5/7 1.20.A2S2M5/7 1 1
1.20.2S2M6/7 1.20.A2S2M6/7 1 1
-Parallel-square 2) 1.20.2S2M4/7 V
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
-Parallel-cross 2) 1.20.2S2M4/7 V
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
-Parallel-high 2) 1.20.2S2M4/7 V
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7

Cross bushing, steel 1.20.B21 Cross bushing, steel

Cross bushing, VA 1.20.B21 V Cross bushing, VA

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

1)
= Connector, universal
2)
= Connector, screw-type

101
 Connector components 1.2C

Connector for core hole-Ø 12 mm Connectors, complete

PG 20 PG 30 PG 40
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Universal 1.21.2H0 1.21.3H0 1.21.40H0
1.21.2F0 E V 1.21.3F0 E V 1.21.4F0 E V
1.21.2E0 E V 1.21.3E0 E V 1.21.4E0 E V
Standard 1.21.2F1 E V 1.21.3F1 E V 1.21.4F1 E V
1.21.2E1 E V 1.21.3E1 E V 1.21.4E1 E V
90° 1.21.2F2 E V 1.21.3F2 E V 1.21.4F2 E V
1.21.2E2 E V 1.21.3E2 E V 1.21.4E2 E V
Square head Universal
1.21.20E40 1.21.30E40 1.21.40E40
Standard 1.21.20F41 1.21.30F41 1.21.40F41

90° 1.21.20F42 1.21.30F42 1.21.40F42

Oblique -hinge l + r 1.21.2FK1 V 1.21.3FK1 V 1.21.4FK1 V

1.21.2EK1 V 1.21.3EK1 V 1.21.4EK1 V
-bent anchor l 1.21.2FB1L/ää E 1.21.3FB1L/ää E 1.21.4FB1L/ää E
1.21.2EB1L/ää E 1.21.3EB1L/ää E 1.21.4EB1L/ää E
-bent a. standard l 1.21.2F1B1L/ää 1.21.3F1B1L/ää 1.21.4F1B1L/ää
1.21.2E1B1L/ää 1.21.3E1B1L/ää 1.21.4E1B1L/ää
-bent anchor r 1.21.2FB1R/ää E 1.21.3FB1R/ää E 1.21.4FB1R/ää E
1.21.2EB1R/ää E 1.21.3EB1R/ää E 1.21.4EB1R/ää E
-bent a. standard r 1.21.2F1B1R/ää 1.21.3F1B1R/ää 1.21.4F1B1R/ää
1.21.2E1B1R/ää 1.21.3E1B1R/ää 1.21.4E1B1R/ää
90° -hinge 1.21.2FK2 V 1.21.3FK2 V 1.21.4FK2 V
1.21.2EK2 V 1.21.3EK2 V 1.21.4EK2 V
-bent anchor 1.21.2FB2/ää E 1.21.3FB2/ää E 1.21.4FB2/ää E
1.21.2EB2/ää E 1.21.3EB2/ää E 1.21.4EB2/ää E
-bent anchor 90° 1.21.2F2B2/ää 1.21.3F2B2/ää 1.21.4F2B2/ää
1.21.2E2B2/ää 1.21.3E2B2/ää 1.21.4E2B2/ää
Oblique- -hinge 1.21.2FK3 1.21.3FK3 1.21.4FK3
cross 1.21.2EK3 V 1.21.3EK3 V 1.21.4EK3 V
-hinge 90° 1.21.2FK4 1.21.3FK4 1.21.4FK4
1.21.2EK4 V 1.21.3EK4 V 1.21.4EK4 V
2)
Parallel -square 1.21.3/2F5
1.21.3/2E5 2)
1.21.2/3F5 1) 1.21.3F5
1.21.2/3E5 1) 1.21.3E5
-square 90° 1.21.3E2-5
-cross 1) 1.21.4F5
1.21.4E5

-high 2) 1.21.3/5F5 1)
1.21.3/5E5 1)

-high 90°

Cross bushing, steel 1.21.B20 1.21.B30 1.21.B40

Cross bushing, VA 1.21.B20 V 1.21.B30 V 1.21.B40 V

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

102
 Connector components 1.2C

Single parts Single parts

PG 45 PG 50 PG 60 Anchor Piece Anchor
steel VA steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E standard E
1.21.45H0 1.21.50H0 1.21.60H0 1.21.A1H0 1 1
1.21.45F0 E V 1.21.5F0 E V 1.21.6F0 E V 1.21.A1F0 E V 1 1
1.21.45E0 E V 1.21.5E0 E V 1.21.6E0 E V 1.21.A1E0 E V 1 1
Base with spring
1.21.45F1 E V 1.21.5F1 E V 1.21.6F1 E V 1.21.A1F1 E V 1 1
1.21.45E1 E V 1.21.5E1 E V 1.21.6E1 E V 1.21.A1E1 E V 1 1 Cross bushing
1.21.45F2 E V 1.21.5F2 E V 1.21.6F2 E V 1.21.A1F2 E V 1 1
1.21.45E2 E V 1.21.5E2 E V 1.21.6E2 E V 1.21.A1E2 E V 1 1

1.21.45E40 1.21.50E40 1.21.60E40 1.21.A1E40 1 1 Base

with setscrew
1.21.45F41 1.21.50F41 1.21.60F41 1.21.A1F41 1 1

1.21.45F42 1.21.50F42 1.21.60F42 1.21.A1F42 1 1

1.21.45FK1 V 1.21.5FK1 V 1.21.6FK1 V 1.21.A1FK1 V 1 1

1.21.45EK1 V 1.21.5EK1 V 1.21.6EK1 V 1.21.A1EK1 V 1 1
1.21.45FB1L/ää E 1.21.5FB1L/ää E 1.21.6FB1L/ää E 1.21.A1FB1L/ää E 1 1
1.21.45EB1L/ää E 1.21.5EB1L/ää E 1.21.6EB1L/ää E 1.21.A1EB1L/ää E 1 1
1.21.45F1B1L/ää 1.21.5F1B1L/ää 1.21.6F1B1L/ää 1.21.A1F1B1L/ää 1 1
1.21.45E1B1L/ää 1.21.5E1B1L/ää 1.21.6E1B1L/ää 1.21.A1E1B1L/ää 1 1
1.21.45FB1R/ää E 1.21.5FB1R/ää E 1.21.6FB1R/ää E 1.21.A1FB1R/ää E 1 1
1.21.45EB1R/ää E 1.21.5EB1R/ää E 1.21.6EB1R/ää E 1.21.A1EB1R/ää E 1 1
1.21.45F1B1R/ää 1.21.5F1B1R/ää 1.21.6F1B1R/ää 1.21.A1F1B1R/ää 1 1
1.21.45E1B1R/ää 1.21.5E1B1R/ää 1.21.6E1B1R/ää 1.21.A1E1B1R/ää 1 1
2
1.21.45FK2 V 1.21.5FK2 V 1.21.6FK2 V 1.21.A1FK2 V 1 1
1.21.45EK2 V 1.21.5EK2 V 1.21.6EK2 V 1.21.A1EK2 V 1 1
1.21.45FB2/ää E 1.21.5FB2/ää E 1.21.6FB2/ää E 1.21.A1FB2/ää E 1 1
1.21.45EB2/ää E 1.21.5EB2/ää E 1.21.6EB2/ää E 1.21.A1EB2/ää E 1 1
1.21.45F2B2/ää 1.21.5F2B2/ää 1.21.6F2B2/ää 1.21.A1F2B2/ää 1 1
1.21.45E2B2/ää 1.21.5E2B2/ää 1.21.6E2B2/ää 1.21.A1E2B2/ää 1 1
1.21.45FK3 1.21.5FK3 1.21.6FK3 1.21.A1FK3 1 1
1.21.45EK3 V 1.21.5EK3 V 1.21.6EK3 V 1.21.A1EK3 V 1 1
1.21.45FK4 1.21.5FK4 1.21.6FK4 1.21.A1FK4 1 1
1.21.45EK4 V 1.21.5EK4 V 1.21.6EK4 V 1.21.A1EK4 V 1 1
1.21.A2F5 1 1
1.21.A2E5 1 1
1.21.5/3F5 2) 1.21.A3F5 1 1
1.21.5/3E5 2) 1.21.A3E5 1 1
1.21.A3E2-5 1 1
1.21.A4F5 1 1
1.21.A4E5 1 1
1.21.45F5 1.21.A45F5 1 1
1.21.45E5 1.21.A45E5 1 1
1.21.5F5 1.21.A5F5 1 1
1.21.5E5 1.21.A5E5 1 1
1.21.6F5 1.21.A6F5 1 1
1.21.6E5 1.21.A6E5 1 1
1.21.5/3E2-5 1.21.A3E2-5 1 1

1.21.B45 1.21.B50 1.21.B60 Cross bushing, steel

1.21.B45 V 1.21.B50 V 1.21.B60 V Cross bushing, VA

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

103
 Connector components 1.2C

Connector for core hole-Ø 12 mm Connectors, complete

PG 20 PG 30 PG 40
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Miter -hinge l + r 1.21.2G1 V 1.21.3G1 V 1.21.4G1 V
-bent anchor l + r 1.21.2GB1/ää 1.21.3GB1/ää 1.21.4GB1/ää
90° -hinge l + r 1.21.2G2 V 1.21.3G2 V 1.21.4G2 V
-bent anchor l 1.21.2GB2L/ää 1.21.3GB2L/ää 1.21.4GB2L/ää

-bent anchor r 1.21.2GB2R/ää 1.21.3GB2R/ää 1.21.4GB2R/ää

Shifter 1.21.2GS 1.21.3GS 1.21.4GS

Extension 1.21.2V0 V 1.21.3V0 V 1.21.4V0 V

1.21.3/2V0 V 1.21.4/2V0 V
1.21.4/3V0 V

Screw-type -front sided 1.21.2S1M6/11 1.21.3S1M6/11 1.21.4S1M6/11

1.21.20S1M8/7 1.21.30S1M8/7 1.21.40S1M8/7
1.21.2S1M8/11 V 1.21.3S1M8/11 V 1.21.4S1M8/11 V
1.21.2S1M8/40 1.21.3S1M8/40 1.21.4S1M8/40
-Parallel-square 1.21.2S5M8/11
1.21.3S5M8/7
1.21.3S5M8/11
1.21.4S5M8/7
1.21.4S5M8/11

-Parallel-cross 1.21.2/3S5M8/11
1.21.3/5S5M8/11
-Parallel-high 1.21.3/2S5M8/11

Cross bushing, steel 1.21.B20 1.21.B30 1.21.B40

Cross bushing, VA 1.21.B20 V 1.21.B30 V 1.21.B40 V

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

104
 Connector components 1.2C

1.21.B20
1.21.B30
1.21.B40
1.21.B45
1.21.B50
Single parts
PG 45 PG 50 PG 60 Anchor Piece
steel VA steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E standard E
1.21.45G1 V 1.21.5G1 V 1.21.6G1 V 1.21.A1G1 V 1 2
1.21.45GB1/ää 1.21.5GB1/ää 1.21.6GB1/ää 1.21.A1GB1/ää 1 2
1.21.45G2 V 1.21.5G2 V 1.21.6G2 V 1.21.A1G2 V 1 2
1.21.45GB2L/ää 1.21.A1GB2L/ää 1 2
1.21.5GB2L/ää 1.21.6GB2L/ää 1.21.A1GB245L/ää 1 2
1.21.45GB2R/ää 1.21.5GB2R/ää 1.21.6GB2R/ää 1.21.A1GB2R/ää 1 2
1.21.45GS 1.21.5GS 1.21.6GS 1.21.A1GS 1 2

1.21.45V0 V 1.21.5V0 V 1.21.6V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 2 - - - - -

1.21.45/2V0 V 1.21.5/2V0 V 1.21.6/2V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 1 1 - - - -
1.21.45/3V0 V 1.21.5/3V0 V 1.21.6/3V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 1 - 1 - - -
1.21.45/4V0 V 1.21.5/4V0 V 1.21.6/4V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 1 - - 1 - -
1.21.5/45V0 V 1.21.6/45V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 1 - - - 1 -
1.21.6/5V0 V 1.21.A1V0 V 1 1 - - - - 1
1.21.45S1M6/11 1.21.5S1M6/11 1.21.6S1M6/11 1.21.A1SM6/11 1 1
1.21.45S1M8/7 1.21.50S1M8/7 1.21.60S1M8/7 1.21.A1SM8/7 1 1
1.21.45S1M8/11 V 1.21.5S1M8/11 V 1.21.6S1M8/11 V 1.21.A1SM8/11 V 1 1
1.21.45S1M8/40 1.21.5S1M8/40 1.21.6S1M8/40 1.21.A1SM8/40 1 1
1.21.A2SM8/11 1 1
1.21.A3SM8/7 1 1
1.21.A3SM8/11 1 1
1.21.A4SM8/7 1 1
1.21.A4SM8/11 1 1 2
1.21.45S5M8/11 1.21.A45SM8/11 1 1
1.21.5S5M8/11 1.21.A5SM8/11 1 1
1.21.6S5M8/11 1.21.A6SM8/11 1 1
1.21.A3SM8/11 1 1
1.21.A5SM8/11 1 1
1.21.A2SM8/11 1 1
1.21.5/3S5M8/11 1.21.A3SM8/11 1 1

1.21.B45 1.21.B50 1.21.B60 Cross bushing, steel

1.21.B45 V 1.21.B50 V 1.21.B60 V Cross bushing, VA

E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

105
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Parallel connector
for profile 30×30, soft

Application
Special anchor for parallel connector for
profile 30×30, 2 F-slots, soft

Description Weight Article-No.

Connector, parallel 40 g 1.21.31E5
Connector, parallel 33 g 1.21.31F5

Single parts
Description Weight Article-No.
Anchor, incl. spring 23 g 1.21.A31E5
Anchor, incl. spring 16 g 1.21.A31F5
Cross bushing, incl. setsrcew 17 g 1.21.B34

Universal connector
for profile 30×150

Drill dimensions
Application
Universal connector for connection of two
profiles 30×150
Alternative connection possibility
ï ST-Connector, 110

Description Weight Article-No.

Connector, universal 68 g 1.21.31E0

Single parts
Description Weight Article-No.
Anchor, incl. spring 41 g 1.21.A1E0
Cross bushing, incl. setscrew 27 g 1.21.B31

106
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Extension / parallel connector Application

• Parallel connections with core hole
distance of 40 mm
• Profile extensions

2
Insert front-sided Profile machining

Profile machining

Description Weight Article-No.

Connector extension / parallel 76 g 1.21.40V040

Single parts
Description Pcs Weight Article-No.
Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs 1 36 g 1.21.A1V040
Cross bushing B40, incl. setscrew 2 20 g 1.21.B40

Description Weight Article-No.

Connector extension / parallel 76 g 1.21.50/30V040

Single parts
Description Pcs Weight Article-No.
Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs 1 36 g 1.21.A1V040
Cross bushing B50, incl. setscrew 1 25 g 1.21.B50
Cross bushing B30, incl. setscrew 1 15 g 1.21.B30

107
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Universal connector Application

with knurled cross bushing Fixable cross bushing
Press in device ï 1.98

Comments
The knurled cross bushing is suitable for all
connectors with the cross bushing 1.21.B40
ï Connector components,1.2C

Description Weight Article-No.

Connector, universal with knurled cross bushing 60 g 1.21.40RE0

Single parts
Description Pcs Weight Article-No.
Anchor, incl. spring 1 40 g 1.21.A1E0
Cross bushing B40, knurled, incl. setscrew 1 20 g 1.21.B40R

108
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

SE-Connector

1 1

Cross bushing Cross bushing

1.21.BE3 1.21.BE4
Anchor with F- or E-head 2 Anchor with F- or E-head 2
1 Universal 1 Universal
2 Standard 2 Standard
3 Standard 90° 3 3 Standard 90° 3
for profiles with E3-slot, PG16, E for profiles with E4-slot

Application Boring depth T Drill distance L

• for PG 16 E mounting in T mounting on L
• allows mounting of additional profiles
E3-slot 15 mm F-slot 16 mm
into existing frames
E4-slot 16 mm E3-slot 15 mm
E4-slot 14 mm

Connection Connection Connector Article-No. for SE-connector

mounting in E3-slot mounting in E4-slot
steel VA steel VA
Profile PG16, E3-slot to F/E-slot Profile with E4-slot to F/E-slot standard E standard E
Universal Universal 2

1.21.SE3F0 1.21.SE4F0
1.21.SE3E0 1.21.SE4E0
Standard Standard

1.21.SE3F1 1.21.SE4F1
1.21.SE3E1 1.21.SE4E1
90° 90°

1.21.SE3F2 1.21.SE4F2
1.21.SE3E2 1.21.SE4E2

Connectors for E3/E4-slot Connectors, complete Single parts

mounting in E3-slot mounting in E4-slot Anchor Piece
steel VA steel VA steel VA
standard E standard E standard E
Universal 1.21.SE3F0 1.21.SE4F0 1.21.ASEF0 1 1
1.21.SE3E0 1.21.SE4E0 1.21.ASEE0 1 1
Standard 1.21.SE3F1 1.21.SE4F1 1.21.ASEF1 1 1
1.21.SE3E1 1.21.SE4E1 1.21.ASEE1 1 1
90° 1.21.SE3F2 1.21.SE4F2 1.21.ASEF2 1 1
1.21.SE3E2 1.21.SE4E2 1.21.ASEE2 1 1

Cross bushing 1.21.BE3 1.21.BE4

E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305
109
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

ST-Connector Application
Connector for mounting into E-slot and for
connection of profiles 30×150
Alternative connection possibility
ï Universal connector, 106

Application
ST-Connector for later insertion of profiles into
closed frames

Assembly
1 push the profile into the frame
3 2 2 insert and rotate the T-Nut, pretension
the screw (and cross bushing)
3 push the connector into the cross
bushing bore, tighten the screw

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
torque: max. 14 Nm
tensile load: max. 5,000 N

Connector complete
Description G Weight Article-No.
ST-Connector M6 32.0 g 1.21.STEM620
Single parts
ST-Cross bushing M6 16.7 g 1.21.STBM6
T-Nut for subsequent insertion into E-slots M6 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6
Cap head screw DIN 912 M6×20 5.3 g 0.63.D00912.06020

110
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

ST-Connector Application
with anchor, screw-type ST-Connection for PG 16, E3-slot
Eco-Slide ï 1.67

Connector complete
Description G Weight Article-No.
ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type M6 43.8 g 1.21.STESM6/11
Single parts
ST-Cross bushing 25.4 g 1.21.STSB40
Threaded plate, heavy, E M6 12.4 g 1.31.7EM6 2
Anchor, screw-type, for ST-Connector M6×11 6.0 g 1.21.ASTM6/11

111
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Connector screw Application

self-cutting Simple connections with profiles using a
Cross bore 12 mm core hole

Connector
screw Technical data
Tool material: steel 8.8
surface: galvanised

Tool
Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws
1.98.T40.090090

Description S Weight Article-No.

Connector screw, self-cutting, F, S12.8, light 25.0 g 1.21.VSFS128L
Connector screw, self-cutting, F, S12.6, heavy 25.0 g 1.21.VSFS126S

Description S Weight Article-No.

Connector screw, self-cutting, E, S12.8, light 31.5 g 1.21.VSES128L
Connector screw, self-cutting, E, S12.6, heavy 31.5 g 1.21.VSES126S

112
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Bayonet type connector Application

Connection without profile machining.
Suitable for the connection of profiles with
E-slots to profiles with E- or F-slots.

Application
Suitable for the subsequent mounting of
profiles

Mounting example
for bayonet type connector with T-slot nut
Pre-assembly of the notching case

insert the cap head screw and the notching positioning with socket pin
case into the slot 2
against clockwise direction

tighten the notching case (approx. 45° anti- end position of the notching case
clockwise turn)

Final assembly

pre-mounting of the T-slot nut pre-mounting of the T-slot nut

join the profiles and tighten the T-slot nut final tightening with socket spanner

113
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Bayonet type connector Technical data

• Notching case, cap head screw,
T-Nut, socket pin:
material: steel
surface: galvanised
• T-slot nut:
material: GD-Zn
with T-Nut (spring ball)

Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring ball) E 24.4 g 1.25.E323E
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector 1 7.5 g 1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M6×30 1 8.0 g 0.63.D00912.06030
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring ball E, M6 1 9.9 g 1.32.3EM6

with T-Nut (spring)

Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) F 18.8 g 1.25.E324F
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector 1 7.5 g 1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M6×25 1 7.0 g 0.63.D00912.06025
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring F, M6 1 4.3 g 1.32.4FM6

Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) E 25.5 g 1.25.E324E
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector 1 7.5 g 1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M6×30 1 8.0 g 0.63.D00912.06030
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring E, M6 1 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6

with T-slot nut

Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut F 16.2 g 1.25.E3410F
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector 1 7.5 g 1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M6×25 1 7.0 g 0.63.D00912.06025
T-slot nut F, M6 1 1.7 g 1.34.10FM6

Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut E 18.5 g 1.25.E3410E
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector 1 7.5 g 1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M6×30 1 8.0 g 0.63.D00912.06030
T-slot nut E, M6 1 3.0 g 1.34.10EM6

Socket pin

Description Weight Article-No.

Socket pin for notching case E 47.0 g 1.25.WZ1

114
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Cross connector Application

• quick assembly
• connection without profile machining

Technical data
Lower section, upper section, bolt,
screw:
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Assembly

push the lower section of the cross connector slide the slot of the second profile onto the
into the slot of the first profile upper section, position the profiles and tighten
the connector

Description Weight Article-No.

Cross connector E3 53.5 g 1.25.41.E3
Cross connector E4 55.0 g 1.25.41.E4 2

115
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Parallel connector Application

for subsequent insertion • quick assembly
• connection without profile machining

Assembly

position the setscrew insert the T-Nut

insert and pretension the anchor push on and position the profile

fasten the setscrew

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/H 21.7 g 1.25.E3H/5
Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/F 24.6 g 1.25.E3F/5
Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E3/E3 32.6 g 1.25.E3E3/5
Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/F 25.0 g 1.25.E4F/5
Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/E3 33.2 g 1.25.E4E3/5
Parallel connector, for subsequent insertion, E4/E4 33.5 g 1.25.E4E4/5

116
 Connectors - Special cases 1.2D

Clamping connector Application

• quick assembly
• connection without profile machining

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Assembly Fastening element

Threaded insert M14/M8, 30, 1.35.1140830

screw the threaded insert M14/M8, 30 into

the core hole ï Assembly reference 1.35

2
screw the clamping connector into the threa-
ded insert

slide the connector into the slot of the second

profile, position the profiles and tighten the
connector

Description Weight Article-No.

Clamping connector 40E, single sided 34.4 g 1.25.61.40E
Clamping connector 45E, single sided 31.8 g 1.25.61.45E

Description Weight Article-No.

Clamping connector 40E, double sided 43.9 g 1.25.62.40E
Clamping connector 45E, double sided 42.3 g 1.25.62.45E

117
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Connection of
0-slot profiles

Comments
Connector ï 1.2A

Connector - drill dimensions PG 30 PG 40

without radius covers

Drill dimensions without radius covers Drill dimensions without radius covers
with radius covers
ï 1.43

Drill dimensions with radius covers Drill dimensions with radius covers

Cover plug PG 30 PG 40
for connector cross bushings
ï 1.42

118
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Specification of milling patterns VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Key

for closed profiles VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Shortcut for "Verbinder-Bohrung"
VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Specification of the milling pattern 1)
VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Number of pattern elements 2)
VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Direction of the profile side ï 57
VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Distance of the reference point to the left end of the profile [mm]
VB ä ä ä / ä ä ä ä-ää.ä Angle of the connection (in case of VB3 or VB4)

1)
1 = "T" shape milling pattern for standard connector (Standard)
ï 120
2 = upside-down "T" shape milling pattern for standard connector
ï 121
3 = universal shape milling pattern for oblique connections with
universal head ï 122
4 = upside-down universal shape milling pattern for oblique
connections with universal head ï 123
5 = elongated hole for connection
- with standard connectors ï 124
- with T-nuts ï 125
6 = half circle for miter 3-way connection ï 126

2)
Specification with "A", "B", "C", same as for the amount of cross
bushing boresï 56

119
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Mounting varation
for profiles with 1 or more connectors, if the
profile cannot be rotated

for high sliding load

1
Comments Assembly
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the top 1 insert connector
2 push profile to the bottom

Fabrication measurements
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
Machining data VB1Aä/ääää

For fastening of profile 30×60 For fastening of profile 40×80 For fastening of profile 45×90
Machining data VB1Bä/ääää

For fastening of profile 60×60 For fastening of profile 80×80 For fastening of profile 90×90
Machining data VB1Dä/ääää

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

120
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Mounting variation
for profiles with 1 or more connectors, if the
profile cannot be rotated
1
2
for high flexure load

Comments Assembly
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the top 1 insert connector
2 push profile to the top

Fabrication measurements
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
Machining data VB2Aä/ääää
2

For fastening of profile 30×60 For fastening of profile 40×80 For fastening of profile 45×90
Machining data VB2Bä/ääää

For fastening of profile 60×60 For fastening of profile 80×80 For fastening of profile 90×90
Machining data VB2Dä/ääää

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

121
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Mounting varation
for oblique connections with 1 or more
connectors

a a = 0 deg. to
45 deg.
1
x=
cos (a) 1
Comments Assembly
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the top 1 insert connector
2 push profile to the bottom
Fabrication measurements
for the use of oblique hinge connectors with an angle of 0 deg. to 45 deg.
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45
for connectors 1.21.3FK1, 1.21.3FK2 for connectors 1.21.4EK1, 1.21.4EK2 for connectors 1.21.45EK1, 1.21.45EK2

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
Machining data VB3Aä/ääää-ää.ä

For fastening of profile 30×60 For fastening of profile 40×80 For fastening of profile 45×90
Machining data VB3Bä/ääää-ää.ä

For fastening of profile 80×80 For fastening of profile 90×90

Machining data VB3Dä/ääää-ää.ä

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

122
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Mounting varation
for oblique connections with 1 or more
connectors

a = 0 deg. to
a 45 deg.
1 1
x=
cos (a)
Comments Assembly
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the top 1 insert connector
2 push profile to the top
Fabrication measurements
for the use of oblique hinge connectors with an angle of 0 deg. to 45 deg.
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45
for connectors 1.21.3FK1, 1.21.3FK2 for connectors 1.21.4EK1, 1.21.4EK2 for connectors 1.21.45EK1, 1.21.45EK2

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
2
Machining data VB4Aä/ääää-ää.ä

For fastening of profile 30×60 For fastening of profile 40×80 For fastening of profile 45×90
Machining data VB4Bä/ääää-ää.ä

For fastening of profile 80×80 For fastening of profile 90×90

Machining data VB4Dä/ääää-ää.ä

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

123
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Connection PG 30 PG 40
with standard connectors

Single parts Single parts

Connector, standard 1.21.3F1 (V) Connector, standard 1.21.4E1 (V)
Connector, standard 90° 1.21.3F2 (V) Connector, standard 90° 1.21.4E2 (V)

Mounting variation Assembly

for profiles with 1 connector 1 insert connector
2 turn profile

Fabrication measurements
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
Machining data VB5Aä/ääää

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

124
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Connection PG 30 PG 40
with screw-type connector

Single parts Single parts

• Screw-type connector 1.21.30S1M8/7 (V) • Screw-type connector 1.21.4S1M8/11 (V)
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion, with • T-Nut for subsequent insertion, with
spring, F 1.32.4FM8 (V) spring, E 1.32.4EM8 (V)

Fabrication measurements
PG 30 PG 40 PG 45

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40 For fastening of profile 45×45
Machining data VB5Aä/ääää
2

For fastening of profile 30×60 For fastening of profile 40×80 For fastening of profile 45×90
Machining data VB5Bä/ääää

For fastening of profile 60×60 For fastening of profile 80×80 For fastening of profile 90×90
Machining data VB5Dä/ääää

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

125
 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles 1.2E

Assembly varation 3
for 3-way connection with miter connectors

2
Assembly
1 Capture anchor head between profiles
2 Ease profiles together
3 Tighten anchors joining profile

Fabrication measurements PG 30 PG 40

For fastening of profile 30×30 For fastening of profile 40×40

Machining data VB6Aä/ääää-ää.ä

For fastening of profile 80×80

Machining data VB6Bä/ääää-ää.ä

RP = Reference point; Definition of machining data ï 119

126
 Connection possibilities for profiles 40, round 1.2E

Connection of
profiles 40, round

Drill dimensions for profiles 40, round

30° 45°

60° 90°

2
Calculation formulas for polygons

Profile 40, round 30° (b = 30°) Profile 40, round 45° (b = 45°) Profile 40, round 60° (b = 60°)
searched
known

t = 22.04 t = 24.57 t = 28.04

s = 15.53 s = 22.96 s = 30.00
R0 L= R0×0,51764 – 31,06 R0×0,76537 – 45,92 R0 – 60

Ra L= (Ra–20)×0,51764 – 31,06 (Ra–20)×0,76537 – 45,92 Ra – 80

SW – 44,08 SW – 49,14 SW – 56,08

SW L = × 0,51764 – 31,06 × 0,76537 – 45,92 – 60
EDDDD
3,73205 EDDD
3,4142 ED
3
SW – 44,08 SW – 49,14 SW – 56,08
SW R0 =
EDDDD
3,73205 EDDD
3,4142 ED
3
SW – 44,08 SW – 49,14 SW – 56,08
SW Ra = + 20 + 20 + 20
EDDDD
3,73205 EDDD
3,4142 ED
3

R0 SW = EDDDDDDD 2
(R ×2) – (R ×0,51764) + 44,08
0 0
2
EDDDDDDD 2 2
(R ×2) – (R ×0,76537) + 49,14
0 0
EDDDD 2
(R ×2) – R + 56,08
0 0
2

Ra SW = EDDDDDDDDDD
((R –20)×2) – ((R –20)×0,51764) + 44,08
a
2
a
2 EDDDDDDDDDD
((R –20)×2) – ((R –20)×0,76537) + 49,14
a
2
a
2 EDDDDD
((R –20)×2) – R + 56,08
a
2
a
2

127
 Connection possibilities - Special cases 1.2E

Subsequent mounting Step by step instruction for subsequent moun-

ting of profiles with two standard connections
of profiles for all profile groups

For the subsequent mounting of the profile:

1. Mill on both ends a slot size of 6×8 mm.

2. Mount connector and fix anchor in front

position with setscrew.

3. Mount profile.

4. Loosen setscrew.
Due to the compressing spring the
anchor is pushed into the slot.
Turn anchor by 90° with screw driver.
Fasten setscrew.

128
 Connection possibilities - Other profile systems 1.2E

Connection of MayTec MayTec profiles can easily be combined with

other profile systems.
with other profile systems
With the MayTec Screw-type connector and
Cross bushing the T-Nut of the other profile system

Anchor

T-Nut

hole
distance 10 mm

hole
distance 33 mm 2

anchor dim.
With the MayTec Standard-connector two
points have to be considered:

Other profile
1. Anchor head-form and size
The MayTec system provides 3 anchor head
sizes. If any of the sizes don’t fit into the slots
of other profile systems, the anchor head can
wall thickness hole
MayTec
be made to fit as required.
distance

2. Hole distance
Form H Form H
During the machining of the cross bore the
hole distance has to match the wall thickness
of the profile.

hole distance =
anchor dim. - wall thickness + 2 mm

Form F Form E

129
 Strength values for profile connections
with MayTec-Connectors 1.2F

Torque tightening values for PG Slot Setscrew Torque value Comments

connector setscrew special execution recommended max. The max. tightening
values are only valid for
20 H M6×8 5.0 Nm 6.0 Nm the MayTec setscrew
F M8×10 15.0 Nm 20.0 Nm and can not be reached
30 F M10×12 25.0 Nm 30.0 Nm by the usual commercial
40 E M10×12 30.0 Nm 40.0 Nm quality standard.
45 E M10×12 30.0 Nm 40.0 Nm
50 E M10×12 30.0 Nm 40.0 Nm
60 E M10×12 30.0 Nm 40.0 Nm

Tension load PG Slot max. Tensile strength Comments

Connector T-Nut All values given have
Standard Universal Square head been tested with preten-
sion of the connectors
20 H - 1,500 N - M4 4,000 N and maximum torque
F 5,000 N 6,000 N 8,000 N M8 8,000 N value and refer to the
30 F 5,000 N 6,000 N 8,000 N M8 8,000 N connection of two identi-
40 E 10,000 N 12,000 N 12,000 N M8 12,000 N cal profiles.
45 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N
50 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N
60 E 15,000 N 18,000 N 20,000 N M8 20,000 N

Slide load PG Profile Slot Pcs max. Slide strength max. Flexure strength
Connector
Standard, E-connector Standard, Universal, Square head
Universal, (Standard,
Square head Universal)
20 20×20 H 1 1,500 N - 50 Nm
20×40 2 3,000 N - 100 Nm 150 Nm
Flexure load
40×40 4 6,000 N - 300 Nm
20×30 F 1 5,000 N 7,500 N 65 Nm
30 30×30 F 1 5,000 N 7,500 N 100 Nm
30×50 1 5,000 N 7,500 N 100 Nm 160 Nm
30×60 2 10,000 N 15,000 N 200 Nm 400 Nm
30×100, 5F 2 10,000 N 15,000 N 200 Nm 640 Nm
30×100, 8F 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 300 Nm 960 Nm
30×150, 8F 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 300 Nm 1,500 Nm
60×60 angle 3 15,000 N 22,500 N 500 Nm
60×60 4 20,000 N 30,000 N 800 Nm
30×150 E 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 500 Nm 2,000 Nm
40 40×40 E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 250 Nm
40×60 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 250 Nm 375 Nm
40×80 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 500 Nm 1,000 Nm
40×120 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 750 Nm 2,250 Nm
40×160 4 24,000 N 36,000 N 1,000 Nm 4,000 Nm
80×80 angle 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 1,250 Nm
80×80, 8E 4 24,000 N 36,000 N 2,000 Nm
80×120 6 36,000 N 54,000 N 3,000 Nm 4,500 Nm
120×120 8 48,000 N 72,000 N 6,000 Nm
80×160 8 48,000 N 72,000 N 4,000 Nm 8,000 Nm
45 45×45 E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 360 Nm
45×60 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 360 Nm 480 Nm
45×90 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 720 Nm 1,440 Nm
90×90 4 24,000 N 36,000 N 2,880 Nm
50 50×50 E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 400 Nm
50×100, 6E 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 800 Nm 1,600 Nm
50×100, 8E 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 1,200 Nm 2,400 Nm
50×150 3 18,000 N 27,000 N 1,200 Nm 3,600 Nm
The listed values are valid 100×100 4 24,000 N 36,000 N 3,200 Nm
100×200 8 48,000 N 72,000 N 6,400 Nm 12,800 Nm
for all light and heavy 60 60×60 E 1 6,000 N 9,000 N 480 Nm
profiles 60×90 2 12,000 N 18,000 N 960 Nm 1,440 Nm

130
 Connection elements 1.29

Anti-twist devices

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device 13 g 1.29.11140 2

Description Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device for connector 11 g 1.29.11240

131
 Connection elements 1.29

Anti-twist devices Application

In the case of high torque forces with con-
nections of one connector only, twisting can
be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 anti-twist
devices.

The nose of the anti-twist device fits into the

basic profile.

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Fastening elements
F-slot:
Setscrew M6×8 1.20.G0608
E-slot:
Setscrew M6×12 1.20.G0612

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device F M6 10 Nm 7.3 g 1.29.321.FM6

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device E M6 10 Nm 14 g 1.29.321.EM6

132
 Connection elements 1.29

Anti-twist devices Application

for subsequent insertion In the case of high torque forces with con-
nections of one connector only, twisting can
be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 anti-twist
devices.
• for subsequent insertion

The nose of the anti-twist device fits into the

basic profile.
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Insert front-sided and rotate 2

Fastening elements
F-slot:
Setscrew ISO 4026 M6×8 1.20.G0608
E-slot:
Setscrew ISO 4026 M6×12 1.20.G0612

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device F M6 for subsequent insertion 10 Nm 7.3 g 1.29.324.FM6

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device E M6 for subsequent insertion 10 Nm 14 g 1.29.324.EM6

133
 Connection elements 1.29

Clamping levers Application

Any MayTec connector can be equipped with a
clamping lever.
For frequent opening and closing

Clamping lever for drill jigs

Technical data
clamping handle: PA-glass-fiber reinf.
clamping lever: with ratchet lever handle
annular gear: die casted zinc
thread: steel
Clamping lever for connector

Clamping levers 40
for connector

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Clamping lever 40 for connector M6 20 17 g 1.29.500620
Clamping lever 40 for connector M8 20 21 g 1.29.500820
Clamping lever 40 for connector M10 20 24 g 1.29.501020
Clamping lever 40 for connector M10 30 29 g 1.29.501030

Clamping levers 65
for connector

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Clamping lever 65 for connector M6 20 36 g 1.29.650620
Clamping lever 65 for connector M8 20 41 g 1.29.650820
Clamping lever 65 for connector M8 30 43 g 1.29.650830
Clamping lever 65 for connector M10 20 44 g 1.29.651020
Clamping lever 65 for connector M10 30 49 g 1.29.651030

Clamping levers 80
for connector

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Clamping lever 80 for connector M8 20 64 g 1.29.800820
Clamping lever 80 for connector M10 20 65 g 1.29.801020
Clamping lever 80 for connector M10 30 70 g 1.29.801030

134
 Summary: Accessories 1.3-1.9

1.3 Fastening elements

Threaded plates Threaded plates Threaded plates T-Nuts T-Nuts Spring-nuts T-slot nuts Rhomboid T-slot nuts
ï 138 for subs. insertion heavy ï 141 for subs. insertion front-sided insertion ï 146 with self-locking
ï 139 ï 140 ï 142-144 ï 145 ï 147

T-Bolts Threaded inserts Press-fit

front-sided insertion ï 149-150 threaded inserts
ï 148 ï 151-152

1.4 Installation accessories

Cover profiles Cover profiles Reducing profiles Combination profiles Combination profiles Combination profiles Guide profile Framing profiles
ï 153 ï 153 ï 154 ï 155 ï 156 for sliding profiles for sliding profile one piece
ï 158 ï 159 ï 160

Wegde profiles Sponge rubber Sealing profile Framing profiles Rubber cover-profiles Cover caps Cover cap Ø48 Cover plugs
ï 161 round cords ï 164 ï 165-167 ï 168 for profiles for hand rail profile for cross bushings
ï 162-163 ï 169-172 ï 172 ï 173

Cover plugs domed for Cover caps Cover caps Radius covers Radius compensations Floor levelling Levelling foot PA 20 Hand adjustable feet
cross bushings for tubes for screw bores ï 175-176 ï 177 screws ï 178 ï 179
ï 173 ï 174 ï 174 ï 178
3

Levelling feet Adjustable tilt-feet Angular adjusting feet Base foot Base feet Base angle Stacking foot Fixed castors
ï 180 ï 181-185 ï 186 ï 187 ï 188-192 ï 193 ï 193 ï 194

Swivel castors Swivel castors Locking castors Angles Angles PA Angles GD-Zn Angles GD-Al Angles Alu
ï 195 lockable ï 196-197 ï 198 ï 199 ï 200-205 ï 206 ï 207
ï 195

Swivel angles Swivel angles Cross connection Base plates Floor mounting plate Mounting plates Floor plate Connection plates
straight design ï 208-209 plates ï 210-211 ï 212 ï 213 ï 213 ï 214
ï 208 ï 209

135
 Summary: Accessories 1.3-1.9

Fastening plate Eye-bolt Corner piece set Corner piece set Corner piece set Corner pieces Corner pieces Corner pieces
for joint 30×100 ï 216 cubic PA 45° PA spherical PA cubic segment segment, 2gang
ï 215 ï 217 ï 218 ï 218 ï 219-220 ï 219-220 ï 219-220

Corner pieces
sphere
ï 219-220

1.5 Pneumatic accessories

Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic-90° Pneumatic

end plates connection plates extension sets connection sets accessories
ï 222-226 ï 227 ï 228 ï 229-230 ï 230

1.6 Additional accessories

Handles Handle Handle PA with Handles PA Handle PA with Handle system Handle system Grab handles
light PA light mounting thread ï 232 mounting thread round design oval design made of profiles
ï 231 ï 231 ï 232 ï 233 ï 234 ï 235 ï 236

Grab handle profiles Hinges Lift-off hinges Double hinge Hinges Alu hinges Alu hinges, Joints
ï 236 ï 237, 242 ï 238-241 ï 243 ï 244-248 ï 249-250 heavy ï 253-255
ï 251-252

Joints Mounting blocks Mounting block Mounting blocks Mounting clamp blocks Quick locks Bullet catches Bullet catch PA
with clamping lever screw-type GD-Zn for subs. insertion for subs. ins. ï 263-264 ï 265 ï 266
ï 253-255 ï 256 ï 257 ï 258-259 ï 260-262

Magnetic lock PA Lock Cylinder locks Cylinder locks Flap-lock countersunk Cylinder locks Mortise deadlocks Bar locks
ï 267 ï 268 ï 269 with security latch ï 271 flush ï 273-276 ï 277-280
ï 270 ï 271-272

Latch lock Rollers Twin track guide Roller fastening sets Mounting adaptor Edge roller Runner for sliding Alu-C-track
ï 281 ï 282-283 ï 283 ï 284-287 for roller ï 289 suspended doors for suspended doors
ï 288 ï 290 ï 290

136
 Summary: Accessories 1.3-1.9

Frame guide Rubber door stop Slot rollers Sliding blocks T-Nut sliding blocks Eco-Slides Hanging bracket Suspended glider
for suspended doors for suspended doors ï 292 ï 294 ï 295 ï 296-299 ï 300 ï 301
ï 291 ï 291

1.7 Electrical accessories

Potential equalisation Ground connections Cable and hose Block for Installation rings Mounting set Safety switches Safety interlocking-
ï 302 ï 303 clamp cable binder ï 306 for 19" profile ï 308-309 mountings
ï 304 ï 305 ï 307 ï 310-314

Sensor brackets Electrical installation trunkings

ï 315 ï 316-319

1.8 Panel elements

Corner elements for Corner element 33 for Mounting sockets Panel elements Wire nets, grid
wire net m. profile wire net m. prf. 33×10 ï 322 ï 323-326 ï 326-327
ï 320 ï 321

1.9 Tools

Self locking washers Button head screws Press in device for Tx screw driver Drill jigs Drills Milling cutters Screw taps
ï 328-329 ï 330 knurled cross bushing ï 330 ï 332, 334 ï 333, 335-336 ï 333, 335-336 ï 337-338
ï 330

137
 Fastening elements 1.31

Threaded plates Application

Fastening element for screw-type connections

Fixed into position with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate H M3 1.3 Nm 1.5 g 1.31.HM3
Threaded plate H M4 2.0 Nm 1.3 g 1.31.HM4
Threaded plate H M5 2.0 Nm 1.2 g 1.31.HM5

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate F M3 1.3 Nm 3.9 g 1.31.FM3
Threaded plate F M4 3.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.31.FM4
Threaded plate F M5 5.0 Nm 3.6 g 1.31.FM5
Threaded plate F M6 7.0 Nm 3.3 g 1.31.FM6

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate E M3 1.3 Nm 12.0 g 1.31.EM3
Threaded plate E M4 3.0 Nm 11.8 g 1.31.EM4
Threaded plate E M5 5.0 Nm 11.6 g 1.31.EM5
Threaded plate E M6 8.0 Nm 11.3 g 1.31.EM6
Threaded plate E M8 15.0 Nm 11.0 g 1.31.EM8

138
 Fastening elements 1.31

Threaded plates Application

for subsequent insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections

Assembly
Insert frontally and turn 60°

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M3 1.3 Nm 0.90 g 1.31.4HM3
Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M4 2.0 Nm 0.85 g 1.31.4HM4
Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H M5 2.0 Nm 0.80 g 1.31.4HM5

139
 Fastening elements 1.31

Threaded plates Application

heavy Fastening element for
• screw-type connections
• hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 22, 23, 31

Fixed into position with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate, heavy E M6 10.0 Nm 17.2 g 1.31.6EM6
Threaded plate, heavy E M8 26.0 Nm 16.3 g 1.31.6EM8

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate, heavy E 2×M6 10.0 Nm 33.8 g 1.31.6E2M6
Threaded plate, heavy E 2×M8 26.0 Nm 32.0 g 1.31.6E2M8

Application
Fastening element for ST-Connector
with anchor, screw-type ï 1.2D
Application sample ï Eco-Slide 1.67

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Threaded plate, heavy E M6 10.0 Nm 12.4 g 1.31.7EM6

140
 Fastening elements 1.32

T-Nuts Application
with spring Fastening element for screw-type connections

Fixing with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut with spring F M6 10 Nm 7.0 g 1.32.FM6
T-Nut with spring F M8 26 Nm 6.6 g 1.32.FM8

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut with spring E M6 10 Nm 15 g 1.32.EM6
T-Nut with spring E M8 26 Nm 14 g 1.32.EM8

141
 Fastening elements 1.32

T-Nuts Application
for subsequent insertion, Fastening element for screw-type connections
with spring ball

Fixing with spring ball

Assembly
Insert front-sided and rotate

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M4 3.0 Nm 10.4 g 1.32.3EM4
T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M5 5.0 Nm 10.2 g 1.32.3EM5
T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M6 10.0 Nm 9.9 g 1.32.3EM6
T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E M8 26.0 Nm 9.6 g 1.32.3EM8

142
 Fastening elements 1.32

T-Nuts Application
for subsequent insertion, Fastening element for screw-type connections
with spring

Fixing with leaf spring

Technical data
Design steel:
• material: steel
• surface: galvanised
Design stainless:
• material: stainless steel 1.4305
• surface: pickled and passivated
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Insert front-sided and rotate

Description G Design MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M3 steel 1.3 Nm 5.0 g 1.32.4FM3
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M4 steel 3.0 Nm 4.9 g 1.32.4FM4
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M5 steel 5.0 Nm 4.6 g 1.32.4FM5
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M6 steel 10.0 Nm 4.3 g 1.32.4FM6
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M8 steel 10.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.32.4FM8
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M6 stainless 10.0 Nm 4.3 g 1.32.4FM6V
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F M8 stainless 10.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.32.4FM8V

Description G Design MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M3 steel 1.3 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM3
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M4 steel 3.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM4
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M5 steel 5.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM5
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M6 steel 10.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M8 steel 26.0 Nm 9.0 g 1.32.4EM8 3
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M4 stainless 3.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM4V
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M5 stainless 5.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM5V
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M6 stainless 10.0 Nm 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6V
C R T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E M8 stainless 26.0 Nm 9.0 g 1.32.4EM8V

Application
Fastening element for
• screw-type connections
• hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 31

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max
Fixing with leaf spring

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E 2×M8 26.0 Nm 20.3 g 1.32.4E2M8.41

143
 Fastening elements 1.32

T-Nuts Application
for subsequent insertion, Fastening element for screw-type connections
with spring

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max
Fixing with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert front-sided and rotate

Application
Fastening element for mounting angle, quick
lock ï 265

Fastening without washer Fastening with washer

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F 2×M4 3.0 Nm 7.0 g 1.32.4F2M4.25

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E 2×M4 3.0 Nm 12.0 g 1.32.4E2M4.25

144
 Fastening elements 1.33

Spring-nuts Application
front-sided insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections
Applicable for small loads such as:
• enclosures
• electric switches

Fixing with compressing spring

Assembly
Insert front-sided and turn 90°

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Spring-nut F M3 1.3 Nm 1.6 g 1.33.FM3
Spring-nut F M4 3.0 Nm 1.5 g 1.33.FM4
Spring-nut F M5 5.0 Nm 1.3 g 1.33.FM5
Spring-nut F M6 8.0 Nm 1.1 g 1.33.FM6

3
Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.
Spring-nut E M3 1.3 Nm 3.9 g 1.33.EM3
Spring-nut E M4 3.0 Nm 3.7 g 1.33.EM4
Spring-nut E M5 5.0 Nm 3.4 g 1.33.EM5
Spring-nut E M6 10.0 Nm 3.0 g 1.33.EM6

145
 Fastening elements 1.34

T-slot nuts Application

Fastening element for screw-type connections

Assembly
Mount the T-slot nut onto the screw and insert
into the slot
Rotate the screw with T-slot nut 90° inside
and then fasten

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-slot nut F M4 3.0 Nm 2.4 g 1.34.10FM4
T-slot nut F M5 5.0 Nm 2.0 g 1.34.10FM5
T-slot nut F M6 10.0 Nm 1.7 g 1.34.10FM6

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-slot nut E M4 3.0 Nm 3.6 g 1.34.10EM4
T-slot nut E M5 5.0 Nm 3.2 g 1.34.10EM5
T-slot nut E M6 10.0 Nm 3.0 g 1.34.10EM6

146
 Fastening elements 1.34

Rhomboid T-slot nuts Application

with self-locking For pre-assembly of threads in the profile slot

Assembly
Pre-assemble the rhomboid T-slot nut onto the
screw, and insert into the slot

By tightening the screw, the rhomboid T-slot

nut is turned 90° and jammed inside the slot
with its conical flanks

Even after loosening the screw, the rhomboid

T-slot nut will remain wedged in place

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G MA, max Weight Article-No.

Rhomboid T-slot nut E M3 1.3 Nm 6.5 g 1.34.20EM3
Rhomboid T-slot nut E M4 3.0 Nm 6.2 g 1.34.20EM4
Rhomboid T-slot nut E M5 5.0 Nm 5.9 g 1.34.20EM5
Rhomboid T-slot nut E M6 10.0 Nm 5.5 g 1.34.20EM6

147
 Fastening elements 1.34

T-Bolts Application
front-sided insertion Fastening element for screw-type connections

Fixing with compressing spring

Assembly
Insert front-sided and turn 90°

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max

Description G×L MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Bolt F M6×20 6 Nm 6.0 g 1.34.FM62
T-Bolt F M6×30 6 Nm 7.0 g 1.34.FM63
T-Bolt F M8×20 15 Nm 8.0 g 1.34.FM82
T-Bolt F M8×30 15 Nm 11.2 g 1.34.FM83

Description G×L MA, max Weight Article-No.

T-Bolt E M6×20 6 Nm 9.0 g 1.34.EM62
T-Bolt E M6×30 6 Nm 10.0 g 1.34.EM63
T-Bolt E M8×20 18 Nm 12.0 g 1.34.EM82
T-Bolt E M8×25 18 Nm 13.0 g 1.34.EM825
T-Bolt E M8×30 18 Nm 14.0 g 1.34.EM83
T-Bolt E M8×40 18 Nm 18.0 g 1.34.EM84

148
 Fastening elements 1.35

Threaded inserts Application

For mounting on front end

Technical data Comments

material: steel for core hole Ø6
surface: galvanised

Description G Weight Article-No.

Threaded insert M8/M4 1.0 g 1.35.10804
Threaded insert M8/M5 0.9 g 1.35.10805

Application
For mounting on front end

Technical data Comments

material: steel for outer chambers PG 50, heavy
surface: galvanised

Description G Weight Article-No.

3
Threaded insert M12/M4 8.6 g 1.35.11204
Threaded insert M12/M5 8.0 g 1.35.11205
Threaded insert M12/M6 7.3 g 1.35.11206
Threaded insert M12/M8 5.5 g 1.35.11208

149
 Fastening elements 1.35

Threaded inserts Application

For mounting on front end and fastening of
any profile with core hole Ø12

Application
For mounting on front end and fastening of
profiles PG 60

Assembly preparation for

threaded insert M14/Mxx
• Tap M14 thread in core hole Ø12 mm

1) Assembly preparation for

threaded insert M16/M12
• Drill Ø12 mm core hole to 14 mm
• Tap M16 thread in core hole Ø14 mm

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description D/G L Weight Article-No.

Threaded insert M14/M6 15 11 g 1.35.1140615
Threaded insert M14/M6 30 22 g 1.35.1140630
Threaded insert M14/M8 15 9g 1.35.1140815
Threaded insert M14/M8 30 18 g 1.35.1140830
Threaded insert M14/M10 15 6g 1.35.1141015
Threaded insert M14/M10 30 12 g 1.35.1141030
1)
Threaded insert M16/M12 15 8 g 1.35.1161215
1)
Threaded insert M16/M12 30 16 g 1.35.1161230

150
 Fastening elements 1.35

Press-fit threaded inserts Application

For mounting on front end and fastening of
any profile with core hole Ø12

Application
For screw connections across the profile for
cross section of
20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm / 45 mm / 50 mm

Technical data
material: steel
borehole-Ø 12+0.1
surface: galvanised

Description G L l Weight Article-No.

Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M8 22.5 19.5 15 g 1.35.608195
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M8 32.5 29.5 20 g 1.35.608295
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M8 42.5 39.5 26 g 1.35.608395
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M8 47.5 44.5 28 g 1.35.608445
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M8 52.5 49.5 31 g 1.35.608495
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M10 22.5 19.5 11 g 1.35.610195
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M10 32.5 29.5 15 g 1.35.610295
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M10 42.5 39.5 18 g 1.35.610395
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M10 47.5 43.5 20 g 1.35.610445
Press-fit threaded insert Ø12/M10 52.5 49.5 22 g 1.35.610495

Application
For screw connections across the profile for
cross section of
30 mm / 40 mm / 45 mm / 50 mm 3

Technical data
material: steel
borehole-Ø 16+0.1
surface: galvanised

Description G L l Weight Article-No.

Press-fit threaded insert Ø16/M14 32.5 29.5 25 g 1.35.614295
Press-fit threaded insert Ø16/M14 42.5 39.5 30 g 1.35.614395
Press-fit threaded insert Ø16/M14 47.5 44.5 32 g 1.35.614445
Press-fit threaded insert Ø16/M14 52.5 49.5 35 g 1.35.614495

151
 Fastening elements 1.35

Press-fit threaded inserts Application

w/o collar For mounting on front end and fastening of
any profile with core hole Ø12

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description G Weight Article-No.

Press-fit threaded insert, w/o collar Ø12/M6 19 g 1.35.606300
Press-fit threaded insert, w/o collar Ø12/M8 17 g 1.35.608300

152
 Installation accessories 1.41

Cover profiles Application

Cover profile with 1.2 mm jutout for the
protection of the profile slots

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
• oil and water resistant
• anti-electrostatic
• lead- and cadmium free

Description Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, grey 7035 85 g/bar 1.41.11.1
Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, black 9011 85 g/bar 1.41.11.2
Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, yellow 1023 85 g/bar 1.41.11.1023

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Cover profile 10, Alu, F/E 67.5 g/bar 1.41.121

Application
Cover profile for the protection of the profile
slots
Dangerous spots can be marked with yellow 4
cover profiles

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
• oil and water resistant

Description Colour similar to RAL bar Weight Article-No.

Cover profile 34, PVC, E, grey 7035 2.5 m 170 g/bar 1.41.15E34.1
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, black 9011 2.5 m 170 g/bar 1.41.15E34.2
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, yellow 1003 3.0 m 204 g/bar 1.41.15E34.1003

153
 Installation accessories 1.41

Reducing profiles PVC Application

To reduce the slot size from 8 mm to 6 mm

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
• oil and water resistant
• anti-electrostatic
• lead- and cadmium free

Description Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Reducing profile PVC, F/E, 8/6 grey 7035 85 g/bar 1.41.21.1
Reducing profile PVC, F/E, 8/6 black 9011 85 g/bar 1.41.21.2

154
 Installation accessories 1.41

Combination profiles PVC Application

Combination profiles for use as reduction or
cover profiles

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
• oil and water resistant
Use as reduction profile

Colours: grey
black
red
blue
green

Use as slot-cover profile

Description B Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Combination profile PVC, H 2 grey 7035 37.5 g/bar 1.41.H02.1
Combination profile PVC, H 2 black 9011 37.5 g/bar 1.41.H02.2
Combination profile PVC, H 2 red 3000 37.5 g/bar 1.41.H02.3000
Combination profile PVC, H 2 blue 5002 37.5 g/bar 1.41.H02.5002
Combination profile PVC, H 2 green 6024 37.5 g/bar 1.41.H02.6024
Combination profile PVC, H 4 grey 7035 35.0 g/bar 1.41.H04.1
Combination profile PVC, H 4 black 9011 35.0 g/bar 1.41.H04.2

155
 Installation accessories 1.41

Combination profiles Application

Combination profiles for use as reduction or
cover profiles

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PP
• oil and water resistant
Use as reduction profile

Colours: grey
black
orange
red
blue
green
Use as slot-cover profile

Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Combination profile F 1 - 4.5 grey 7035 31 g/bar 1.41.F14.1
Combination profile F 1 - 4.5 black 9011 31 g/bar 1.41.F14.2

Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Combination profile F 4.5 - 6 grey 7035 28 g/bar 1.41.F46.1
Combination profile F 4.5 - 6 black 9011 28 g/bar 1.41.F46.2
Combination profile F 4.5 - 6 red 3000 28 g/bar 1.41.F46.3000
Combination profile F 4.5 - 6 blue 5002 28 g/bar 1.41.F46.5002
Combination profile F 4.5 - 6 green 6024 28 g/bar 1.41.F46.6024

Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Combination profile E 1 - 4.5 grey 7035 47 g/bar 1.41.E314.1
Combination profile E 1 - 4.5 black 9011 47 g/bar 1.41.E314.2

Description D Colour similar to RAL Weight Article-No.

Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 grey 7035 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.1
Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 black 9011 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.2
Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 orange 2004 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.2004
Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 red 3000 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.3000
Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 blue 5002 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.5002
Combination profile E 4.5 - 6 green 6024 42 g/bar 1.41.E346.6024

156
 Installation accessories 1.41

Sliding doors
construction types

Fixed Removable

Profile Sliding profile 30 mm Sliding profile 50 mm

Type of mounting Fixed Removable Fixed Removable

Profile above 30×14 30×26 30×26 50×14 50×14
Profile below 30×14 30×14 30×26 50×14 50×14

Panel
element
8 mm

H =A - 6 H = A - 18 H = A - 30 H =A - 9 H = A - 19
H1 = A - 44 H1 = A - 56 H1 = A - 45

Panel
element
6 mm
4

H =A - 8 H = A - 19 H = A - 31 H =A - 9 H = A - 19
H1 = A - 45 H1 = A - 57 H1 = A - 45

Panel
element
1 - 14 mm

H =A - 6 H = A - 18 H = A - 30 H = A - 17 H = A - 19
H1 = A - 58 H1 = A - 70 H1 = A - 82 H1 = A - 69 H1 = A - 71

157
 Installation accessories 1.41

Combination profiles PVC Application

Combination profiles for sliding profiles alter-
natively suitable as:
• reducing profile
• cover profile
• Inserted plate (only combination
profile 1.41.330)

Inserted plate for sliding profile 30×26: Inserted plate for sliding profile 50×14:
combination profile 1.41.330 for sliding profile 1.41.11.1, 1.41.11.2

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
oil and water resistant
colour: grey

Description B Weight Article-No.

Combination profile PVC for 30×14 6.2 115 g/bar 1.41.330

Description B Weight Article-No.

Combination profile PVC for 50×14 6.5 222.5 g/bar 1.41.350
Combination profile PVC for 50×14 9.0 205.0 g/bar 1.41.351

158
 Installation accessories 1.41

Guide profile PVC Application

The guide profile is necessary
• for demountable sliding doors
• for the use of panel elements of each
plate thickness from 1 mm to 14 mm

Drill dimensions

Use in sliding profile 30×26

Minimum height for lifting of the panel Use in sliding profile 50×14 with combination 4
elements profile

Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material: PVC rigid
oil and water resistant
colour: grey

Description Weight Article-No.

Guide profile PVC for sliding profile 375 g/bar 1.41.360

159
 Installation accessories 1.41

Framing profiles Application

one piece The one piece framing profile for mounting
panels of different thickness
The elastic lips provide a good seal

One sided application for profiles with F- One sided application for profiles with H-
and E-slots and panels 5 - 6 mm thick slots and panels 3 - 4 mm thick

Two sided application for profiles with F- and

E-slots and panels 1 - 4 mm thick
Technical data Colours
length of ring: 60 m grey: similar to RAL 7035
material: NBR - 60 Shore A black: similar to RAL 9011
• compatible with acrylic
glass
• oil and water resistant

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Framing profile one piece F grey ring 2,200 g/ring 1.41.5F0.1.60
Framing profile one piece F grey cut to length 37 g/m 1.41.5F0.1-A00A00/...
Framing profile one piece F black ring 2,200 g/ring 1.41.5F0.2.60
Framing profile one piece F black cut to length 37 g/m 1.41.5F0.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Framing profile one piece E grey ring 3,120 g/ring 1.41.5E0.1.60
Framing profile one piece E grey cut to length 52 g/m 1.41.5E0.1-A00A00/...
Framing profile one piece E black ring 3,120 g/ring 1.41.5E0.2.60
Framing profile one piece E black cut to length 52 g/m 1.41.5E0.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

160
 Installation accessories 1.41

Wedge profiles Application

Wedge profiles for sealing or fixing of panel
elements with a thickness of 4 mm

Length of wedge profile =

frame - clear opening + 2 mm

E3-slot

Technical data
length of ring: 100 m
material: Santoprene
• free of silicon
• compatible with acrylic glass

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Wedge profile E3 grey ring 5.0 kg/ring 1.41.51E3.1.99
Wedge profile E3 grey cut to length 50 g/m 1.41.51E3.1-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

161
 Installation accessories 1.41

Sponge rubber round cords Application

Sponge rubber round cords for sealing

Profile with panel element

1 profile with slot 2 profiles with slots

1 profile closed 1 profile with slot-cover profile

Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination

Profile slot Sponge rubber diameter

H-slot 8 mm
F-slot 12 mm
E-slot 18 mm

162
 Installation accessories 1.41

Sponge rubber round cords Application

For compensation of slot width on in-between
sizes of cover panels

Enclosures with panel materials Enclosures with wire screens

Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination

Profile slot Plate thickness Sponge rubber diameter

H-slot 1 - 3 mm 6 mm
F-slot 1 - 2 mm 10 mm
3 mm 8 mm
4 - 5 mm 6 mm
E-slot 1 - 3 mm 10 mm
3 - 4 mm 2×8 mm
5 mm 2×6 mm

Technical data
length of ring: 100 m
material: EPDM
colour: grey

Description D Weight Article-No. 4

Sponge rubber round cords Ø6 ring 1.1 kg/ring 1.41.606.99
Sponge rubber round cords Ø6 cut to length 11 g/m 1.41.606-A00A00/...
Sponge rubber round cords Ø8 ring 1.9 kg/ring 1.41.608.99
Sponge rubber round cords Ø8 cut to length 19 g/m 1.41.608-A00A00/...
Sponge rubber round cords Ø10 ring 3.2 kg/ring 1.41.610.99
Sponge rubber round cords Ø10 cut to length 32 g/m 1.41.610-A00A00/...
Sponge rubber round cords Ø12 ring 4.6 kg/ring 1.41.612.99
Sponge rubber round cords Ø12 cut to length 46 g/m 1.41.612-A00A00/...
Sponge rubber round cords Ø18 ring 10.0 kg/ring 1.41.618.99
Sponge rubber round cords Ø18 cut to length 100 g/m 1.41.618-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

163
 Installation accessories 1.41

Sealing profile Application

For sealing of doors and windows and for door
stops

Technical data
length of ring: 40 m
material: EPDM, 60° ± 5° Shore A
• free of silicon
• compatible with acrylic glass

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Sealing profile F black ring 5.12 kg/ring 1.41.6510F.2.40
Sealing profile F black cut to length 128 g/m 1.41.6510F.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

164
 Installation accessories 1.41

Framing profiles Application

The framing profile allows the installation of
panels in closed frames

Assembly
panel element clamping
strip 1. Insert base profile in profile slot
2. Put panel element in position
base profile 3. Push clamping strip in position
notch

Comments
The clamping strip is badged by a notch as a
distinctive mark to the base profile

Maximum loading of framing profile:

Fmax = 200 N/m
For maximum loading of element be aware of
the stability of used framing profile

Technical data
bar length: 6 m
material: • base body: PVC rigid, 98° Shore A
• lip: PVC soft, TPE 60° ± 5° Shore A, compatible with acrylic glass
temperature range: -20°C to +80°C

4
Comments
Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 10 mm
thickness

Colours
grey: similar to RAL 7035
black: similar to RAL 9011

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Framing profile F/E grey bar 1.1 kg/bar 1.41.710.1.60
Framing profile F/E grey cut to length 181 g/m 1.41.710.1-A00A00/...
Framing profile F/E black bar 1.1 kg/bar 1.41.710.2.60
Framing profile F/E black cut to length 181 g/m 1.41.710.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

165
 Installation accessories 1.41

Comments
Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 7 mm
thickness

Colours
grey: similar to RAL 7035
black: similar to RAL 9011

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Framing profile F/E, 1-7 mm grey bar 960 g/bar 1.41.720107.1.60
Framing profile F/E, 1-7 mm grey cut to length 160 g/m 1.41.720107.1-A00A00/...
Framing profile F/E, 1-7 mm black bar 960 g/bar 1.41.720107.2.60
Framing profile F/E, 1-7 mm black cut to length 160 g/m 1.41.720107.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

166
 1.41

Framing profiles Application

The framing profile allows the installation of
panels in closed frames

Assembly
panel element clamping
strip 1. Insert base profile in profile slot
2. Put panel element in position
base profile 3. Push clamping strip in position
bulge

Comments
The clamping strip is badged by a bulge as a
distinctive mark to the base profile

Maximum loading of framing profile:

Fmax = 200 N/m
For maximum loading of element be aware of
the stability of used framing profile

Technical data
bar length: 6 m
material: • base body: PVC rigid, 98° Shore A
• lip: PVC soft, TPE 60° ± 5° Shore A, compatible with acrylic glass
temperature range: -20°C to +80°C

4
Comments
Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 10 mm
thickness

Colours
grey: similar to RAL 7035
black: similar to RAL 9011

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Framing profile E grey bar 1.1 kg/bar 1.41.71E0110.1.60
Framing profile E grey cut to length 181 g/m 1.41.71E0110.1-A00A00/...
Framing profile E black bar 1.1 kg/bar 1.41.71E0110.2.60
Framing profile E black cut to length 181 g/m 1.41.71E0110.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

167
 Installation accessories 1.41

Rubber cover-profiles Application

Rubber cover-profiles for profile protection
Suitable for:
• door stop
• slide prevention on steps
• protection against damage
• handrails
• pads

Technical data
length of ring: 20 m
material: NBR, hardness 80 Shore A
oil and water resistant
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Rubber cover-profile F, black ring 2.4 kg/ring 1.41.8F30.20
Rubber cover-profile F, black cut to length 120 g/m 1.41.8F30-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Rubber cover-profile E3, black ring 4.4 kg/ring 1.41.8E40.20
Rubber cover-profile E3, black cut to length 220 g/m 1.41.8E40-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Rubber cover-profile E4, black ring 6.4 kg/ring 1.41.8E50.20
Rubber cover-profile E4, black cut to length 320 g/m 1.41.8E50-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

168
 Installation accessories 1.42

Cover caps Application

Cover caps prevent dirt from entering and
avoid lacerations.

Technical data
material: PA-GF
temperature range: -20°C to +85°C

Comments
Before mounting debur core hole

for profiles without core hole

Rectangle

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 16×40, E black 3.9 g 1.42.09016040.2
only for E-Slot

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 16×80, E grey 7.1 g 1.42.09016080.1
Cover cap 16×80, E black 7.1 g 1.42.09016080.2
only for E-Slot

Description Weight Article-No.

Cover cap set 16×160 22.0 g 1.42.09016160.0
Single parts Pcs. Colour
Cover cap 16×160 1 black 14.0 g 1.42.09016160.2
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×16 2 4.0 g 0.63.D07991.06016

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 20×10 black 2g 1.42.20201.2

for tube profile 4

Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 30×60 for tube profile 14.5 black 10.2 g 1.42.217.030060.2
Cover cap 30×100 for tube profile 14.5 black 17.7 g 1.42.217.030100.2

169
 Installation accessories 1.42

for profiles with core hole-Ø6

Soft

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 20×20 grey 3g 1.42.10200.1
Cover cap 20×20 black 3g 1.42.10200.2

Square

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 20×20 grey 3g 1.42.10202.1
Cover cap 20×20 black 3g 1.42.10202.2

Rectangle

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 20×40 grey 6g 1.42.10204.1
Cover cap 20×40 black 6g 1.42.10204.2

Square

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 40×40 black 6g 1.42.10404.2

170
 Installation accessories 1.42

for profiles with core hole-Ø12

Soft Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 30×30 7 grey 5g 1.42.20300.1
Cover cap 30×30 7 black 5g 1.42.20300.2
Cover cap 40×40 7 grey 8g 1.42.20400.1
Cover cap 40×40 7 black 8g 1.42.20400.2
Cover cap 45×45 14 black 10 g 1.42.2045000.2
Cover cap 50×50 7 grey 12 g 1.42.20500.1
Cover cap 50×50 7 black 12 g 1.42.20500.2

Round
Description A W h L Colour Weight Article-No.
! note "h" ! Cover cap 40, round 30° 4 14 black 6g 1.42.2040R30.2
Cover cap 40, round 45° 6 14 black 8g 1.42.2040R45.2
Cover cap 40, round 60° 6 14 black 12 g 1.42.2040R60.2
Cover cap 40, round 90° 6 14 black 16 g 1.42.2040R90.2

Square Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 30×30 14 grey 6g 1.42.20303.1
Cover cap 30×30 14 black 6g 1.42.20303.2
Cover cap 40×40 14 grey 10 g 1.42.20404.1
Cover cap 40×40 14 black 10 g 1.42.20404.2
Cover cap 45×45 14 black 12 g 1.42.2045045.2
Cover cap 50×50 7 grey 15 g 1.42.20505.1
Cover cap 50×50 7 black 15 g 1.42.20505.2
Cover cap 60×60 14 black 18 g 1.42.2060060.2

Rectangle
Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.
Cover cap 20×30 7 black 4g 1.42.20203.2
Cover cap 30×50 7 grey 8g 1.42.20305.1
Cover cap 30×50 7 black 8g 1.42.20305.2
Cover cap 45×60 14 black 12.1 g 1.42.2045060.2

Rectangle Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 30×60 7 grey 8g 1.42.20306.1 4
Cover cap 30×60 7 black 8g 1.42.20306.2
Cover cap 30×100 7 black 20 g 1.42.20310.2
1) Cover cap 30×150 7 black 27 g 1.42.20315.2
Cover cap 40×80 7 grey 18 g 1.42.20408.1
Cover cap 40×80 7 black 18 g 1.42.20408.2
Cover cap 45×90 14 black 20.5 g 1.42.2045090.2
Cover cap 50×100 7 grey 26 g 1.42.20510.1
Cover cap 50×100 7 black 26 g 1.42.20510.2
Cover cap 50×150 7 black 40 g 1.42.20515.2
Cover cap 60×90 14 black 25.9 g 1.42.2060090.2
1) only for E-Slot

Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 60×80 14 black 21.4 g 1.42.2060080.2

171
 Installation accessories 1.42

for profiles with core hole-Ø12

Square

Description A×B L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap 80×80 7 black 34 g 1.42.20808.2
Cover cap 90×90 14 black 42 g 1.42.2090090.2
Cover cap 100×100 7 black 52 g 1.42.21010.2

Rectangle

Description Weight Article-No.

Cover cap set 80×160 172.0 g 1.42.2080160.0
Single parts Pcs. Colour
Cover cap 80×160 1 black 68.0 g 1.42.2080160.2
Threaded insert M14/M6 4 22.0 g 1.35.1140615
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×16 4 4.0 g 0.63.D07991.06016

Ø48 for hand rail profile C Technical data

material: PA-GF

Description L Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover cap Ø48 for hand rail profile 14 grey 1.8 g 1.42.2048R00.1
Cover cap Ø48 for hand rail profile 14 black 1.8 g 1.42.2048R00.2

172
 Installation accessories 1.42

Cover plugs

Cover plug in combination with cover profile

Application
The cover plug allows the closing of the
connector cross bushing bore

Technical data
material: PE

Description Colour L d Weight Article-No.

Cover plug 20 grey 3.5 Ø4.3 2g 1.42.502.1
Cover plug 20 black 3.5 Ø4.3 2g 1.42.502.2
Cover plug 30 grey 6.0 Ø5.3 3g 1.42.503.1
Cover plug 30 black 6.0 Ø5.3 3g 1.42.503.2
Cover plug 40 grey 11.0 Ø5.3 4g 1.42.504.1
Cover plug 40 black 11.0 Ø5.3 4g 1.42.504.2
Cover plug 50 grey 16.0 Ø5.3 5g 1.42.505.1
Cover plug 50 black 16.0 Ø5.3 5g 1.42.505.2

Cover plugs domed C

4
Application Technical data
The cover plug allows the closing of the material: PE
connector cross bushing bore

Description Colour L d Weight Article-No.

Cover plug 20 domed grey 3.5 Ø4.3 0.2 g 1.42.5120.1
Cover plug 20 domed black 3.5 Ø4.3 0.2 g 1.42.5120.2
Cover plug 30 domed grey 6.0 Ø5.3 0.3 g 1.42.5130.1
Cover plug 30 domed black 6.0 Ø5.3 0.3 g 1.42.5130.2
Cover plug 40 domed grey 11.0 Ø5.3 0.4 g 1.42.5140.1
Cover plug 40 domed black 11.0 Ø5.3 0.4 g 1.42.5140.2
Cover plug 45 domed grey 12.5 Ø5.3 0.4 g 1.42.5145.1
Cover plug 45 domed black 12.5 Ø5.3 0.4 g 1.42.5145.2
Cover plug 50 domed grey 15.0 Ø5.3 0.5 g 1.42.5150.1
Cover plug 50 domed black 15.0 Ø5.3 0.5 g 1.42.5150.2
Cover plug 60 domed grey 20.0 Ø5.3 0.7 g 1.42.5160.1
Cover plug 60 domed black 20.0 Ø5.3 0.7 g 1.42.5160.2

173
 Installation accessories 1.42

Cover caps for tubes Application

The cover cap allows the closing of the
aluminium tube
(inner tube Ø = d)

Technical data
material: PE

Description D Colour d Weight Article-No.

Tube cover cap Ø20 grey Ø16 1.8 g 1.42.6020.1
Tube cover cap Ø20 black Ø16 1.8 g 1.42.6020.2
Tube cover cap Ø30 grey Ø24 3.4 g 1.42.6030.1
Tube cover cap Ø30 black Ø24 3.4 g 1.42.6030.2
Tube cover cap Ø40 grey Ø32 5.3 g 1.42.6040.1
Tube cover cap Ø40 black Ø32 5.3 g 1.42.6040.2

Cover caps C Application

for screw bores The cover plug allows the closing of the screw
bore

Profile 30 Profile 40

Technical data
material: PE

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Cover plug Ø15 grey 1.3 g 1.42.6114.1
Cover plug Ø15 black 1.3 g 1.42.6114.2

174
 Installation accessories 1.43

Radius covers C Application

For covering the exterior profile radius

Technical data
material: PA-GF

Drill dimensions by use of radius covers For mounting of panels the slots can be
(dimensions K, T ï connector-cross bushings broken out
1.2B)

1 cover 1 cover 1 cover with 1 radius

with 1 radius with 2 radii 1 cover with 2 radii
Mounting-Variations

Square
with one radius Description A Colour Weight Article-No. 4
Radius cover 1R 30 grey 3.1 g 1.43.10030030.1
Radius cover 1R 30 black 3.1 g 1.43.10030030.2
Radius cover 1R 40 grey 6.1 g 1.43.10040040.1
Radius cover 1R 40 black 6.1 g 1.43.10040040.2
Radius cover 1R 45 grey 5.4 g 1.43.10045045.1
Radius cover 1R 45 black 5.4 g 1.43.10045045.2

Rectangle
with one radius
Description A B Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 1R 30 60 grey 5.8 g 1.43.10030060.1
Radius cover 1R 30 60 black 5.8 g 1.43.10030060.2
Radius cover 1R 40 80 grey 11.8 g 1.43.10040080.1
Radius cover 1R 40 80 black 11.8 g 1.43.10040080.2
Radius cover 1R 45 90 grey 10.7 g 1.43.10045090.1
Radius cover 1R 45 90 black 10.7 g 1.43.10045090.2

175
 Installation accessories 1.43

Rectangle 90°
with one radius Description A B Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 1R 30 60 grey 5.8 g 1.43.11030060.1
Radius cover 1R 30 60 black 5.8 g 1.43.11030060.2
Radius cover 1R 40 80 grey 11.8 g 1.43.11040080.1
Radius cover 1R 40 80 black 11.8 g 1.43.11040080.2
Radius cover 1R 45 90 grey 10.8 g 1.43.11045090.1
Radius cover 1R 45 90 black 10.8 g 1.43.11045090.2

Square
with one radius Description A Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 1R 60 grey 12.0 g 1.43.10060060.1
Radius cover 1R 60 black 12.0 g 1.43.10060060.2
Radius cover 1R 80 grey 24.0 g 1.43.10080080.1
Radius cover 1R 80 black 24.0 g 1.43.10080080.2

Square
with two radii Description A Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 2R 30 grey 3.2 g 1.43.20030030.1
Radius cover 2R 30 black 3.2 g 1.43.20030030.2
Radius cover 2R 40 grey 6.3 g 1.43.20040040.1
Radius cover 2R 40 black 6.3 g 1.43.20040040.2
Radius cover 2R 45 grey 5.6 g 1.43.20045045.1
Radius cover 2R 45 black 5.6 g 1.43.20045045.2

Rectangle
with two radii
Description A B Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 2R 30 60 grey 6.0 g 1.43.20030060.1
Radius cover 2R 30 60 black 6.0 g 1.43.20030060.2
Radius cover 2R 40 80 grey 12.0 g 1.43.20040080.1
Radius cover 2R 40 80 black 12.0 g 1.43.20040080.2
Radius cover 2R 45 90 grey 10.9 g 1.43.20045090.1
Radius cover 2R 45 90 black 10.9 g 1.43.20045090.2

Rectangle 90°
with two radii Description A B Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 2R 30 60 grey 6.0 g 1.43.21030060.1
Radius cover 2R 30 60 black 6.0 g 1.43.21030060.2
Radius cover 2R 40 80 grey 12.0 g 1.43.21040080.1
Radius cover 2R 40 80 black 12.0 g 1.43.21040080.2
Radius cover 2R 45 90 grey 11.0 g 1.43.21045090.1
Radius cover 2R 45 90 black 11.0 g 1.43.21045090.2

Square
with two radii
Description A Colour Weight Article-No.
Radius cover 2R 60 grey 12.0 g 1.43.20060060.1
Radius cover 2R 60 black 12.0 g 1.43.20060060.2
Radius cover 2R 80 grey 24.0 g 1.43.20080080.1
Radius cover 2R 80 black 24.0 g 1.43.20080080.2

176
 Installation accessories 1.43

Radius compensations C Application

Radius compensation for hand rails
ï Profile applications 1.1E.03

Comments
Angled joints at any required angle
Not suitably for the use with tilted hand rails
Post: Profile 40×40

Technical data
material: PA-GF

1.21.3E1
1.21.4E1
Working dimensions for hand rail straight with
radius compensation

Description A×A Colour Weight Article-No.

Radius compensations 30×30 grey 4.0 g 1.43.71030030.1
Radius compensations 30×30 black 4.0 g 1.43.71030030.2
Radius compensations 40×40 grey 7.0 g 1.43.71040040.1
Radius compensations 40×40 black 7.0 g 1.43.71040040.2

Post: Profile Ø48 4

Technical data
material: PA-GF

1.21.4E1

Working dimensions for hand rail straight with

radius compensation

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Radius compensations Ø48 grey 4.0 g 1.43.71048000.1
Radius compensations Ø48 black 4.0 g 1.43.71048000.2

177
 Installation accessories 1.44

Levelling feet Assembly

Fastening in core hole Ø6 mm with thread M8

Fastening in core hole Ø6 mm with thread M8 Fastening in core hole Ø12 with threaded
insert M14/M8

Technical data
material:
• plate: PE-HD
• screw: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 2,500 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor levelling screw, SW20, M8×30 20 g 1.44.002003

Technical data
material:
• plate: PE-HD
• screw: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 2,500 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor levelling screw, Ø24, M8×30 22 g 1.44.002403

Technical data
material:
• foot plate: PA, black
• threaded bolt: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 500 N
with anti-slip-disc

Description Weight Article-No.

Levelling foot, PA, 20 M8×40 24 g 1.44.003020

178
 Installation accessories 1.44

Hand adjustable feet Application

For manual levelling of benches, tables and
light bases.

Height adjustable alternative Fastening in core hole Fastening in slot

by hand or with tool

Technical data
material:
• capsule: PA, black
• spindle, nut
and washer: steel galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N

4
Description Weight Article-No.
Hand adjustable foot 30 40 g 1.44.203008

Description Weight Article-No.

Hand adjustable foot 40 78 g 1.44.204008

179
 Installation accessories 1.44

Levelling feet Assembly

Fastening in core hole with threaded insert
M14/M10

For profiles with core hole-Ø 12 mm

Technical data
material:
• foot plate: PA, black
• cap: steel, galvanised
• screw thread: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Levelling furniture foot, Ø30, M10×18 24 g 1.44.303002

Technical data
material:
• foot plate: PA, black
• cap: steel, galvanised
• screw thread: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Levelling foot, Ø35, M10×70 70 g 1.44.303507

Technical data
material:
• foot plate: PA, black
• screw thread: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N

Description L Weight Article-No.

Levelling foot, Ø45, M10×50 60 g 1.44.304505
Levelling foot, Ø45, M10×70 69 g 1.44.304507

180
 Installation accessories 1.44

Adjustable tilt-feet Application

Adjustable tilt-feet for gradual height adjust-
ment of sub-assemblies such as:
• tables
• bases
• shelves
• stands

Fastening in core hole thread Fastening with base plate, Fastening by press-fit threa-
M14 for profiles without centric ded insert across the profile
core hole

Comments
Infinitely variable adjustable tilt-feet for use
either with:
• anti-slip disc
• cushion element
Levelling via ball and ball socket ±15°

3
4
1

Adjustable tilt-feet - Single parts

Pos. Description Material

Adjustable tilt-foot- PA GD-Zn Steel Stainl. steel NBR
1.4305
1 plate • • •
2 spindle • •
3 nut • •
4 anti-slip disc •
cushion element •

181
 Installation accessories 1.44

Adjustable tilt-foot plates Technical data

without mounting holes material:
PA: PA-GF, black
GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305
F = static load max. in kN

S = height of:
• anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm)
• cushion element (S = 10 mm)
Design without mounting holes

Description D F Weight Article-No.

PA Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 30 Ø29 5 kN 8g 1.44.411030
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 40 Ø39 9 kN 13 g 1.44.411040
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 45 Ø44 9 kN 15 g 1.44.411045
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 50 Ø49 9 kN 16 g 1.44.411050
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 60 Ø59 9 kN 22 g 1.44.411060
GD-Zn Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 30 Ø29 20 kN 48 g 1.44.431030
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 40 Ø39 30 kN 70 g 1.44.431040
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 45 Ø44 30 kN 90 g 1.44.431045
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 50 Ø49 30 kN 126 g 1.44.431050
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 60 Ø59 30 kN 160 g 1.44.431060
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 80 Ø79 30 kN 260 g 1.44.431080
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 100 Ø99 35 kN 400 g 1.44.431100
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 120 Ø119 35 kN 584 g 1.44.431120
Stainless steel C R Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 30 Ø29 20 kN 62 g 1.44.431030V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 40 Ø39 30 kN 99 g 1.44.431040V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 45 Ø44 30 kN 123 g 1.44.431045V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 50 Ø49 35 kN 158 g 1.44.431050V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 60 Ø59 35 kN 218 g 1.44.431060V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 80 Ø79 35 kN 380 g 1.44.431080V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 100 Ø99 40 kN 605 g 1.44.431100V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 120 Ø119 40 kN 844 g 1.44.431120V

182
 Installation accessories 1.44

Adjustable tilt-foot plates Technical data

with mounting holes material:
PA: PA-GF, black
F = static load max. in kN

Comments
The holes for fastening screws are closed
on the upper side and can be bored open if
required.

S = height of:
• anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm)
• cushion element (S = 10 mm)
Design with mounting holes

Description D d F Weight Article-No.

PA Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 80 Ø79 Ø54 9 kN 46 g 1.44.411080
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 100 Ø99 Ø74 9 kN 86 g 1.44.411100
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 120 Ø119 Ø94 9 kN 104 g 1.44.411120

Technical data
material:
GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305
pickled and passivated
F = static load max. in kN

Comments
Fixing drilling with 4
counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for
cap-screw DIN 6912-M8

S = height of:
• anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm)
• cushion element (S = 10 mm)
Design with mounting holes

Description D h d F Weight Article-No.

GD-Zn Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 80 Ø79 11.5 Ø54 30 kN 260 g 1.44.432080
Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 100 Ø99 11.5 Ø74 35 kN 377 g 1.44.432100
Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 120 Ø119 11.5 Ø94 35 kN 570 g 1.44.432120
Stainless steel C R Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 80 Ø79 11.0 Ø54 30 kN 354 g 1.44.432080V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 100 Ø99 11.0 Ø74 40 kN 587 g 1.44.432100V
Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 120 Ø119 11.0 Ø94 40 kN 830 g 1.44.432120V

183
 Installation accessories 1.44

Adjustable tilt-foot spindles Technical data

material:
steel: steel, galvanised
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305,
pickled and passivated

Description G × L SW Weight Article-No.

Steel Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M8 × 40 14 17 g 1.44.4608040
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M8 × 80 14 31 g 1.44.4608080
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M10 × 45 14 37 g 1.44.4610045
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M10 × 90 14 51 g 1.44.4610090
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M12 × 66 14 56 g 1.44.4612066
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M12 ×100 14 79 g 1.44.4612100
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M14 × 66 14 87 g 1.44.4614066
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M14 ×100 14 119 g 1.44.4614100
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M14 ×150 14 166 g 1.44.4614150
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M16 × 66 17 111 g 1.44.4616066
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M16 ×100 17 155 g 1.44.4616100
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M16 ×150 17 220 g 1.44.4616150
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M20 ×100 22 237 g 1.44.4620100
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel M20 ×150 22 331 g 1.44.4620150
Stainless steel C R Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M14 × 66 14 87 g 1.44.4614066V
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M14 × 88 14 104 g 1.44.4614088V
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M14 ×100 14 119 g 1.44.4614100V
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M14 ×125 14 138 g 1.44.4614125V
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless M14 ×150 14 166 g 1.44.4614150V

Adjustable tilt-foot nuts Technical data

material:
steel: steel, galvanised
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305,
pickled and passivated

Description G H Weight Article-No.

Steel Adjustable tilt-foot nut M8 5 5g 1.44.46M08
Adjustable tilt-foot nut M10 6 8g 1.44.46M10
Adjustable tilt-foot nut M12 7 10 g 1.44.46M12
Adjustable tilt-foot nut M14 8 16 g 1.44.46M14
Adjustable tilt-foot nut M16 8 17 g 1.44.46M16
Adjustable tilt-foot nut M20 9 35 g 1.44.46M20
Stainless steel C R Adjustable tilt-foot nut, stainless M14 8 16 g 1.44.46M14V

184
 Installation accessories 1.44

Adjustable tilt-foot C Application

Element for protection against dislocation and
anti-slip discs floor damage

Technical data
material: NBR, oil and water resistant
colour: black
hardness: 80 Shore A
F = static load max. in KN

Description D d F Weight Article-No.

Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 30 Ø20 - 5 kN 2.0 g 1.44.471030
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 40 Ø30 - 6 kN 4.0 g 1.44.471040
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 45 Ø35 - 7 kN 5.5 g 1.44.471045
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 50 Ø39 - 8 kN 7.5 g 1.44.471050
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 60 Ø49 - 9 kN 12.0 g 1.44.471060
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 80 Ø67 Ø54 10 kN 22.0 g 1.44.471080
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 100 Ø87 Ø74 10 kN 36.0 g 1.44.471100
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 120 Ø107 Ø94 10 kN 57.0 g 1.44.471120

Adjustable tilt-foot C Application

Cushion elements
cushion elements

Technical data
material: NBR, oil and water resistant
colour: black
hardness: 70 Shore A
F = static load max. in N

Description D F Weight Article-No.

Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 40 Ø30 150 N 14 g 1.44.472040
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 45 Ø35 175 N 19 g 1.44.472045
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 50 Ø39 200 N 24 g 1.44.472050
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 60 Ø49 250 N 35 g 1.44.472060
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 80 Ø67 500 N 68 g 1.44.472080
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 100 Ø87 800 N 118 g 1.44.472100
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 120 Ø107 1,200 N 188 g 1.44.472120

185
 Installation accessories 1.44

Angular adjusting feet Application

For fastening of frames to floor or wall

Technical data
material:
• base body: GD-Al, black
• nuts: steel galvanised
• screws: steel galvanised
max. static load: 10,000 N

Delivery unit
• base body
• nut M8
• screw M8×16 - 10.9

Description Weight Article-No.

Angular adjusting foot without adjusting screw 468 g 1.44.716001

Delivery unit:
• base body
• nut M8
• screw M8×16 - 10.9
• screw M8×80 - 10.9
• square nut

Description Weight Article-No.

Angular adjusting foot with adjusting screw 519 g 1.44.716002

186
 Installation accessories 1.44

Base foot Application

for profile 40×40 Base feet for fastening profiles and frames to
floor or wall

Technical data
material: GD-Zn

Description Weight Article-No.

Base foot for profile 40×40 979 g 1.44.83040

Floor mounting set

Plain washers for vertical 4

alignment as required Description Weight Article-No.
Floor mounting set 3 MKT 202.3 g 1.44.83BB
Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/95 3 65.3 g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95
Drilling depth min. 70 mm
Plain washer 1×Ø24/11 8 0.8 g 1.44.89011324

187
 Installation accessories 1.44

Base feet Application

Base feet for fastening profiles and frames to
floor or wall

Technical data
material: GK AlZn 10Si8Mg

40×40, type 1, left 40×40, type 1, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 1, right Floor mounting set 4 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 1, left Profile mounting set 4 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 40×40, type 1, left 40×40, 45×45 1.06 kg 1.44.84.4040.00L
Base foot 40×40, type 1, right 40×40, 45×45 1.06 kg 1.44.84.4040.00R

40×40, type 2, left 40×40, type 2, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 2, right Floor mounting set 3 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 2, left Profile mounting set 4 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 40×40, type 2, left 40×40 0.83 kg 1.44.84.4040.40L
Base foot 40×40, type 2, right 40×40 0.83 kg 1.44.84.4040.40R

188
 Installation accessories 1.44

45×45, type 2, left 45×45, type 2, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 2, right Floor mounting set 3 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 2, left Profile mounting set 4 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 45×45, type 2, left 45×45 0.85 kg 1.44.84.4545.45L
Base foot 45×45, type 2, right 45×45 0.85 kg 1.44.84.4545.45R

40×80, type 1, left 40×80, type 1, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 1, right Floor mounting set 4 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 1, left Profile mounting set 6 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 40×80, type 1, left 40×80, 60×80, 45×90 1.39 kg 1.44.84.4080.00L
Base foot 40×80, type 1, right 40×80, 60×80, 45×90 1.39 kg 1.44.84.4080.00R

40×80, type 2, left 40×80, type 2, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 2, right Floor mounting set 3 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 2, left Profile mounting set 6 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 40×80, type 2, left 40×80 1.01 kg 1.44.84.4080.40L
Base foot 40×80, type 2, right 40×80 1.01 kg 1.44.84.4080.40R

189
 Installation accessories 1.44

45×90, type 2, left 45×90, type 2, right

Comments Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

3D picture shows type 2, right Floor mounting set 3 MKT
mirror-inverted: type 2, left Profile mounting set 6 EM8

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 45×90, type 2, left 45×90 1.10 kg 1.44.84.4590.45L
Base foot 45×90, type 2, right 45×90 1.10 kg 1.44.84.4590.45R

60×80, type 2, left 60×80, type 2, right

Mounting sets (ï 191, 192)

Comments
Floor mounting set 3 MKT
3D picture shows type 2, right
Profile mounting set 6 EM8
mirror-inverted: type 2, left

Description for profile Weight Article-No.

Base foot 60×80, type 2, left 60×80 1.25 kg 1.44.84.6080.60L
Base foot 60×80, type 2, right 60×80 1.25 kg 1.44.84.6080.60R

190
 Installation accessories 1.44

Floor mounting sets Cross-reference list for base feet and floor mounting sets
Base foot Article-No. Floor mounting set
3 MKT, 1.44.83BB 4 MKT, 1.44.84BB
40×40, type 1, le/ri 1.44.84.4040.00x •
40×40, type 2, le/ri 1.44.84.4040.40x •
40×80, type 1, le/ri 1.44.84.4080.00x •
40×80, type 2, le/ri 1.44.84.4080.40x •
45×45, type 2, le/ri 1.44.84.4545.45x •
45×90, type 2, le/ri 1.44.84.4590.45x •
60×80, type 2, le/ri 1.44.84.6080.60x •

Comments
• Drilling depth min. 70 mm
• Plain washers for vertical
alignment as required

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor mounting set 3 MKT 202.3 g 1.44.83BB
Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/95 3 65.3 g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95
Plain washer 1×Ø24/11 8 0.8 g 1.44.89011324

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor mounting set 4 MKT 269.2 g 1.44.84BB 4
Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/95 4 65.3 g 0.66.MKT.B1020/95
Plain washer 1×Ø24/11 10 0.8 g 1.44.89011324

191
 Installation accessories 1.44

Profile mounting sets Application

Suitable for mounting of the profiles:
• 40×40
• 45×45

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile mounting set 4 EM8 112.4 g 1.44.80BP40.20
Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Threaded plate, heavy, E M8 4 16.3 g 1.31.6EM8
Collar screw WN 251 M8×20 4 11.8 g 0.63.WN0251.08020

Application
Suitable for mounting of the profiles:
• 40×80
• 45×90
• 60×80, panel

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile mounting set 6 EM8 168.6 g 1.44.80BP80.20
Single parts Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Threaded plate, heavy, E M8 6 16.3 g 1.31.6EM8
Collar screw WN 251 M8×20 6 11.8 g 0.63.WN0251.08020

192
 Installation accessories 1.44

Base angle Application

For fastening of frames to floor or wall

Suitable for use together with levelling feet

with max. diameter 100 mm

Technical data
material: sheet steel
surface: galvanised and black coated

Description Weight Article-No.

Base angle 200×87×42 413 g 1.44.820001

Stacking foot Application

Element to fix 2 profiles in core hole

Top side guided

loosely

Bottom side
driven in

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Stacking foot 19 g 1.44.901221

193
 Installation accessories 1.45

Castors

Fastening in core hole Fastening through base plate Fastening by press-fit threa-
for profile without centric ded insert across the profile
core hole

Variations

Castor-Ø 50 mm / 75 mm 100 mm / 125 mm

Bolt hole type

s = 7 mm s = 10.5 mm

Fitting plate type

s = 2 mm s = 3 mm

Fixed castors Technical data

material:
• capsule: sheet steel, galvanised
• wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey
Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection
max. static load: Fmax

Description D a Weight Article-No.

Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø50 69 130 g 1.45.11050
Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø75 98 240 g 1.45.11075
Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø100 133 500 g 1.45.11100
Fixed castor with bolt hole Ø125 158 900 g 1.45.11125
Fixed castor with fitting plate Ø50 71 190 g 1.45.12050
Fixed castor with fitting plate Ø75 100 300 g 1.45.12075
Fixed castor with fitting plate Ø100 136 610 g 1.45.12100
Fixed castor with fitting plate Ø125 161 1,010 g 1.45.12125

Design bolt hole

D b c d e s Fmax
Ø50 30 27 Ø10.5 18 2.0 400 N
Ø75 34 27 Ø10.5 25 2.0 550 N
Ø100 57 43 Ø12.5 32 2.5 800 N
Ø125 57 43 Ø12.5 32 2.5 1,000 N

194
 Installation accessories 1.45

Swivel castors Technical data

material:
• capsule: sheet steel, galvanised
• wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey
Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection
max. static load: Fmax

Description D a Weight Article-No.

Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø50 69 180 g 1.45.21050
Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø75 98 310 g 1.45.21075
Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø100 133 680 g 1.45.21100
Swivel castor with bolt hole Ø125 158 890 g 1.45.21125
Swivel castor with fitting plate Ø50 71 230 g 1.45.22050
Swivel castor with fitting plate Ø75 100 360 g 1.45.22075
Swivel castor with fitting plate Ø100 136 780 g 1.45.22100
Swivel castor with fitting plate Ø125 161 990 g 1.45.22125
Dimensions see table below

Swivel castors lockable Technical data

material:
• capsule: sheet steel, galvanised
• wheels: solid rubber tyres, grey
stop fix: - wheel break
- swivel break
Ø75/100/125 incl. thread protection
max. static load: Fmax

Description D a Weight Article-No.

Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø50 69 220 g 1.45.31050
Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø75 98 450 g 1.45.31075
Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø100 133 840 g 1.45.31100
Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole Ø125 158 990 g 1.45.31125 4
Swivel castor, lockable with fitting plate Ø50 71 270 g 1.45.32050
Swivel castor, lockable with fitting plate Ø75 100 500 g 1.45.32075
Swivel castor, lockable with fitting plate Ø100 136 940 g 1.45.32100
Swivel castor, lockable with fitting plate Ø125 161 1,090 g 1.45.32125

Design bolt hole

D b c d e s Fmax
Ø50 25 Ø43 Ø10.5 18 10.5 400 N
Ø75 30.5 Ø43 Ø10.5 25 10.5 550 N
Ø100 43 Ø57 Ø12.5 32 10.5 800 N
Ø125 43 Ø57 Ø12.5 32 10.5 1,000 N

195
 Installation accessories 1.45

Locking castors Application

Locking castors for easy movement and posi-
tioning of trolleys, benches and assemblies

Technical data
material:
• capsule: Al
• fastening elements: C45
• locking foot: GD-Al, rubber
max. static load: Fmax

Extended support foot to secure position Retracted support foot for easy movement

Design

D a bmax c Hmax Fmax

Ø50 83 93 98 10 2,000 N
Ø62 102 117 122 15 4,000 N

Locking castors
with plate

Mounting on profile frame using core hole

and slot

s = 7 mm s = 8 mm
Castor-Ø50 Castor-Ø62

Description D Weight Article-No.

Locking castor 200 kg, with plate Ø50 760 g 1.45.80200.073
Locking castor 400 kg, with plate Ø62 1,380 g 1.45.80400.090

196
 Installation accessories 1.45

Locking castors
with center thread

Fastening in core hole Fastening through base plate Fastening with press-fit
for profiles without central threaded insert and base
core hole plate across the profile

Castor-Ø50 Castor-Ø62

Description D Weight Article-No.

Locking castor 200 kg, with center thread Ø50 760 g 1.45.81200.046
Locking castor 400 kg, with center thread Ø62 1,380 g 1.45.81400.065

Threaded bolt
for locking castor
with center thread

Threaded bolt for fastening in core hole Threaded bolt for fastening with base plate

Application Technical data

For fastening of locking castors with central material: steel
thread surface: galvanised
• in core hole-Ø12 of the profile
• on base plate

Description Weight Article-No.

Threaded bolt M12/M14 21 g 1.45.81000.M12M14

197
 Installation accessories 1.46

Angles 25×40 Application

Angle bracket for the mounting of panels,
table tops, switches and accessories

Fastening of panels

Fastening of table tops

Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: natural anodised

Comments
Design with clearance hole drilling

Description D Weight Article-No.

Angle 25×40 Ø6.6 11 g 1.46.110
Angle 25×40 Ø8.7 10 g 1.46.115

Comments
Design with nut M6 ± 0.5 mm floating in cage

Description Weight Article-No.

Angle 25×40, M6 15 g 1.46.120

198
 Installation accessories 1.46

Angles PA Application
For supporting of profiles and mounting of
cover panels

Support of free-standing profiles

Support across the profile Mounting of cover panels

In this application the rotary lock must be In this application the rotary lock must be
removed from one side removed from both sides

Technical data
material: PA-GF

20×28

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Angle PA, 20×28 grey 6.4 g 1.46.203.2028.1
Angle PA, 20×28 black 6.4 g 1.46.203.2028.2
4
30×38

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Angle PA, 30×38 grey 18.9 g 1.46.203.3038.1
Angle PA, 30×38 black 18.9 g 1.46.203.3038.2

199
 Installation accessories 1.46

Angles GD-Zn Application

For supporting profiles and mounting various
machine components

Technical data
material:
• angle: GD-Zn
• cover cap: PA-GK 30
• T-slot nut: steel, galvanised
• screw: steel, galvanised
surface: natural or aluminium
coloured powder-coated

For mounting cross to the slot the noses can

be broken off

17×20
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Zn, 17×20 natural 13.7 g 1.46.204.1720.1
Angle GD-Zn, 17×20 powder-coated 13.7 g 1.46.204.1720.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 17×20 1.7 g 1.46.204.1720A

Angle connection set 1720 H/H 20.9 g 1.46.204.1720.äHH

Angle connection set 1720 H/F 23.6 g 1.46.204.1720.äHF
Angle connection set 1720 F/F 26.3 g 1.46.204.1720.äFF
Angle connection set 1720 T H/F 25.0 g 1.46.204.1720TäHF
Angle connection set 1720 T F/F 29.1 g 1.46.204.1720TäFF

Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720

Angle Slot Fastening elements
H threaded plate lens head screw Pcs.

F T-slot nut

1.46.204.1720.ä H H 1.31.4HM5 0.63.WN7381.05006 2

1.46.204.1720.ä H 1.31.4HM5 0.63.WN7381.05006 1
F 1.34.10FM5 0.63.WN7381.05008 1
1.46.204.1720.ä F F 1.34.10FM5 0.63.WN7381.05008 2

Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720 T

Angle Slot Fastening elements
H threaded plate lens head screw Pcs.

F T-nut for subs.

insertion
1.46.204.1720ä H 1.31.4HM5 0.63.WN7381.05006 1
F 1.32.4FM5 0.63.WN7381.05008 1
1.46.204.1720ä F F 1.32.4FM5 0.63.WN7381.05008 2
ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

200
 Installation accessories 1.46

28×28
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Zn, 28×28 natural 39.6 g 1.46.204.2828.1
Angle GD-Zn, 28×28 powder-coated 39.6 g 1.46.204.2828.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 28×28 5.6 g 1.46.204.2828A

Angle connection set 2828 F/F 56.4 g 1.46.204.2828.äFF

Angle connection set 2828 F/E 56.8 g 1.46.204.2828.äFE
Angle connection set 2828 E/E 57.2 g 1.46.204.2828.äEE
Angle connection set 2828 T F/F 59.8 g 1.46.204.2828TäFF
Angle connection set 2828 T F/E 66.3 g 1.46.204.2828TäFE
Angle connection set 2828 T E/E 72.8 g 1.46.204.2828TäEE

Single parts: Angle connection sets 2828

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-slot nut lens head screw Pcs.

1.46.204.2828.ä F F 1.34.10FM6 0.63.WN7381.06010 2

1.46.204.2828.ä F 1.34.10FM6 0.63.WN7381.06010 1
E 1.34.10EM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 1
1.46.204.2828.ä E E 1.34.10EM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 2

Single parts: Angle connection sets 2828 T

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs.
insertion

1.46.204.2828ä F F 1.32.4FM6 0.63.WN7381.06010 2

1.46.204.2828ä F 1.32.4FM6 0.63.WN7381.06010 1
E 1.32.4EM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 1
1.46.204.2828ä E E 1.32.4EM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 2
ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

201
 Installation accessories 1.46

40×39
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Zn, 40×39 natural 85.5 g 1.46.204.4039.1
Angle GD-Zn, 40×39 powder-coated 85.5 g 1.46.204.4039.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 40×39 8.0 g 1.46.204.4039A

Angle connection set 4039 F/F 105.9 g 1.46.204.4039.äFF

Angle connection set 4039 F/E 111.9 g 1.46.204.4039.äFE
Angle connection set 4039 E/E 117.9 g 1.46.204.4039.äEE
Angle connection set 4039 T F/F 105.9 g 1.46.204.4039TäFF
Angle connection set 4039 T F/E 111.9 g 1.46.204.4039TäFE
Angle connection set 4039 T E/E 117.9 g 1.46.204.4039TäEE

Single parts: Angle connection sets 4039

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-screw hexagon flange nut Pcs.

1) 1.46.204.4039.ä F F 1.34.FM82 0.61.D06923.08 2

1.46.204.4039.ä F 1.34.FM82 0.61.D06923.08 1
E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 1
1.46.204.4039.ä E E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 2

Single parts: Angle connection sets 4039 T

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs.
insertion

1.46.204.4039ä F F 1.32.4FM8 0.63.WN7381.08012 2

1.46.204.4039ä F 1.32.4FM8 0.63.WN7381.08012 1
E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 1
1.46.204.4039ä E E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 2
ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

1) Connection with T-screw only without cover

cap

202
 Installation accessories 1.46

38×76
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Zn, 38×76 natural 273.0 g 1.46.204.3876.1
Angle GD-Zn, 38×76 powder-coated 273.0 g 1.46.204.3876.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 38×76 16.8 g 1.46.204.3876A

Angle connection set 3876 F/F 334.2 g 1.46.204.3876.äFF

Angle connection set 3876 F/E 342.2 g 1.46.204.3876.äFE
Angle connection set 3876 E/E 350.2 g 1.46.204.3876.äEE
Angle connection set 3876 T F/F 313.8 g 1.46.204.3876TäFF
Angle connection set 3876 T F/E 325.8 g 1.46.204.3876TäFE
Angle connection set 3876 T E/E 337.8 g 1.46.204.3876TäEE

Single parts: Angle connection sets 3876

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-screw hexagon flange nut Pcs.

1.46.204.3876.ä F F 1.34.FM82 0.61.D06923.08 4

1.46.204.3876.ä F 1.34.FM82 0.61.D06923.08 2
E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 2
1.46.204.3876.ä E E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 4

Single parts: Angle connection sets 3876 T

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs.
insertion

1.46.204.3876ä F F 1.32.4FM8 0.63.WN7381.08012 4

1.46.204.3876ä F 1.32.4FM8 0.63.WN7381.08012 2
E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 2
1.46.204.3876ä E E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 4
ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

203
 Installation accessories 1.46

57×57
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Zn, 57×57 natural 226.3 g 1.46.204.5757.1
Angle GD-Zn, 57×57 powder-coated 226.3 g 1.46.204.5757.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 57×57 22.8 g 1.46.204.5757A

Angle connection set 5757 F/F 296.7 g 1.46.204.5757.äFF

Angle connection set 5757 F/E 280.8 g 1.46.204.5757.äFE
Angle connection set 5757 E/E 261.9 g 1.46.204.5757.äEE
Angle connection set 5757 T F/F 246.7 g 1.46.204.5757TäFF
Angle connection set 5757 T F/E 252.7 g 1.46.204.5757TäFE
Angle connection set 5757 T E/E 258.7 g 1.46.204.5757TäEE

Single parts: Angle connection sets 5757

Angle Slot Fastening elements
F T-slot nut lens head screw Pcs.

E T-screw hexagon flange nut

1.46.204.5757.ä F F 1.34.10FM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 8

1.46.204.5757.ä F 1.34.10FM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 4
E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 1
1.46.204.5757.ä E E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 2

Single parts: Angle connection sets 5757 T

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-nut for subs. lens head screw Pcs.
insertion

1.46.204.5757ä F F 1.32.4FM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 8

1.46.204.5757ä F 1.32.4FM6 0.63.WN7381.06012 4
E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 1
1.46.204.5757ä E E 1.32.4EM8 0.63.WN7381.08016 2
ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

204
 Installation accessories 1.46

74×76

Description Surface Weight Article-No.

Angle GD-Zn, 74×76 natural 434.5 g 1.46.204.7476.1
Angle GD-Zn, 74×76 powder-coated 434.5 g 1.46.204.7476.2
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 74×76 32.7 g 1.46.204.7476A

Angle connection set 7476 E/E 588.9 g 1.46.204.7476.äEE

Single parts: Angle connection set 7476

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-screw hexagon flange nut Pcs.

1.46.204.7476.ä E E 1.34.EM82 0.61.D06923.08 8

ä
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated

205
 Installation accessories 1.46

Angles GD-Al Application

For supporting profiles and mounting various
machine components

Technical data
material:
• angle: GD-Al
• cover cap: PA GK 30
• nut: steel, galvanised
• screw: steel, galvanised
surface: natural

42×42
Description Surface Weight Article-No.
Angle GD-Al, 42×42 natural 56.0 g 1.46.204.4242.1AL
Cover cap for angle GD-Al, 42×42 14.0 g 1.46.204.4242.AAL

Angle connection set 4242 E/E 100.0 g 1.46.204.4242.SAL

Single parts: Angle connection set 4242

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-screw hexagon flange nut Pcs.

1.46.204.4242.1AL E E 1.34.EM825 0.61.D06923.08 2

88×86

Description Surface Weight Article-No.

Angle GD-Al, 88×86 natural 333.8 g 1.46.204.8886.1AL
Cover cap for angle GD-Al, 88×86 30.0 g 1.46.204.8886.AAL

Angle connection set 8886 E/E 485.5 g 1.46.204.8886.SAL

Single parts: Angle connection set 8886

Angle Slot Fastening elements
T-screw hexagon flange nut Pcs.

1.46.204.8886.1AL E E 1.34.EM825 0.61.D06923.08 8

206
 Installation accessories 1.46

Angles Alu Application

For supporting of profiles and mounting of
cover panels

Mounting of cover panels

Support across the profile Support of free-standing profiles

Technical data Comments

material: aluminium raw finish on request
strength: F22
surface: natural anodised

48×48

Description D B Weight Article-No.

Angle 48×48 Ø6.6 30 40 g 1.46.20536
Angle 48×48 Ø9.0 30 38 g 1.46.20539
Angle 48×48 Ø6.6 45 66 g 1.46.20546
Angle 48×48 Ø9.0 45 64 g 1.46.20549

60×60

Description D B Weight Article-No. 4

Angle 60×60 Ø9.0 30 49 g 1.46.20639
Angle 60×60 Ø9.0 45 74 g 1.46.20649

97×97

Description D B Weight Article-No.

Angle 97×97 Ø6.6 30 95 g 1.46.21036
Angle 97×97 Ø9.0 30 93 g 1.46.21039
Angle 97×97 Ø6.6 45 155 g 1.46.21046
Angle 97×97 Ø9.0 45 153 g 1.46.21049

207
 Installation accessories 1.46

Swivel angles

Fastening from below

Fastening from the side

Application Technical data

Infinitely variable adjusting of inclination with Design alu:
swivel angle • material: aluminium
• strength: F22
• surface: natural anodised
Design steel:
• material: steel
• surface: galvanised

Description L Design a b Weight Article-No.

Swivel angle 131 alu 8 8.0 105 g 1.46.3013100.AL
Swivel angle 146 alu 13 10.5 116 g 1.46.3014600.AL
Swivel angle 131 steel 8 8.0 320 g 1.46.3013100.ST
Swivel angle 146 steel 13 10.5 360 g 1.46.3014600.ST

Description Design Weight Article-No.

Swivel angle 30 alu 105 g 1.46.3110530.AL
Swivel angle 30 steel 320 g 1.46.3110530.ST

208
 Installation accessories 1.46 - 1.47

Description Design Weight Article-No.

Swivel angle 45 alu 116 g 1.46.3110545.AL
Swivel angle 45 steel 360 g 1.46.3110545.ST

Cross connection plates

Hmax

Application Technical data

The cross connection plate allows profile material: aluminium
adjustment in 2 directions and at an angle strength: F22
of ±45° surface: natural anodised

Description Hmax Weight Article-No.

Cross connection plate 65×65 20 20 g 1.47.1065
Cross connection plate 85×85 30 35 g 1.47.1085
Cross connection plate 95×95 30 45 g 1.47.1095
4
Cross connection plate 125×125 50 80 g 1.47.1125

Type A a b ØD Ød
65×65 65 18 5.1 45 5.1
85×85 85 18 5.1 60 5.1
95×95 95 18 6.1 65 6.1
125×125 125 37 8.1 95 8.1

209
 Installation accessories 1.47

Base plates Application

Base and transporting plate for profiles wit-
hout centric core hole

Fastening of levelling feet

Fastening of castors Fastening of eye-bolts

Technical data
Design Alu:
• material: aluminium
• strength: F22
• surface: black powder-coated
Design GD-Zn:
• material: GD-Zn
• surface: black powder-coated

Accessories Comments
• threaded insert Counterbore DIN 74 for
• cap-screw DIN 912 cap-screw DIN 912

Variants

without thread with thread

Dimensions without thread with thread M14

B×L Design h Article-No. Design h Article-No.
30×60 Alu 15 1.47.2030060.0600.1 GD-Zn 12 1.47.20306
40×80 Alu 15 1.47.2040080.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.20408
45×90 Alu 15 1.47.2045090.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.2045090
50×100 Alu 15 1.47.2050100.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.20510
60×90 Alu 15 1.47.2060090.0800.1 Alu 15 1.47.2060090
50×150 Alu 15 1.47.2050150.0800.1
60×60 Alu 15 1.47.2060060.0800.1 GD-Zn 12 1.47.2060060
80×80 Alu 15 1.47.2080080.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.20808
90×90 Alu 15 1.47.2090090.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.2090090
100×100 Alu 15 1.47.2100100.0800.1 GD-Zn 16 1.47.21010

210
 Installation accessories 1.47

Base plates
without thread

counterbore DIN 74

Description B×L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No.

Base plate w/o thread 30×60 Alu - Km6 15 30 64 g 1.47.2030060.0600.1
Base plate w/o thread 40×80 Alu - Km8 15 40 114 g 1.47.2040080.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 45×90 Alu - Km8 15 45 148 g 1.47.2045090.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 50×100 Alu - Km8 15 50 186 g 1.47.2050100.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 60×90 Alu - Km8 15 45 202 g 1.47.2060090.0800.1

counterbore DIN 74

Description B×L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No.

Base plate w/o thread 50×150 Alu - Km8 15 100 280 g 1.47.2050150.0800.1

counterbore DIN 74

Description B×L Design DIN 74 h a Weight Article-No.

Base plate w/o thread 60×60 Alu - Km8 15 30 115 g 1.47.2060060.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 80×80 Alu - Km8 15 40 228 g 1.47.2080080.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 90×90 Alu - Km8 15 45 297 g 1.47.2090090.0800.1
Base plate w/o thread 100×100 Alu - Km8 15 50 374 g 1.47.2100100.0800.1

Base plates
with thread

counterbore DIN 74 4
Description B×L Design h a Weight Article-No.
Base plate 30×60 GD-Zn M14 M6 12 30 104.2 g 1.47.20306
Base plate 40×80 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 40 205.2 g 1.47.20408
Base plate 45×90 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 45 256.5 g 1.47.2045090
Base plate 50×100 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 50 316.8 g 1.47.20510
Base plate 60×90 Alu M14 M8 15 45 197.1 g 1.47.2060090

counterbore DIN 74

Description B×L Design h a Weight Article-No.

Base plate 60×60 GD-Zn M14 M8 12 30 158.4 g 1.47.2060060
Base plate 80×80 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 40 434.3 g 1.47.20808
Base plate 90×90 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 45 520.7 g 1.47.2090090
Base plate 100×100 GD-Zn M14 M8 16 50 601.0 g 1.47.21010

211
 Installation accessories 1.47

Floor mounting plate Application

For fastening and manual levelling of profile
racks and frames

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural or black powder-coated

Fastening elements
F-slot: 2×T-nut with leaf spring FM8 1.32.FM8
2×cap screw M8×25
E-slot: 2×threaded plate, heavy EM8 1.31.6EM8
2×cap screw M8×30

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor mounting plate, natural 622 g 1.47.225160.1
Floor mounting plate, black powder-coated 622 g 1.47.225160.2

212
 Installation accessories 1.47

Mounting plates Application

Mounting plate for fixing on walls, table tops
and machine frames

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Technical data Comments
countersink DIN 74 - M8
material: aluminium Counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for
strength: F22 cap-screw DIN 912 - M8
surface: natural anodised Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M8

Description a b Weight Article-No.

Mounting plate for profile 30×60 15 30 450 g 1.47.30306
Mounting plate for profile 40×80 20 40 450 g 1.47.30408
Mounting plate for profile 50×100 25 50 450 g 1.47.30510

Floor plate Application

For fastening and adjusting of vertical profiles
to floor and wall

adjusting screw M16x30 mounting hole Ø12

adjusting screw M16×30 Fastening variants

Technical data
aluminium profile: anodised
cover caps: PA-GF black

Delivery unit:
• 1 profile 30×150×150
• 2 cover caps
• 3 set screws M16×30

Description Weight Article-No.

Floor plate 30×150×150 1,100 g 1.47.40315

213
 Installation accessories 1.47

Connection plates

Flush connection of 2 profiles without gap Connection of 2 profiles with gap

Fastening of the electrical trunking Connection of the pneumatic air manifold

Application Technical data

• for subsequent or additional connection material: aluminium
of profiles strength: F22
• for fastening of accessories surface: natural anodised

Comments
Countersink DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
countersink
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6 / M8

Description B×L Countersink a Weight Article-No.

Connection plate 30×60 DIN 74 - M6 30 28 g 1.47.50306
Connection plate 40×80 DIN 74 - M8 40 38 g 1.47.50408
Connection plate 45×90 DIN 74 - M8 45 45 g 1.47.50459

countersink DIN 74 - M6 Comments

Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6

Description B×L a Weight Article-No.

Connection plate 50×80 30 50 g 1.47.50508
Connection plate 70×80 40 69 g 1.47.50708
Connection plate 75×80 45 76 g 1.47.50758
Connection plate 80×80 50 81 g 1.47.50808

214
 Installation accessories 1.47

Fastening plate
30×150

Fastening of profile 30×100 Fastening of profile 30×100 with joint

30×100

Application Technical data

Fastening plate to increase the carrying capa- material: aluminium
city of detached bracket or swivel arm strength: F22
• for profile 30×100 surface: natural anodised
• for joint 30×100

Comments
max. bend-load: Mb = F×L
Counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for 4
vertical profiles Mb cap-screw DIN 6912 - M8
30×30 750 Nm
40×40 1,000 Nm
50×50 1,500 Nm

counterbore DIN 74 - M8

Description Weight Article-No.

Fastening plate 30×150 228 g 1.47.60315

215
 Installation accessories 1.47

Eye-bolt Application
Eye-bolts for the transfer of frames and com-
plete equipment

Mounting directly in the profile (core hole)

Mounting with base plates

Technical data
material: C 15
max. load 1):
• for one eye-bolt 5,000 N
• for two eye-bolts total 7,000 N
1) The max. load given is valid only if the eye-bolt
face is tightened firmly

Description Weight Article-No.

Eye-bolt M14 193 g 1.47.96314

216
 Installation accessories 1.48

Corner pieces

Corner piece set cubic PA: For the connection Corner piece set 45° PA: For the connection of
of three profiles 40×40 three profiles 40×40, 2E, 45°, LP

Corner piece set spherical PA: For the connec-

tion of three profiles 40×40, soft

Technical data Delivery unit (set)

• Cover cap: • Corner piece angle
material: PA, black • Corner piece cover cap
• Angle: • Threaded insert M14/M8 (3 pcs)
material: GD-Zn • Cap head screw (3 pcs)

Cubic

4
Description Weight Article-No.
Corner piece set cubic PA 136.0 g 1.48.14410

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece cover cap, cubic PA 15.5 g 1.48.14412

217
 Installation accessories 1.48

45°

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece set 45° PA 128.0 g 1.48.14440

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece cover cap, 45° PA 7.5 g 1.48.14442

Spherical

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece set spherical PA 129.0 g 1.48.14480

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece cover cap, spherical PA 8.5 g 1.48.14482

218
 Installation accessories 1.48

Corner pieces

Corner pieces cubic: Corner pieces segment:

Corner piece for the connection of 3 square Corner piece for the connection of 2 square
profiles profiles and 1 soft profile

Corner pieces segment, 2gang: Corner pieces sphere:

Corner piece for the connection of 2 soft Corner piece for the connection of 3 soft
profiles and 1 square profile profiles

Technical data General

material: aluminium The attractive corner pieces are made of solid
strength: F22 aluminium and guarantee the entire connec-
surface: natural anodised tion stability

Connection with corner pieces

Connection of profiles with one corner piece

using the standard connector 4

219
 Installation accessories 1.48

Corner pieces cubic

Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No.

Corner piece cubic 20 H 6.2 4.6 17 g 1.48.221
Corner piece cubic 30 F 8.2 6.2 59 g 1.48.331
Corner piece cubic 40 E3 8.2 9.0 135 g 1.48.441
Corner piece cubic 50 E4 8.2 10.0 292 g 1.48.551

Corner pieces segment

Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No.

Corner piece segment 20 H 6.2 4.6 12 g 1.48.222
Corner piece segment 30 F 8.2 6.2 43 g 1.48.332
Corner piece segment 40 E3 8.2 9.0 100 g 1.48.442
Corner piece segment 50 E4 8.2 10.0 222 g 1.48.552

Corner pieces segment, 2gang

Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No.

Corner piece segment, 2gang 20 H 6.2 4.6 7g 1.48.223
Corner piece segment, 2gang 30 F 8.2 6.2 24 g 1.48.333
Corner piece segment, 2gang 40 E3 8.2 9.0 57 g 1.48.443
Corner piece segment, 2gang 50 E4 8.2 10.0 135 g 1.48.553

Corner pieces sphere

Description a Slot b c Weight Article-No.

Corner piece sphere 20 H 6.2 4.6 7g 1.48.228
Corner piece sphere 30 F 8.2 6.2 24 g 1.48.338
Corner piece sphere 40 E3 8.2 9.0 57 g 1.48.448
Corner piece sphere 50 E4 8.2 10.0 135 g 1.48.558

220
 Pneumatic accessories 1.50

1 end plate set

1
2 connection plate set
3 mounting set 1)
4 extension set
5 90° connection set
6 blanking plug 2

1)
for mounting set ï connection plate 1.47.50...

Profiles for pneumatic applications

PG 30 PG 40 PG 45 PG 50 PG 60

Profile 30×60, 6F Profile 40×80, 6E Profile 45×90, 6E Profile 50×100, 6E Profile 60×90, 6E
2)
299.8 mm2 2)
521.8 mm2 2)
816.2 mm2 2)
1,043.3 mm2 2)
1,203.0 mm2

Profile 80×80, 8E Profile 90×90, 8E Profile 100×100, 8E

2)
2,454.1 mm2 2)
635.2 mm2 (4×) 2)
4,080.4 mm2
Comments
Any profile with closed
interior chambers can also
be used as pressure line

max. pressure: 10 bar

Profile 80×80, 8E, angle Profile 50×150, 8E

2)
505.7 mm2 (2×) 2)
1,115.8 mm2 (2×)
2)
(pneumatic) cross-sectional area
221
 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51

Pneumatic end plates Application

• for the closing of profile ends
• vent disconnection thread

Comments
Blanking plug and reducing nipple
ï Pneumatic accessories 1.59
Article-No. 1.59.010ää and
1.59.020ää

Technical data
End plate
• material: aluminium
• strength: F22
• surface: black powder-coated
Seal
• material: NBR

Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
cap-screw DIN 912 - M6 / M8

Variants

without thread with thread

Dimensions without thread with thread G1/4“ with thread G1/2“

B×L Article-No. Article-No. Article-No.
30×60 1.47.2030060.0600.1 1.51.13061
40×80 1.47.2040080.0800.1 1.51.14081
45×90 1.47.2045090.0800.1 1.51.14591
50×100 1.47.2050100.0800.1 1.51.15101
50×150 1.47.2050150.0800.1 1.51.15151
60×90 1.47.2060090.0800.1 1.51.16091
80×80 angle 1.47.2080080W.0800.1 1.51.18081W
80×80 1.47.2080080.0800.1 1.51.18081
100×100 1.47.2100100.0800.1 1.51.20101

222
 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51

Pneumatic end plate sets

without thread

30×60 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M6
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 30×60 121 g 1.50.2030060.0600.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 30×60 1 64 g 1.47.2030060.0600.1
Pneumatic seal 30×60 1 3g 1.51.13062
Threaded insert M14/M6 2 22 g 1.35.1140615
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 2 5 g 0.63.D00912.06016

40×80 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 40×80 173 g 1.50.2040080.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 40×80 1 114 g 1.47.2040080.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 40×80 1 5g 1.51.14082
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9 g 0.63.D00912.08016

45×90 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 45×90 208 g 1.50.2045090.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 45×90 1 148 g 1.47.2045090.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 45×90 1 6g 1.51.14592
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9 g 0.63.D00912.08016

50×100 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 50×100 247 g 1.50.2050100.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 50×100 1 186 g 1.47.2050100.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 50×100 1 7g 1.51.15102
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
5
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9 g 0.63.D00912.08016

50×150 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 50×150 371 g 1.50.2050150.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 50×150 1 280 g 1.47.2050150.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 50×150 1 10 g 1.51.15152
Threaded insert M14/M8 3 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 3 9 g 0.63.D00912.08016

223
 Pneumatic accessories 1.50/1.51

Pneumatic end plate sets

without thread

60×90 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 60×90 263 g 1.50.2060090.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 60×90 1 202 g 1.47.2060090.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 60×90 1 7g 1.51.16092
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

80×80 angle Description Weight Article-No.

Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 80×80 W 260 g 1.50.2080080W.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 80×80 W 1 171 g 1.47.2080080W.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 80×80 W 1 8g 1.51.18082W
Threaded insert M14/M8 3 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 3 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

counterbore DIN 74 - M8

80×80 counterbore DIN 74 - M8

Description Weight Article-No.
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 80×80 343 g 1.50.2080080.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 80×80 1 228 g 1.47.2080080.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 80×80 1 7g 1.51.18082
Threaded insert M14/M8 4 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 4 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

100×100 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set w/o thread 100×100 494 g 1.50.2100100.0800.0
Single parts Pcs.
Base plate w/o thread 100×100 1 374 g 1.47.2100100.0800.1
Pneumatic seal 100×100 1 12 g 1.51.20102
Threaded insert M14/M8 4 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 4 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

224
 Pneumatic accessories 1.51

Pneumatic end plate sets

with thread

30×60 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic end plate set 30×60 110 g 1.51.13060
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 30×60 1 53 g 1.51.13061
Pneumatic seal 30×60 1 3g 1.51.13062
Threaded insert M14/M6 2 22 g 1.35.1140615
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 2 5g 0.63.D00912.06016

40×80 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set 40×80 153 g 1.51.14080
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 40×80 1 94 g 1.51.14081
Pneumatic seal 40×80 1 5g 1.51.14082
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

45×90 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set 45×90 179 g 1.51.14590
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 45×90 1 119 g 1.51.14591
Pneumatic seal 45×90 1 6g 1.51.14592
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

50×100 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set 50×100 206 g 1.51.15100
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 50×100 1 145 g 1.51.15101
Pneumatic seal 50×100 1 7g 1.51.15102
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
5
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

50×150 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set 50×150 322 g 1.51.15150
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 50×150 1 231 g 1.51.15151
Pneumatic seal 50×150 1 10 g 1.51.15152
Threaded insert M14/M8 3 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 3 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

225
 Pneumatic accessories 1.51

Pneumatic end plate sets

with thread

60×90 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8
Pneumatic end plate set 60×90 217 g 1.51.16090
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 60×90 1 156 g 1.51.16091
Pneumatic seal 60×90 1 7g 1.51.16092
Threaded insert M14/M8 2 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 2 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

80×80 counterbore DIN 74 - M8

Description Weight Article-No.
Pneumatic end plate set 80×80 251 g 1.51.18080
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 80×80 1 136 g 1.51.18081
Pneumatic seal 80×80 1 7g 1.51.18082
Threaded insert M14/M8 4 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 4 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

80×80 angle Description Weight Article-No.

Pneumatic end plate set 80×80 W 271 g 1.51.18080W
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 80×80 W 1 182 g 1.51.18081W
Pneumatic seal 80×80 W 1 8g 1.51.18082W
Threaded insert M14/M8 3 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 3 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

counterbore DIN 74 - M8

100×100 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M8 Pneumatic end plate set 100×100 416 g 1.51.20100
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic end plate 100×100 1 296 g 1.51.20101
Pneumatic seal 100×100 1 12 g 1.51.20102
Threaded insert M14/M8 4 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 4 9g 0.63.D00912.08016

226
 Pneumatic accessories 1.52

Pneumatic connection plates Application

Pneumatic connection for inlet and exhaust of
air pressure

Technical data
End plate
• material: aluminium
• strength: F22
• surface: black powder-coated
O-Ring
• material: NBR

Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
cap-screw DIN 912 - M6 / M8
30×60 Description Weight Article-No.
counterbore DIN 74 - M6
Pneumatic connection plate set 30×60 59.2 g 1.52.03061
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic connection plate 30×60 1 40.0 g 1.52.03062
O-Ring 14×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.11403
T-Nut for subs. insertion F, M6 2 4.3 g 1.32.4FM6
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×12 2 5.0 g 0.63.D00912.06012

40×80 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M6
Pneumatic connection plate set 40×80 80.6 g 1.52.14081
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic connection plate 40×80 1 50.0 g 1.52.14082
O-Ring 20×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.12003
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M6 2 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 2 5.0 g 0.63.D00912.06016

45×90 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic connection plate set 45×90 84.6 g 1.52.04591 5
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic connection plate 45×90 1 5.0 g 1.52.04592
O-Ring 20×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.12003
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M6 2 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 2 5.0 g 0.63.D00912.06016

50×100 Description Weight Article-No.

counterbore DIN 74 - M6 Pneumatic connection plate set 50×100 90.6 g 1.52.15101
Single parts Pcs.
Pneumatic connection plate 50×100 1 60.0 g 1.52.15102
O-Ring 20×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.12003
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M6 2 10.0 g 1.32.4EM6
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 2 5.0 g 0.63.D00912.06016

227
 Pneumatic accessories 1.54

Pneumatic extension sets

For the extension of air pressurised profiles

for profile 30×60 Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Pneumatic extension set 30×60 177 g 1.54.03061
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 30×60 1 3g 1.51.13062
Connector, profile extension 2 87 g 1.21.3V0

for profile 40×80 Pneumatic extension set 40×80 193 g 1.54.04081

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 40×80 1 5g 1.51.14082
Connector, profile extension 2 94 g 1.21.4V0

for profile 45×90 Pneumatic extension set 45×90 204 g 1.54.04591

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 45×90 1 6g 1.51.14592
Connector, profile extension 2 99 g 1.21.45V0

for profile 50×100 Pneumatic extension set 50×100 211 g 1.54.05101

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 50×100 1 7g 1.51.15102
Connector, profile extension 2 102 g 1.21.5V0

for profile 50×150 Pneumatic extension set 50×150 316 g 1.54.05151

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 50×150 1 10 g 1.51.15152
Connector, profile extension 3 102 g 1.21.5V0

for profile 60×90 Pneumatic extension set 60×90 239 g 1.54.06091

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 60×90 1 7g 1.51.16092
Connector, profile extension 2 116 g 1.21.6V0

for profile 80×80 angle Pneumatic extension set 80×80 W 289 g 1.54.08081W
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 80×80 W 1 7g 1.51.18082W
Connector, profile extension 3 94g 1.21.4V0

for profile 80×80 Pneumatic extension set 80×80 384 g 1.54.08081

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 80×80 1 8g 1.51.18082
Connector, profile extension 4 94 g 1.21.4V0

for profile 100×100 Pneumatic extension set 100×100 420 g 1.54.10101

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 100×100 1 12 g 1.51.20102
Connector, profile extension 4 102 g 1.21.5V0

228
 Pneumatic accessories 1.55

Pneumatic 90° connection sets

For 90° connections of air pressurised profiles

interface

hole distance

For the connection of profile 80×80,

100×100 a pneumatic connecting plate must
be inserted to seal the chamber inside

for profile 30×60 Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Pneumatic 90° connection set 30×60 99 g 1.55.03061
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 30×60 1 3g 1.51.13062
Connector, standard 90° 2 48 g 1.21.3F2
for profile 40×80 Pneumatic 90° connection set 40×80 115 g 1.55.04081
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 40×80 1 5g 1.51.14082
Connector, standard 90° 2 55 g 1.21.4E2

for profile 45×90 Pneumatic 90° connection set 45×90 63 g 1.55.04591

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 45×90 1 6g 1.51.14592
Connector, standard 90° 2 57 g 1.21.45E2

for profile 50×100 Pneumatic 90° connection set 50×100 125 g 1.55.05101
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 50×100 1 7g 1.51.15102
Connector, standard 90° 2 59 g 1.21.5E2 5
for profile 50×150 Pneumatic 90° connection set 50×150 187 g 1.55.05151
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 50×150 1 10 g 1.51.15152
Connector, standard 90° 3 59 g 1.21.5E2

for profile 60×90 Pneumatic 90° connection set 60×90 70 g 1.55.06091

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 60×90 1 7g 1.51.16092
Connector, standard 90° 2 63 g 1.21.6E2

for profile 80×80 Pneumatic 90° connection set 80×80 446 g 1.55.08081
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 80×80 1 8g 1.51.18082
Connector, standard 90° 4 55 g 1.21.4E2
Pneumatic connecting plate 1 217 g 1.55.08084
O-Ring 20×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.12003

229
 Pneumatic accessories 1.55 - 1.59

for profile 100×100 Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.

Pneumatic 90° connection set 100×100 618 g 1.55.10101
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 100×100 1 12 g 1.51.20102
Connector, standard 90° 4 55 g 1.21.5E2
Pneumatic connecting plate 1 369 g 1.55.10104
O-Ring 20×3 1 0.6 g 1.59.12003

Pneumatic accessories Application

Blanking plug for the connection thread

Application
Reducing nipple to reduce the connection
thread

Blanking plug Technical data Comments

material: Including sealing
• blanking plug: steel, galvanised
• sealing: NBR

Description D A B L SW Weight Article-No.

Blanking plug, B-1/4“ 18 12 15 6 15 g 1.59.01030
Blanking plug, B-1/2“ 26 14 18 10 43 g 1.59.01050

Reducing nipple Technical data

material: brass

Description Di D B L SW Weight Article-No.

Reducing nipple, 1/4“ i - 3/8“ a 9 14 19 14 g 1.59.02040
Reducing nipple, 3/8“ i - 1/2“ a 10 14 22 25 g 1.59.02050

Sealing ring Technical data

for reducing nipple material: PA, white

Description D Weight Article-No.

Sealing ring Ø1/4“ 1g 1.59.03030
Sealing ring Ø3/8“ 1g 1.59.03040
Sealing ring Ø1/2“ 2g 1.59.03050

230
 Additional accessories 1.61

Handles light PA Application

For doors and drawers of light material

Mounting on panel Mounting on profiles

elements
Technical data
material: PA
countersink DIN 74 - M4

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

Handle light PA grey 30 g 1.61.20.1
Handle light PA black 30 g 1.61.20.2

Handle light Alu Application

For doors and drawers of light material

Mounting on panel Mounting on profiles

elements
Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Handle light Alu 85 g 1.61.210

231
 Additional accessories 1.61

Handle PA Application
Ergonomical designed handle

Mounting on panel Mounting on profiles

elements
Technical data
material: PA
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Handle PA, with thread M8 166 g 1.61.230

Handles PA Application
Handle with fixing possibilities from the front
and the rear

Handle with bore Handle with thread

Technical data
material: PA
colour: black
with bore
Description D L Weight Article-No.
Handle PA, with bore Ø6.5 110 24 g 1.61.24110
Handle PA, with bore Ø6.5 139 44 g 1.61.24139
Handle PA, with bore Ø8.5 151 64 g 1.61.24151
Handle PA, with bore Ø8.5 200 74 g 1.61.24200
Handle PA, with bore Ø10.5 260 114 g 1.61.24260

with thread
Description G L Weight Article-No.
Handle PA, with thread M6 110 30 g 1.61.25110
Handle PA, with thread M6 139 50 g 1.61.25139
Handle PA, with thread M8 151 70 g 1.61.25151
Handle PA, with thread M8 200 88 g 1.61.25200
Handle PA, with thread M10 260 125 g 1.61.25260

L L1 L2 H h T t t1 B
110 94 17 37 8 13 6 10 21
139 120 20 40 10 15 6 10 24
151 132 22 43 10 16 6 15 26
200 180 25 50 11 20 9 15 28
260 235 28 53 12 21 11 15 32

232
 Additional accessories 1.61

Handles PA Application
Machine handle with ergonomic design and
finger protection; to mount on doors, flaps and
aluminum profiles

Technical data
material: PA
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Handle PA, 135, with screw covers 117 g 1.61.26135

Technical data
material: PA
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Handle PA, 240, with screw covers 356 g 1.61.26240

233
 Additional accessories 1.61

Handle system Application

round design Handle system for making handles of any
length

Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profiles

Corner piece PA-GF Technical data

material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner piece PA-GF 76 g 1.61.280

Centre piece PA-GF Technical data

material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Centre piece PA-GF 53 g 1.61.281

Tube Ø30×3 Technical data

material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised
tube length: 6 m

Description Weight Article-No.

Tube Ø30×3 bar 4.2 kg 1.19.16130.60
Tube Ø30×3 cut to length 0.7 kg/m 1.19.16130-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

234
 Additional accessories 1.61

Handle system Application

oval design Handle system for making handles of any
length

Mounting on panel elements Mounting on profiles

Oval corner piece right Technical data

material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Oval corner piece right 65 g 1.61.290

Oval corner piece left Technical data

material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Oval corner piece left 65 g 1.61.291

Oval tube 35×4 Technical data

material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised
tube length: 3 m

Description Weight Article-No.

Oval tube 35×4 bar 2.5 kg 1.61.292.30
Oval tube 35×4 cut to length 0.83 kg/m 1.61.292-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

235
 Additional accessories 1.61

Grab handles Application

Alu grip handles for customer‘s assembly from
standard profiles

Comments
Grab handles increase the rigidity of panels
without profile frames

Profile 20×30, 1F, LP

Fixing of the profile directly on the panel Fixing of the profile with a connecting piece on
element the panel element
Description Weight Article-No.
Profile 20×30, 1F, LP cut to length 0.66 kg/m 1.11.020030.14LP-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Grab handle profiles

Description Weight Article-No.

Grab handle profile cut to length 0.3 kg/m 1.19.14319-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Grab handle profile cut to length 0.73 kg/m 1.19.14330-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Cover cap kit left/right for grab handle profile 3.6 g 1.19.14330A

236
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinges Application
Hinge for doors and flaps of light material

Face-sided connection Connection of 2 profiles

of 2 profiles in rectangular position

Doors with profile frames Doors made of panel elements without profile
frames

Technical data
Hinge 20×32 30×39 40×40
material: PA-GF PA-GF GD-Zn, coated
colour: black
max. static load: 50 N 100 N 150 N

countersink Comments
DIN 74 - M5 Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5

Swivel angle
Description Weight Article-No.
Hinge 20×32 6g 1.62.12032

countersink Comments
DIN 74 - M4 Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M4

Swivel angle 6
Description Weight Article-No.
Hinge 30×39 7.6 g 1.62.23039

Comments
countersink Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for
DIN 74 - M5 countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5

Swivel angle

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 40×40 55 g 1.62.24040

237
 Additional accessories 1.62

Lift-off hinges Application

Enables the connection of different profile
widths in parallel as well as in rectangular
arrangement

left left

left
right

Non-liftable door with one right- and one left- Liftable door with two similar hinges
sided hinge

1 profile 30×30 1 profile 40×40 1 profile 45×45 2 profiles 50×50

1 profile 50×50 1 profile 50×50 1 profile 50×50

1
3
2
Swivel angle Application of locking device:
1 for panel element
2 for profile slot, horizontal
3 for profile slot, vertical

Technical data Comments

material: GD-Zn Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
surface: black coated countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6
hinge bolt: stainless steel
max. static load: 250 N

238
 Additional accessories 1.62

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description A B Weight Article-No.

Hinge 31, A16.5 left 59 68 g 1.62.331.16/16L
Hinge 31, A19.0 left 64 72 g 1.62.331.19/19L
Hinge 31, A21.5 left 69 76 g 1.62.331.21/21L
Hinge 31, A24.0 left 74 81 g 1.62.331.24/24L
Hinge 31, A26.5 left 79 86 g 1.62.331.26/26L

Combinations
Description A1) A11) Article-No.
Hinge 31 × ää/ää left 1.62.331.ää/ääL
1)
Data without decimal places

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description A B Weight Article-No.

Hinge 31, A16.5 right 59 68 g 1.62.331.16/16R
Hinge 31, A19.0 right 64 72 g 1.62.331.19/19R
Hinge 31, A21.5 right 69 76 g 1.62.331.21/21R
Hinge 31, A24.0 right 74 81 g 1.62.331.24/24R
Hinge 31, A26.5 right 79 86 g 1.62.331.26/26R

Combinations
Description A1) A11) Article-No.
Hinge 31 × ää/ää right 1.62.331.ää/ääR
1)
Data without decimal places

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: bare
6
Description Weight Article-No.
Anti-twist device for slot 8 mm 4g 1.62.331x1

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: bare

Description Weight Article-No.

Anti-twist device for panel element 4g 1.62.331x2

239
 Additional accessories 1.62

Lift-off hinges Application

The hinges enable the connection of profiles
with different widths

left left

left
right

Non-liftable door with one right- and one left- Liftable door with two similar hinges
sided hinge

1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60

1 profile 30×30 1 profile 40×40 1 profile 45×45 1 profile 50×50

2 profiles 60×60

Swivel angle

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
surface: black countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6
hinge bolt: stainless steel
max. static load: 150 N

240
 Additional accessories 1.62

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description A = A1 B Weight Article-No.

Lift-off hinge 48 A17.5, left 59 8g 1.62.348.17/17L
Lift-off hinge 48 A22.5, left 77 10 g 1.62.348.22/22L
Lift-off hinge 48 A25.0, left 87 15 g 1.62.348.25/25L
Lift-off hinge 48 A27.5, left 97 25 g 1.62.348.27/27L
Lift-off hinge 48 A32.5, left 115 35 g 1.62.348.32/32L

Combinations
Description A1) A11) Article-No.
Lift-off hinge 48 × ää/ää left 1.62.348.ää/ääL
1)
Data without decimal places

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description A = A1 B Weight Article-No.

Lift-off hinge 48 A17.5, right 59 8g 1.62.348.17/17R
Lift-off hinge 48 A22.5, right 77 10 g 1.62.348.22/22R
Lift-off hinge 48 A25.0, right 87 15 g 1.62.348.25/25R
Lift-off hinge 48 A27.5, right 97 25 g 1.62.348.27/27R
Lift-off hinge 48 A32.5, right 115 35 g 1.62.348.32/32R

Combinations
Description A1) A11) Article-No.
Lift-off hinge 48 × ää/ää right
1)
Data without decimal places
1.62.348.ää/ääR 6

241
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinges Application
Hinge for doors and flaps of light material

left left

left
right

Non-liftable door with one right- and one left- Liftable door with two similar hinges
sided hinge

Swivel angle

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
colour: black countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6
max. static load: 100 N

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 32×60 left 21 g 1.62.41L

countersink
DIN 74 - M6

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 32×60 right 21 g 1.62.41R

242
 Additional accessories 1.62

Double hinge Application

Hinge for doors and flaps of light material

Liftable doors

Swivel angle

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
max. static load: 100 N countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6

Description Colour Weight Article-No.

countersink DIN 74 - M6
Double hinge grey 40 g 1.62.420.1
6
Double hinge black 40 g 1.62.420.2

243
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinges Application
The hinges enable the connection of profiles
with different widths

1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60 1 profile 60×60

1 profile 30×30 1 profile 40×40 1 profile 45×45 1 profile 50×50

2 profiles 60×60

Swivel angle

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
countersink colour: black countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6
DIN 74 - M6 hinge bolt: stainless steel
max. static load: 200 N

Description A B Weight Article-No.

Hinge 48 fixed A17.5 59 8g 1.62.448.17/17
Hinge 48 fixed A22.5 77 10 g 1.62.448.22/22
Hinge 48 fixed A25.0 87 15 g 1.62.448.25/25
Hinge 48 fixed A27.5 97 25 g 1.62.448.27/27
Hinge 48 fixed A32.5 115 35 g 1.62.448.32/32

Combinations
Description A1) A11) Article-No.
Hinge 48 fixed × ää/ää 1.62.448.ää/ää
1)
Data without decimal places

244
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinge Application
30×60 Hinge or higher loads such as doors with
profile frames

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
colour: black
surface: coated
max. static load: 400 N

Connection of 2 vertical Face-sided connection of 2 Connection of 2 horizontal

profiles, all anti-twist safety profiles, with anti-twist safety profiles, with anti-twist safety
devices removed device device

Swivel angle

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 30×60 68.8 g 1.62.51030060

245
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinge Application
40×80 Hinge or higher loads such as doors with
profile frames

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
colour: black
surface: coated
max. static load: 750 N

Connection of 2 vertical Face-sided connection of 2 Connection of 2 horizontal

profiles, all anti-twist safety profiles, with anti-twist safety profiles, with anti-twist safety
devices removed device device

Swivel angle

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 40×80 180 g 1.62.520

Hinges Application
40×80 Hinge or higher loads such as doors with
profile frames

Technical data
material: GD-Zn
colour: black
surface: powder-coated
max. static load: 750 N

Connection of 2 vertical
profiles

Swivel angle
Fastening elements:
PG 40: T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M8 1.32.4EM8
PG 45: T-Nut E, M8 1.32.EM8
PG 40/45: Threaded plate E, M8 1.31.EM8

Description A Weight Article-No.

Hinge 40×80 for PG 40 22.5 194 g 1.62.53045
Hinge 40×80 for PG 45 25.0 194 g 1.62.53050

246
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinges Application
Hinge with detachable fixing plug for different
slot distances

Doors with profile frames Swivel angle

Technical data Comments

material: GD-Zn Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
surface: coated countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6
colour: black
max. static load: 250 N Delivery unit
Including 4 plugs for F- and E-slot

View A

Distances for positioning plugs

Possibilities of fastening Legend

LW = width
G = threaded plate 1.31.äää
T = T-Nut 1.32.4ää
6
short flange long flange
slots slots
F E3 E4 F E3 E4
B LW G T G T G T C LW G T G T G T
16.5 11 - - x - x x 21 11 - - x - x x
17.5 14.75 x x x - x x 21.5 30 x x x x x x
18.5 20.5 x x x x x x 23.5 19 x x x - x x
19 25.25 x x x x x x 26 30 x x x x x x
20 30 x x x x x x 27.5 11 - - x - x x
31 30 x x x x x x

247
 Additional accessories 1.62

Hinge 50×56 2 short flanges

B
16.5
17.5
18.5
19
20
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Rear view: plug assignment

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 50×56 112 g 1.62.65056

Hinge 50×68 1 short flange, 1 long flange

B C
16.5 21
17.5 21.5
18.5 23.5
19 26
20 27.5
countersink
31
DIN 74 - M6
Rear view: plug assignment

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 50×68 130 g 1.62.65068

Hinge 50×80 2 long flanges

C
21
21.5
23.5
26
27.5
countersink
31
DIN 74 - M6
Rear view: plug assignment

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge 50×80 130 g 1.62.65080

248
 Additional accessories 1.62

Alu hinges

Distance of drill holes for panel elements of

Application acrylic glass
For doors of light material with or without
profile frame, each hinge element can be
combined

Technical data Comments

material: aluminium Al Mg Si 0.5 Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for
strength: F 25 countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M4
surface: natural anodised raw finish on request
max. static load: 100 N

Type A Connection:
• profile to profile
• leg built-in
covered
• hinge elements:
Type A
Type A
1 profile 20×30 1 profile 30×30 1 profile 40×40 2 profiles 50×50
1 profile 50×50 1 profile 50×50 1 profile 50×50

Description T a b Weight Article-No.

Hinge element Type A, PG 20, F 1.5 15.3 21 10 g 1.62.7120
Hinge element Type A, PG 30 1.5 20.3 29 11 g 1.62.7130
Hinge element Type A, PG 30 3.0 20.3 29 15 g 1.62.7130.030
Hinge element Type A, PG 40 1.5 25.3 37 13 g 1.62.7140
countersink
DIN 74 - M4 Hinge element Type A, PG 40 3.0 25.3 37 19 g 1.62.7140.030
Hinge element Type A, PG 50 1.5 30.3 45 14 g 1.62.7150
Hinge element Type A, PG 50 3.0 30.3 45 21 g 1.62.7150.030

Type B Connection:
• profile to panel
element
• leg one side
visible 6
• hinge elements:
Type A
Type B
profile 20×30 profile 30×30 profile 40×40 profile 50×50

Description T a b Weight Article-No.

Hinge element Type B, PG 20 2.0 15.3 21 11 g 1.62.7220
countersink
DIN 74 - M4 Hinge element Type B, PG 20 3.0 15.3 21 13 g 1.62.7220.030
Hinge element Type B, PG 30 2.0 20.3 29 11 g 1.62.7230
Hinge element Type B, PG 30 3.0 20.3 29 13 g 1.62.7230.030
Hinge element Type B, PG 40 2.0 25.3 37 13 g 1.62.7240
Hinge element Type B, PG 40 3.0 25.3 37 16 g 1.62.7240.030
Hinge element Type B, PG 50 2.0 30.3 45 14 g 1.62.7250
Hinge element Type B, PG 50 3.0 30.3 45 18 g 1.62.7250.030

249
 Additional accessories 1.62

Type C Connection:
• Profile to panel
element
• leg built-in
covered
• hinge elements:
Type A
Type C
profile 20×30 profile 30×30 profile 40×40 profile 50×50

Description Weight Article-No.

Hinge element Type C, 30 mm 15 g 1.62.7330
countersink
DIN 74 - M4

Press-fit pins
for alu hinges

Press-fit pin for one sided installation Press-fit pin for two sided installation

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description L Weight Article-No.

Press-fit pin Ø6 100 29 g 1.62.7910
Press-fit pin Ø6 150 33 g 1.62.7915

Spacer
Technical data
material: PE
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Spacer 1g 1.62.7810

250
 Additional accessories 1.62

Alu hinges, heavy Application

Hinge for higher loads such as doors with
profile frames

Technical data
hinge material: aluminium
strength: F25
surface: natural anodised
bolt material: steel
stainless steel

Comments
Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M8
raw finish on request

PG A
30 27
40 32
50 37
Application: Type 20 Swivel angle: Type 20

PG A B
30 27 28
40 32 33
50 37 38
Application: Type 21, 22, 23, 31 Application: Type 21, 22, 23, 31
with profiles PG 40/50 with profiles PG 60

Application: Type 21, 22, 23, 31

with profiles PG 30/40/50

Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31 Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31
at application with profiles PG 30/40/50 at application with profiles PG 60

251
 Additional accessories 1.62

countersink DIN 74 - M8

Description Bolt A B Weight Article-No.

Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 30 steel 27 78 130 g 1.62.842027085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 40 steel 32 100 166 g 1.62.842032085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 50 steel 37 100 166 g 1.62.842037085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 30 stainless 27 78 130 g 1.62.842027085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 40 stainless 32 100 166 g 1.62.842032085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 50 stainless 37 100 166 g 1.62.842037085V

countersink DIN 74 - M8

Description Bolt A B Weight Article-No.

Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 30/30-50 steel 27 89 123 g 1.62.842127085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 40/40-50 steel 32 100 159 g 1.62.842132085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 50 steel 37 100 159 g 1.62.842137085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 30/30-50 stainless 27 89 123 g 1.62.842127085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 40/40-50 stainless 32 100 159 g 1.62.842132085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 50 stainless 37 100 159 g 1.62.842137085V

countersink DIN 74 - M8

Description Bolt A Weight Article-No.

Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 40/40-50 steel 32 261 g 1.62.842232085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 50 steel 37 261 g 1.62.842237085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 40/40-50 stainless 32 261 g 1.62.842232085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 22, PG 50 stainless 37 261 g 1.62.842237085V

countersink DIN 74 - M8

Description Bolt A Weight Article-No.

Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 40/40-50 steel 32 258 g 1.62.842332085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 50 steel 37 258 g 1.62.842337085
Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 40/40-50 stainless 32 258 g 1.62.842332085V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 23, PG 50 stainless 37 258 g 1.62.842337085V

countersink DIN 74 - M8

Description Bolt A Weight Article-No.

Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 40/40-50 steel 32 245 g 1.62.843132128
Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 50 steel 37 245 g 1.62.843137128
Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 40/40-50 stainless 32 245 g 1.62.843132128V
Alu hinge, heavy, type 31, PG 50 stainless 37 245 g 1.62.843137128V

252
 Additional accessories 1.63

Joints
with / without clamping lever

The MayTec clamping system allows backlash The joint can be locked with the adjustable
free adjusting and clamping clamping lever

Application Technical data

To enable infinitely variable adjusting and material: steel
swivelling of profiles surface: galvanised

Mounting on profile side Mounting on profile side

Mounting on profile end Mounting on profile end

max. loads
Joint F1max F2max
20×20 10 Nm 2,000 N
30×30 30 Nm 4,000 N
30×50 50 Nm 4,000 N
30×100 100 Nm 8,000 N
30×100 1) 200 Nm 8,000 N
40×40 50 Nm 6,000 N
50×50 60 Nm 10,000 N
1)
with fastening plate
Comments 6
Mounting with:
• cap-screw DIN 6912
• washer DIN 433

Dimensions of clamping lever for joint: Dimensions of clamping lever for joints:
20×20 30×30
30×50
30×100
40×40
50×50

253
 Additional accessories 1.63

20×20
Description G L Weight Article-No.
Joint 20×20 M5 6.5 97 g 1.63.02021
Joint 20×20 with clamping lever M5 6.5 114 g 1.63.12021
Anti-twist device for joint, H, L20 8g 1.63.02022
Anti-twist device for joint, F, L20 8g 1.63.02023

30×30

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint 30×30 M6 7.5 315 g 1.63.03031
Joint 30×30 with clamping lever M6 7.5 380 g 1.63.13031
Anti-twist device for joint, L30 28 g 1.63.03032

30×50

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint 30×50 M8 7.5 533 g 1.63.03051
Joint 30×50 with clamping lever M8 7.5 600 g 1.63.13051
Anti-twist device for joint, L30 28 g 1.63.03032
Anti-twist device for joint, L50 33 g 1.63.03052

30×100 Comments
To increase the load capacity on hinge 30×100
ï fastening plate 30×150, 1.47.60315

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint 30×100 M8 7.5 1,098 g 1.63.03101
Joint 30×100 with clamping lever M8 7.5 1,160 g 1.63.13101

40×40

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint 40×40 M8 7.5 674 g 1.63.04041
Joint 40×40 with clamping lever M8 7.5 739 g 1.63.14041
Anti-twist device for joint, L40 28 g 1.63.04042

50×50

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint 50×50 M8 7.5 1,244 g 1.63.05051
Joint 50×50 with clamping lever M8 7.5 1,300 g 1.63.15051
Anti-twist device for joint, L50 33 g 1.63.03052

254
 Additional accessories 1.63

Joints Zn
with / without clamping lever

The MayTec clamping system allows backlash The joint can be locked with the adjustable
free adjusting and clamping clamping lever

Application Technical data

To enable infinitely variable adjusting and material: GD-Zn
swivelling of profiles surface: aluminium coloured
powder-coated

Mounting on profile side Mounting on profile end

max. loads
Joint F1max F2max
30×30 500 N 500 N
40×40 750 N 750 N
45×45 750 N 750 N

Comments
Mounting with:
• cap screw DIN 6912
30×30 • washer DIN 433

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint Zn 30×30 M8 7.0 124 g 1.63.51030030
Joint Zn 30×30 with clamping lever M8 7.0 147 g 1.63.52030030

40×40
6

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint Zn 40×40 M8 9.0 300 g 1.63.51040040
Joint Zn 40×40 with clamping lever M8 9.0 344 g 1.63.52040040

45×45

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Joint Zn 45×45 M8 8.0 320 g 1.63.51045045
Joint Zn 45×45 with clamping lever M8 8.0 366 g 1.63.52045045

255
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting blocks Application

screw-type For mounting of panels
Technical data
Mounting block
material: PA-GF
colours: grey, black
Threaded plate
material: steel
surface: galvanised

washer
A6,4 DIN 125

Mounting on the profile with threaded plate Adjustable position

or T-Nut

Comments
A ‚floating‘ nut allows additional tolerance in
the panel mounting holes.

Description G Colour Weight Article-No.

Mounting block screw type M3 grey 9g 1.64.10M3.1
Mounting block screw type M3 black 9g 1.64.10M3.2
Mounting block screw type M4 grey 9g 1.64.10M4.1
Mounting block screw type M4 black 9g 1.64.10M4.2
Mounting block screw type M5 grey 9g 1.64.10M5.1
Mounting block screw type M5 black 9g 1.64.10M5.2
Mounting block screw type M6 grey 9g 1.64.10M6.1
Mounting block screw type M6 black 9g 1.64.10M6.2

256
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting block GD-Zn Application

For mounting of panels

Technical data
material: GD-Zn

Anti-twistable mounting in steps of 1 mm

Description G Surface Weight Article-No.

Mounting block GD-Zn M8 natural 68 g 1.64.153030.1
Mounting block GD-Zn M8 black 68 g 1.64.153030.2

257
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting blocks Application

for subsequent insertion For the mounting of panels with subsequent
insertion
Variable mounting position of panels with
distancing plate

Mounting block H Technical data

material: PA-GF
colour: black
square nut: steel , galvanised
max. static load: 100 N, rectangular to slot

H-slot Tolerance equa-

lisation: 4 mm

Description G Weight Article-No.

Mounting block H M4 2.6 g 1.64.2H2M4.2

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
Description B Weight Article-No.
Distancing plate for mounting block H 1 0.2 g 1.64.xH01
Distancing plate for mounting block H 2 0.4 g 1.64.xH02
Distancing plate for mounting block H 3 0.6 g 1.64.xH03
Distancing plate for mounting block H 4 0.8 g 1.64.xH04

Mounting blocks F and E

F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Tolerance equa-

lisation: 9 mm

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colours: grey, black
square nut: steel , galvanised
max. static load: 250 N, rectangular to slot

Description G Colour Weight Article-No.

Mounting block F M4 grey 9g 1.64.2F2M4.1
Mounting block F M4 black 9g 1.64.2F2M4.2
Mounting block F M5 grey 9g 1.64.2F2M5.1
Mounting block F M5 black 9g 1.64.2F2M5.2
Mounting block F M6 grey 9g 1.64.2F2M6.1
Mounting block F M6 black 9g 1.64.2F2M6.2

258
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting blocks E Description G Colour a Weight Article-No.

Mounting block E3 M4 grey 3.0 10.5 g 1.64.2E3M4.1
Mounting block E3 M4 black 3.0 10.5 g 1.64.2E3M4.2
Mounting block E3 M5 grey 3.0 10.1 g 1.64.2E3M5.1
Mounting block E3 M5 black 3.0 10.1 g 1.64.2E3M5.2
Mounting block E3 M6 grey 3.0 9.6 g 1.64.2E3M6.1
Mounting block E3 M6 black 3.0 9.6 g 1.64.2E3M6.2
Mounting block E4 M4 grey 4.0 10.6 g 1.64.2E4M4.1
Mounting block E4 M4 black 4.0 10.6 g 1.64.2E4M4.2
Mounting block E4 M5 grey 4.0 10.2 g 1.64.2E4M5.1
Mounting block E4 M5 black 4.0 10.2 g 1.64.2E4M5.2
Mounting block E4 M6 grey 4.0 9.9 g 1.64.2E4M6.1
Mounting block E4 M6 black 4.0 9.9 g 1.64.2E4M6.2

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colours: grey, black

Description B Colour Weight Article-No.

Distancing plate for mounting block FE 2 grey 0.5 g 1.64.2x02.1
Distancing plate for mounting block FE 2 black 0.5 g 1.64.2x02.2
Distancing plate for mounting block FE 3 grey 0.8 g 1.64.2x03.1
Distancing plate for mounting block FE 3 black 0.8 g 1.64.2x03.2
Distancing plate for mounting block FE 5 grey 1.3 g 1.64.2x05.1
Distancing plate for mounting block FE 5 black 1.3 g 1.64.2x05.2

Distancing plate, thin Application

For the mounting of folded panels

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colours: grey, black

Description B Colour Weight Article-No.

Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 2 grey 0.3 g 1.64.2x102.1
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 2 black 0.3 g 1.64.2x102.2
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 3 grey 0.6 g 1.64.2x103.1
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 3 black 0.6 g 1.64.2x103.2
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 5 grey 0.9 g 1.64.2x105.1
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE 5 black 0.9 g 1.64.2x105.2

259
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting clamp blocks Application

for subsequent insertion Mounting of panels with clamps, without
drilling and screwing
For subsequent insertion:
Variable mounting position of panels with
distance plates

The distance plates are positioned and faste-

ned by pins, it is possible to mount several
distance plates in series

H-slot Installation dimen- Installation dimen-

sions sions

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
max. static load:
• towards clamp block: 110 N
• towards slider: 30 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting clamp block H 3.4 g 1.64.3H2

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description B Weight Article-No.

Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H 1 0.2 g 1.64.xH01
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H 2 0.4 g 1.64.xH02
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H 3 0.6 g 1.64.xH03
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H 4 0.8 g 1.64.xH04

260
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting clamp blocks

for subsequent insertion

F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Installation dimen-

sions

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
max. static load:
• towards clamp block: 250 N
• towards slider: 50 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting clamp block F 7.5 g 1.64.3F2

Description a Weight Article-No.

Mounting clamp block E3 3.0 8.0 g 1.64.3E3
Mounting clamp block E4 4.0 8.0 g 1.64.3E4

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description B Weight Article-No.

Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 2 0.6 g 1.64.3x02
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 3 0.9 g 1.64.3x03
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 5 1.4 g 1.64.3x05

261
 Additional accessories 1.64

Mounting clamp blocks SL Application

for subsequent insertion As mounting clamp block, however:
For safety’s sake it is only possible to be
opened with special tools

F-slot E3-slot E4-slot Installation dimen-

sions
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
max. static load:
• towards clamp block: 250 N
• towards slider: 50 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting clamp block F, SL 7.5 g 1.64.4F2
Mounting clamp block E3, SL 8.0 g 1.64.4E3
Mounting clamp block E4, SL 8.0 g 1.64.4E4

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black

Description B Weight Article-No.

Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 2 0.6 g 1.64.3x02
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 3 0.9 g 1.64.3x03
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE 5 1.4 g 1.64.3x05

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: red
steel bolt: hardened

Description Weight Article-No.

Tool for mounting clamp block SL 23 g 1.64.4W

262
 Additional accessories 1.64

Quick locks Application

Mounting element for quick mounting and
dismounting of covers

Comments
open: by 1/4-turn
close: by push in

Fastening without washer Fastening with washer

Hmax = Sretaining ring + panel thickness Hmax = Sretaining ring + panel thickness + Swasher

Technical data (assembly)

drilling diameter
in the covers: 7 mm
max. static load: 900 N
life time: ca. 10.000 operations

Mounting angle Technical data Mounting elements:

material: steel F-slot:
surface: galvanised • T-Nut, with leaf
spring F, 2×M4 1.32.4F2M4.25
• threaded plate F, M4 1.31.FM4
• spring nut F, M4 1.33.FM4
• T-slot nut F, M4 1.34.10FM4
E-slot:
• T-Nut, with leaf
spring E, 2×M4 1.32.4E2M4.25
• spring nut E, M4 1.33.EM4
• T-slot nut E, M4 1.34.10EM4
• rhomboid T-slot nut E, M4 1.34.20EM4

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting angle 14 g 1.64.5101

Retaining rings Technical data

material: neoprene
hardness: 55 Shore A
temperature range: - 50°C to + 90°C

Description S Weight Article-No.

Retaining ring 1.7 1.3 g 1.64.5217
Retaining ring 2.5 1.8 g 1.64.5225
Retaining ring 4.0 3.5 g 1.64.5240
Retaining ring 5.0 4.0 g 1.64.5250
Retaining ring 6.0 4.5 g 1.64.5260

263
 Additional accessories 1.64

Sealing washers Technical data

material: neoprene
hardness: 55 Shore A
temperature range: - 50°C to + 90°C

Description S Weight Article-No.

Sealing washer 0.5 0.8 g 1.64.5305
Sealing washer 1.0 1.7 g 1.64.5310
Sealing washer 1.5 2.5 g 1.64.5315
Sealing washer 2.0 3.3 g 1.64.5320

Round head bolts Technical data Comments

material: brass Mounting dimension „H“ see mounting sketch
surface: nickel-plated

Description Hmax L I Weight Article-No.

Round head bolt 3.7 16.6 14.4 4.0 g 1.64.5416
Round head bolt 4.7 17.6 15.4 4.0 g 1.64.5417
Round head bolt 5.7 18.6 16.4 4.0 g 1.64.5418
Round head bolt 6.9 19.8 17.6 4.5 g 1.64.5419
Round head bolt 7.7 20.6 18.4 5.0 g 1.64.5420
Round head bolt 8.9 21.8 19.6 5.0 g 1.64.5421
Round head bolt 9.7 22.6 20.4 6.0 g 1.64.5422
Round head bolt 10.7 23.6 21.4 6.0 g 1.64.5423

Knurled head bolts Technical data Comments

material: brass Mounting dimension „H“ see mounting sketch
surface: nickel-plated

Description Hmax L I Weight Article-No.

Knurled head bolt 3.7 16.6 14.4 14.0 g 1.64.5516
Knurled head bolt 4.7 17.6 15.4 14.0 g 1.64.5517
Knurled head bolt 5.7 18.6 16.4 14.0 g 1.64.5518
Knurled head bolt 6.9 19.8 17.6 14.0 g 1.64.5519
Knurled head bolt 7.7 20.6 18.4 15.0 g 1.64.5520
Knurled head bolt 8.9 21.8 19.6 15.0 g 1.64.5521
Knurled head bolt 10.7 23.6 21.4 15.0 g 1.64.5523

Wing head bolts Technical data Comments

material: brass Mounting dimension „H“ see mounting sketch
surface: nickel-plated

Description Hmax L I Weight Article-No.

Wing head bolt 3.7 16.6 14.4 5.8 g 1.64.5616
Wing head bolt 4.7 17.6 15.4 5.8 g 1.64.5617
Wing head bolt 5.7 18.6 16.4 5.8 g 1.64.5618
Wing head bolt 6.9 19.8 17.6 5.8 g 1.64.5619
Wing head bolt 7.7 20.6 18.4 6.3 g 1.64.5620
Wing head bolt 8.9 21.8 19.6 6.3 g 1.64.5621
Wing head bolt 9.7 22.6 20.4 6.3 g 1.64.5622
Wing head bolt 10.7 23.6 21.4 6.3 g 1.64.5623

264
 Additional accessories 1.65

Bullet catches Application

Lock for swinging and sliding doors

Technical data
material: brass, natural
bullet: stainless steel
retention force: adjustable

countersink Comments
DIN 74 - M4
Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk
screw DIN 7991 - M4

Description Weight Article-No.

Bullet catch 9×50 25.0 g 1.65.1101
countersink
DIN 74 - M4

countersink Comments
DIN 74 - M4 Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk
screw DIN 7991 - M4

6
Description Weight Article-No.
Bullet catch 12×70 72.0 g 1.65.1102
countersink
DIN 74 - M4

265
 Additional accessories 1.65

Bullet catch PA Application

Lock for swinging and sliding doors

Fastening of the bolt with Fastening of the bolt with

angle 25×40, Ø8.7 ï 1.46.115 angle 20×47, M8 ï 1.65.1301

Bullet catch PA
Technical data
capsule: PA-GF, black
bolt: steel, galvanised
retention force: 45 N
sphere Ø7

Description Weight Article-No.

Bullet catch PA 23.0 g 1.65.1201

Angle
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Angle 20×47, M8 16.0 g 1.65.1301

266
 Additional accessories 1.65

Magnetic lock PA Application

Lock for swinging and sliding doors

Technical data
capsule: PA-GF, black
flat head screw: steel, galvanised
retention force: y = 40 N
x = 25 N

Comments
Different force
y = large force
x = small force

Description Weight Article-No.

Magnetic lock PA 38.0 g 1.65.2101

Angle bracket Technical data

for magnetic lock PA material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Angle bracket for magnetic lock PA 32.0 g 1.65.2301

267
 Additional accessories 1.65

Lock GD-Zn Application

Lock with sprung bolt for easy closing of doors
and panels, including separate slot fastening
capability

Technical data
capsule: GD Zn, painted silver
handle: PA, black
bolt: stainless steel

Slot fastening capability

Description Weight Article-No.

Lock GD-Zn 120.0 g 1.65.2538078

268
 Additional accessories 1.65

Cylinder locks Application

Locking system for swinging and sliding doors

Comments
By turning the lock body the cylinder lock is
insertable left or right

Insertion of the latch Fixing dimensions for the Fixing dimensions for the
cylinder lock cylinder lock

Latch for two different bore Swinging door with profile Swinging door without profile
spaces frame made of profile 40×40 frame

Technical data
capsule: GD Zn, galvanised
tongue, nut, screw: steel, galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock with 2 keys 82.0 g 1.65.3101

Comments
Key with double beard Ø8 mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock with double beard insert 150.0 g 1.65.3102

269
 Additional accessories 1.65

Cylinder locks Application

with security latch Lock for swinging door

Comments
Security latch
Jolting- and vibrationless by integral lock

Installation variant with Installation variant with seal Installation variant

mounting angle
ce
tan
dis
ing
os
Cl

Closing distance Drilling pattern Security latch dimension

H = 18 - H1

Cylinder locks Technical data

capsule: GD Zn, galvanised
tongue, nut, screw: steel, galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock with 2 keys, without security latch 66 g 1.65.3201

Comments
Socket wrench / square 8 mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock with 1 square key, without security latch 100 g 1.65.3202

Security latch Description Weight Article-No.

Security latch for cylinder lock 30 g 1.65.32...
H1 Article-No. H1 Article-No. H1 Article-No. H1 Article-No.
14 1.65.3204 0 1.65.3218 -12 1.65.3230 -24 1.65.3242
12 1.65.3206 -2 1.65.3220 -14 1.65.3232 -26 1.65.3244
10 1.65.3208 -4 1.65.3222 -16 1.65.3234 -27 1.65.3245
8 1.65.3210 -6 1.65.3224 -17 1.65.3235 -29 1.65.3247
5 1.65.3213 -7 1.65.3225 -18 1.65.3236 -32 1.65.3250
4 1.65.3214 -8 1.65.3226 -20 1.65.3238
2 1.65.3216 -10 1.65.3228 -22 1.65.3240

270
 Additional accessories 1.65

Flap-lock countersunk Application

for sliding door Lock for sliding door

Technical data
capsule: GD Zn, chrome-plated
tongue and nut: steel, galvanised

Locked Open

Description Weight Article-No.

Flap-lock countersunk, for sliding door 52 g 1.65.3301

Cylinder locks flush Application

Locking system for swinging doors

Technical data
locking: 90°
material:
• capsule: GD Zn, chrome-plated
• fixing plate: GD Zn, black powder-coated
adjustable capsule

Profile: door

door frame
post

Profile:

6
Outside: flush
(without jutout of lock parts)
Profile Latch
Door post Door frame A H H1
40 40 1.6 16 -8
45 40 1.6 16 -2
45 1.8 21 -12
50 40 1.6 16 2
45 1.8 21 -8
50 2.0 16 -8
60 40 1.6 16 12
Inside: with fixing plate 45 1.8 21 2
50 2.0 16 2
60 3.0 16 -8

271
 Additional accessories 1.65

Cylinder locks flush Delivery unit Separate order

• cylinder lock with fixing plate • key
• security latch

Description GL Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock flush, square 56 194.0 g 1.65.34156
Cylinder lock flush, square 66 212.8 g 1.65.34166
Cylinder lock flush, square 76 231.6 g 1.65.34176

Delivery unit Separate order

• cylinder lock with fixing plate • key
• security latch

Description GL Weight Article-No.

Cylinder lock flush, double beard 56 193.8 g 1.65.34356
Cylinder lock flush, double beard 66 204.1 g 1.65.34366
Cylinder lock flush, double beard 76 214.4 g 1.65.34376

Square keys

Description L Material Weight Article-No.

Square key 8, 40 mm PA-GF 7.5 g 1.65.34540
Square key 8, 81 mm GD Zn 41.6 g 1.65.34581

Double beard keys

Description L Material Weight Article-No.

Double beard key 3, 40 mm PA-GF 6.4 g 1.65.34740
Double beard key 3, 89 mm GD Zn 35.8 g 1.65.34789

Security latches Description H1 Weight Article-No.

Security latch 45 12 30.3 g 1.65.3206
Security latch 45 2 26.8 g 1.65.3216
Security latch 45 -2 27.4 g 1.65.3220
Security latch 45 -8 27.3 g 1.65.3226
Security latch 45 -12 30.3 g 1.65.3230

Description H1 Weight Article-No.

Security latch 35 2 20.4 g 1.65.3493502.1
Security latch 35 -2 20.1 g 1.65.3493502.2
Security latch 35 -8 22.5 g 1.65.3493508.2
Security latch 35 12 22.9 g 1.65.3493512.1
Security latch 35 -12 22.9 g 1.65.3493512.2

272
 Additional accessories 1.65

Mortise deadlocks Application

Door locks for doors with profile frames made
from profiles 40×40 and 45×45

Technical data
mortise deadlock: steel, galvanised
screws and
threaded plates: steel, galvanised
lock insert: GD-Zn, galvanised
rosette: LM, natural anodised
case: Al Mg Si 0.5 F25,
natural anodised

Door lock without lock insert Door lock with cylinder lock Door lock with lock insert,
and handles both sides and handles both sides one handle and one fixed
knob

door post door post

door frame door frame

Mounting position left Mounting position right

Profile machining
for door post

6
handle height

Comments
Mortise deadlocks without lock have no
profile machining on cut W-W.

273
 Additional accessories 1.65

Mortise deadlock installation sets Comments

without lock Drawing shows mounting position left,
mirror image mounting position right

Description Weight Article-No.

Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 40 1,191 g 1.65.4001L40
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 40 1,191 g 1.65.4001R40
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 45 1,352 g 1.65.4001L45
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 45 1,352 g 1.65.4001R45

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Mortise deadlock case without lock PG 40 1 665 g 1.65.4101x40
Mortise deadlock case without lock PG 45 1 790 g 1.65.4101x45
Mortise deadlock left, PG 40 1 412 g 1.65.4211L40
Mortise deadlock right, PG 40 1 412 g 1.65.4211R40
Mortise deadlock left, PG 45 1 430 g 1.65.4211L45
Mortise deadlock right, PG 45 1 430 g 1.65.4211R45
Screw connector PG 40 2 55 g 1.21.4S1M8/11
Screw connector PG 45 2 64 g 1.21.45S1M8/11
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 2 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012

Mortise deadlock cases

without lock
handle height

Description A B Weight Article-No.

Mortise deadlock case without lock
mounting position le/ri, PG 40 18 30 665 g 1.65.4101x40
mounting position le/ri, PG 45 20 32 790 g 1.65.4101x45

274
 Additional accessories 1.65

Mortise deadlock installation sets Comments

with lock Drawing shows mounting position left,
mirror image mounting position right

Description Weight Article-No.

Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 40 1,371 g 1.65.4002L40
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 40 1,371 g 1.65.4002R40
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 45 1,535 g 1.65.4002L45
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 45 1,535 g 1.65.4002R45

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Mortise deadlock case with lock PG 40 1 620 g 1.65.4102x40
Mortise deadlock case with lock PG 45 1 740 g 1.65.4102x45
Mortise deadlock left, PG 40 1 412 g 1.65.4211L40
Mortise deadlock right, PG 40 1 412 g 1.65.4211R40
Mortise deadlock left, PG 45 1 430 g 1.65.4211L45
Mortise deadlock right, PG 45 1 430 g 1.65.4211R45
Screw connector PG 40 2 55 g 1.21.4S1M8/11
Screw connector PG 45 2 64 g 1.21.45S1M8/11
Lock insert with 2 keys, PG 40 1 188 g 1.65.421240
Lock insert with 2 keys, PG 45 1 196 g 1.65.421245
Dimensions ï 274, drawing „Mortise
deadlock installation sets Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 2 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
without lock“ Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×30 1 4 g 0.63.D07991.05030
Rosette, set 1 25 g 1.65.4213
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 4 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012

Mortise deadlock cases

with lock
handle height

Description A B Weight Article-No.

Mortise deadlock case with lock
mounting position L/R, PG 40 18 30 620 g 1.65.4102x40
mounting position L/R, PG 45 20 32 740 g 1.65.4102x45

275
 Additional accessories 1.65

Door handle Technical data

material: LM
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Door handle set 166 g 1.65.4220

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Handle with rosette 1 160 g 1.65.4221
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×20 2 3 g 0.63.D07991.05020

Door knob Technical data Comments

material: LM Door knob fixed
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Door knob set 178 g 1.65.4230

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Door knob with rosette 1 172 g 1.65.4231
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×20 2 3 g 0.63.D07991.05020

Push pins Technical data Comments

material: steel Stop pin for 1 door handle variant only
surface: galvanised

Description L Weight Article-No.

Push pin for 1 door handle, PG 40 56 28 g 1.65.425140
Push pin for 1 door handle, PG 45 58.5 29 g 1.65.425145

Description L Weight Article-No.

Push pin for 2 door handles, PG 40 94 54 g 1.65.425240
Push pin for 2 door handles, PG 45 99 57 g 1.65.425245

276
 Additional accessories 1.65

Bar locks Application

Lock for large doors made of profile 30×60 or
40×80, with pin arrest on top and bottom side

Bar lock with olive

Bar lock with socket wrench

Mounting position right Mounting position left

Mounting in profile 30×60 Mounting in profile 40×80

277
 Additional accessories 1.65

Profile machining 30×60

for bar lock

handle height
handle height

Description Article-No.
Profile machining 30×60 for bar lock 1.65.5110

Profile machining 40×80

for bar lock
handle height
handle height

Description Article-No.
Profile machining 40×80 for bar lock 1.65.5120

Bar locks Technical data

material: steel
, 15 deep surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Bar lock, left side 230 g 1.65.5210L
Bar lock, right side 230 g 1.65.5210R

278
 Additional accessories 1.65

Bar locks Technical data

cover plate: alu, natural anodised
face plate: alu, natural anodised
bar: steel, galvanised
screws: steel, galvanised

Assembly accessories 30×60

for bar lock

Description Weight Article-No.

Assembly accessories 30×60 for bar lock 590 g 1.65.5310

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Cover plate 30×60 1 100 g 1.65.5311
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M4×12 4 1 g 0.63.D07991.04012
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×12 2 3 g 0.63.D07991.06012
Front plate 30×60 2 50 g 1.65.5312
Threaded insert M14/M6 4 22 g 1.35.1140615
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M6×16 4 5 g 0.63.D00912.06016
Bar, L1000 2 136 g 1.65.5313

Assembly accessories 40×80

for bar lock

Description Weight Article-No.

Assembly accessories 40×80 for bar lock 800 g 1.65.5320

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Cover plate 40×80 1 225 g 1.65.5321
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M4×16 4 2 g 0.63.D07991.04016
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×16 2 4 g 0.63.D07991.06016
Front plate 40×80 2 90 g 1.65.5322 6
Threaded insert M14/M8 4 18 g 1.35.1140815
Cap-screw DIN 912 - M8×16 4 9 g 0.63.D00912.08016
Bar, L1000 2 136 g 1.65.5313

279
 Additional accessories 1.65

Olive installation set Technical data

for bar lock material: GD-Zn, chrome-plated

Comments
Execution for profile 30×60 = with rosette
Execution for profile 40×80 = without rosette

Description Weight Article-No.

Olive installation set for bar lock without lock,
for profile 30×60 166 g 1.65.5410
for profile 40×80 160 g 1.65.5420
Olive installation set for bar lock with lock,
for profile 30×60 175 g 1.65.5510
for profile 40×80 169 g 1.65.5520

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Olive without lock 1 122 g 1.65.5431
Olive with lock, incl. 2 keys 1 120 g 1.65.5531
Rosette 1 8g 1.65.5432
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 2 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012

Lock mounting set Technical data

lock insert: GD-Zn, galvanised
key: GD-Zn, galvanised
rosette: LM, natural anodised
key catch: PVC, grey

with square key Description Weight Article-No.

for bar lock Lock mounting set with square key
for bar lock 73 g 1.65.5600

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Lock insert 1 16 g 1.65.5601
Key catch 1 3g 1.65.5602
Rosette 1 8g 1.65.5432
Square key 8 mm 1 42 g 1.65.34581
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 2 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012

with double beard key Description Weight Article-No.

for bar lock Lock mounting set with double beard key
for bar lock 73 g 1.65.5700

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Lock insert 1 16 g 1.65.5701
Key catch 1 3g 1.65.5702
Rosette 1 8g 1.65.5432
Double beard key Ø3 1 42 g 1.65.34789
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5×12 2 2 g 0.63.D07991.05012

280
 Additional accessories 1.65

Latch locks Application

Door lock with small jutout

variable from

min. 4, max. 9.5

1 to 3 mm

screw depth
Installation dimensions Installation dimensions

Technical data Mounting elements

material: • cap-screw DIN 6913, M6
• capsule: GDZn black coated • washer DIN 433-6.4
• trap: GDZn rough
• nut: steel galvanised

Delivery unit
• latch lock
• 4 nuts M6
• 2 keys (by variant with lock)
• cover plug (by variant without lock)

Description Weight Article-No.

Latch lock without lock 560 g 1.65.6010
Latch lock with lock, all keyed alike 560 g 1.65.6020
Latch lock with lock, keyed different 560 g 1.65.6030

281
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller 39 Application
Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profile slot for
sliding doors

Asymetric mount Mounting measure incl. washer DIN 125

Mounting with threaded pillar Mounting with thread in panel element

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
max. static load: F = 150 N

Comments
2 deep grooved ball bearings with 2 cover
discs

Description Weight Article-No.

Roller 39 32 g 1.66.1395

282
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller 29 Application
Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profile slot or in
the twin track

Guiding in the twin track Guiding in the profile slot

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF 1 deep grooved ball bearing with 2 sealing
colour: black discs
max. static load: F = 150 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Roller 29 12 g 1.66.2290

Twin track guide Technical data Comments

material: plastic Fastening of the twin track guide with
6
colour: white • threaded plate
• countersunk screw

Description Weight Article-No.

Twin track guide, L2500 255 g 1.66.3100

283
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller fastening sets Application

The roller fastening set allows the mounting
type A of the roller into the panel element. Thus the
panel element fits in the slot and fills the
frame completely

Roller fastening set type A, one-sided

Roller fastening set type A, double-sided

Mounting on top side Mounting on bottom side

Comments
The elongated hole in the panel element
allows the adjustment of the height tolerance

284
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller fastening sets

type A

Panel element 6 mm Panel element 6 mm

View A - A View B - B

Panel element 8 mm Panel element 8 mm

View A - A View B - B
Technical data
base body
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

one sided Description Weight Article-No.

Roller fastening set type A, one sided, complete 55.5 g 1.66.5160

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Roller bracket type A, left 1 21.0 g 1.66.5299
Roller 29 1 12.0 g 1.66.2290
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×20 1 4.5 g 0.63.D07991.06020
Cap-screw DIN 6912 - M6×20 2 5.0 g 0.63.D06912.06020
Washer DIN 6340 - 6.4 2 4.0 g 0.62.D06340.06,4

double sided Description Weight Article-No.

Roller fastening set type A, double sided, complete 64.5 g 1.66.5260

6
Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Roller bracket type A, right 1 16.0 g 1.66.5298
Roller bracket type A, left 1 21.0 g 1.66.5299
Roller 29 1 12.0 g 1.66.2290
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×20 1 4.5 g 0.63.D07991.06020
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×25 2 5.5 g 0.63.D07991.06025

285
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller fastening sets Application

The roller fastening set allows the mounting of
type B the roller into the panel element

Guidance in profile slot

Comments
Mounting position of roller optional
A = 1.7 mm
2.7 mm
Guidance in twin track guide

Mounting on top side Mounting on bottom side

Comments
The elongated hole in the panel element
allows to adjust the height tolerance and to
unhinge the sliding door

286
 Additional accessories 1.66

Roller fastening sets Application

Guidance of sliding door
type B on top: sliding profile 30×14
on bottom: twin track guide with profile

The slot in the panel element allows:

• adjustment of height tolerance
• removal of the sliding door

Mounting position of roller:

dimension 6.7 = panel element 6 mm
dimension 7.7 = panel element 8 mm

Technical data
base body
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Roller fastening set type B, complete 62 g 1.66.5360 6

Single parts
Description Pcs. Weight Article-No.
Roller bracket type B 1 21.0 g 1.66.5399
Roller 29 1 12.0 g 1.66.2290
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6×20 1 4.5 g 0.63.D07991.06020
Cap-screw DIN 6912 - M6×20 2 5.0 g 0.63.D06912.06020
Washer DIN 6340 - 6.4 2 4.0 g 0.62.D06340.06,4

287
 Additional accessories 1.66

Mounting adaptor for roller Application

For fastening of rollers

Comments
Simple mounting, enables installation without
dismounting of frame
Fmax = 1,000 N

Technical data
material: PA, black

Mounting elements
F-slot: threaded plate F M6 1.31.FM6
E-slot: threaded plate E M6 1.31.EM6
threaded plate, heavy E M6 1.31.6EM6
cap-screw DIN 6912, M6

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting adaptor for roller Ø8 9g 1.66.70808

288
 Additional accessories 1.66

Edge roller Application

Roller conveyors for transporting boxes and
containers
• low noise
• low friction operation due to double ball
bearings
• simple assembly

Single parts
1 edge roller
2 hexagon nut
3 shim
4 threaded plate

4 3 2 1

Technical data
material:
• roller: impact resistant plastic
• axle: galvanised
colour:
• roller: black
bearings: steel or stainlessball bearings
on galvanised steel bolt
loading capacity:
• static: 50 N
• dynamic: 100 N

Mounting elements
threaded plate E M8 1.31.EM8 6
hexagon nut DIN 934 - M8 0.61.D00934.08
washer DIN 125 - 8.4 0.62.D00125.A08,4

Description Weight Article-No.

Edge roller E 51.0 g 1.66.7523860

289
 Additional accessories 1.66

Runner Application
for sliding suspended doors Sliding suspended doors made of profile
frames for large openings and heavy doors

Alu C-track Distance d = mismatch of Alu C-track

for suspended doors
Technical data
bar length: 6 m
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Description Weight Article-No.

Alu C-track bar 3.6 kg 1.19.14532.60
Alu C-track cut to length 0.6 kg 1.19.14532-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Runner
for sliding suspended door

Technical data Comments

material: Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for
• strap: VA countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M8
countersink
DIN 74 - M8
• bolt: C45 K
• distance bush: AlMg3
max. load capacity: 100 kg

Description a b h Weight Article-No.

Runner for sliding susp. door, PG 40 21.0 20.0 38.0 102 g 1.66.81140
Runner for sliding susp. door, PG 45 23.5 22.5 43.0 114 g 1.66.81145

290
 Additional accessories 1.66

Stopper Type 1
for sliding suspended door

Description Weight Article-No.

Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended door, complete 63 g 1.66.8201055

Stopper Type 2
for sliding suspended door

Description Weight Article-No.

Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended door, complete 160 g 1.66.8202065

Frame guide Technical data Comments

for suspended door material: aluminium Countersink DIN 74 - M6 for
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
surface: natural anodised countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6

Description Weight Article-No.

Frame guide for suspended door 30 g 1.66.8050

Technical data
Rubber door stop
material: rubber
for suspended door
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Rubber door stop for suspended door 3g 1.66.8060

291
 Additional accessories 1.67

Slot rollers Application

For light running sliding doors

Technical data
material: PETP
colour: black
max. static load: 8 kg/roller

Fastening elements (optional)

threaded plate E M8 1.31.EM8
threaded plate, heavy, E M8 1.31.6EM8
T-Nut, E M8 1.32.EM8
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M8 1.32.4EM8

Description A Weight Article-No.

Slot roller E3 4.45 24 g 1.67.42E3M8

Description A Weight Article-No.

Slot roller E4 5.45 24 g 1.67.42E4M8

292
 Additional accessories 1.67

Guidance system Application

Slideway with sliding blocks e.g. for lifting
tables and drawers

Slideway for lifting table Slideway for drawer

X-X
T-nut

A sliding block

View "X"

Y-Y
T-nut
B

sliding block

Details "A" and "B" View "Y"

293
 Additional accessories 1.67

Clamping
for guidance system

Clamping with setscrew Clamping with clamping lever

Single parts for clamping

Description Article-No.
T-nut sliding block 1.67.äM8
Distance washer 1.67.2008
Clamping lever 1.29.801030

Connector
Description for profile Article-No.
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8 30×30 1.21.3/4S5M8/7
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8 40×40 1.21.4/5S5M8/11
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8 45×45 1.21.45/55S5M8/11
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8 50×50 1.21.5/6S5M8/11
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8 60×60 1.21.6S1M8/11

Sliding blocks Technical data Comments

material: PA6G oil, raw finish on request
(murlubric or similar)
colour: black
max. carrying capacity: p = 20 N/mm2
at • temperature 20°C
• velocity 1 m/sec

Description F Weight Article-No.

Sliding block F 1,500 N 11 g 1.67.F2F2

Description a b F Weight Article-No.

Sliding block F/E3 19.6 3.2 1,500 N 15 g 1.67.F2E3
Sliding block F/E4 20.6 4.2 1,500 N 15 g 1.67.F2E4

Description a b c F Weight Article-No.

Sliding block E3 22.2 3.2 3.2 2,000 N 18 g 1.67.E3E3
Sliding block E3/E4 23.2 3.2 4.2 2,000 N 18 g 1.67.E3E4
Sliding block E4 24.2 4.2 4.2 2,000 N 23 g 1.67.E4E4

294
 Additional accessories 1.67

T-nut sliding blocks Technical data Comments

material: PA6G oil (murlubric or similar) raw finish on request
colour: black

Description G Weight Article-No.

T-nut sliding block F M6 1.5 g 1.67.FM6
T-nut sliding block F M8 1.5 g 1.67.FM8

Description G Weight Article-No.

T-nut sliding block E M6 3.0 g 1.67.EM6
T-nut sliding block E M8 3.0 g 1.67.EM8

Description G Weight Article-No.

T-nut sliding block E 2×M6 17.0 g 1.67.E2M61400
T-nut sliding block E 2×M8 16.6 g 1.67.E2M81400

Description Weight Article-No.

6
T-nut sliding block E 2×M8 15.6 g 1.67.E2M81408
for Eco-Slide with clamping lever

Distance washer Technical data

material: PVC
colour: grey

Description D d Weight Article-No.

Distance washer 22 8.3 3.0 g 1.67.2002
Distance washer 28 13.0 3.0 g 1.67.2008

295
 Additional accessories 1.67

Eco-Slides Application
Sliding carriage in variable, simple and rugged
design with low sliding resistance
High tolerance adjustment for width and
height

without clamping lever with clamping lever

with side cover caps with lower cover caps

296
 Additional accessories 1.67

Eco-Slide Technical data

for profile group 30 loading capacity: max. 1,000 N
F-slot

Width of profile
Description B X L Weight Article-No.
30 mm Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 30F 36,5 73 510 g 1.67.S101.030030F
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 30F, with clamping lever 36,5 73 549 g 1.67.S102.030030F 6
Description B X L Weight Article-No.
60 mm Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 60F 36,5 103 600 g 1.67.S101.030060F
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 60F, with clamping lever 36,5 103 639 g 1.67.S102.030060F

Description B X L Weight Article-No.

100 mm Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 100F 46,5 143 720 g 1.67.S101.030100F
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 100F, with clamping lever 46,5 143 759 g 1.67.S102.030100F

Description B X L Weight Article-No.

150 mm Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 150F 46,5 193 810 g 1.67.S101.030150F
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 150F, with clamping lever 46,5 193 849 g 1.67.S102.030150F

297
 Additional accessories 1.67

Eco-Slide Technical data

for profile group 40 loading capacity: max. 1,000 N
E-slot

Width of profile
Description B L Weight Article-No.
40 mm Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 40E 83 555 g 1.67.S101.040040E
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 40E, with clamping lever 83 594 g 1.67.S102.040040E

Description B L Weight Article-No.

80 mm Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 80E 123 670 g 1.67.S101.040080E
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 80E, with clamping lever 123 709 g 1.67.S102.040080E

Description B L Weight Article-No.

120 mm Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 120E 163 790 g 1.67.S101.040120E
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 120E, with clamping lever 163 829 g 1.67.S102.040120E

Description B L Weight Article-No.

160 mm Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 160E 203 910 g 1.67.S101.040160E
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 160E, with clamping lever 203 949 g 1.67.S102.040160E

298
 Additional accessories 1.67

Eco-Slide Technical data

for profile group 45 loading capacity: max. 1,000 N
E-slot

Width of profile
Description B L Weight Article-No.
45 mm Eco-Slide, PG 45 - 45E 88 665 g 1.67.S101.045045E
Eco-Slide, PG 45 - 45E, with clamping lever 88 704 g 1.67.S102.045045E 6
Description B L Weight Article-No.
90 mm Eco-Slide, PG 45 - 90E 133 710 g 1.67.S101.045090E
Eco-Slide, PG 45 - 90E, with clamping lever 133 749 g 1.67.S102.045090E

299
 Additional accessories 1.68

Hanging bracket Application

Element for mounting unhingeable fence
elements

The connector cross bushing can be fixed at

the front or back

Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F25
surface: natural anodised

Comments
Elements needed for mounting:
• cap-screw DIN 6912 M8×12
with threaded plate
• T-Nut for subsequent insertion M8
with cap-screw DIN 6912 M8×10
• parallel-connector with F-head

Description Weight Article-No.

Hanging bracket 16 g 1.68.201050

300
 Additional accessories 1.69

Suspended glider Application

Element for tool suspension in MayTec-profile

Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour: black
max. static load: 300 N

Description Weight Article-No.

Suspended glider F 10 g 1.69.F010

Description Weight Article-No.

Suspended glider E 10 g 1.69.E010

6
Carabine swivel Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Carabine swivel 60×6 27 g 1.69.1606

301
 Electrical accessories 1.70

Potential equalisation Application

Ground connections to establish the potential
equalisation between two profiles
The serration at the bottom of the socket head
of the connector pushes through the anodised
coating of the profiles and thus provides the
electrical contact

contact

anodised coating

Comments Technical data

Suitable to equalise charge accumulations Low current measurements in accordance
Not suitable for higher currents with DIN VDE 0413, Part 4 for the control
of protective circuits, earthing circuits and
potential equalisation methods through low
resistance connections for protection against
dangerous currents
Resistance values with DC current
of more than 200 mA
with 1.0 m alu-profile
without connector 0.11 h

with 1 standard connector > 2 Mh

with 1 univ. grounding connector 0.11 h

Description Article-No.
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 20 1.21.2F0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 30 1.21.3F0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 40 1.21.4F0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 45 1.21.45F0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 50 1.21.5F0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 60 1.21.6F0E

Description Article-No.
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 20 1.21.2E0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 30 1.21.3E0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 40 1.21.4E0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 45 1.21.45E0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 50 1.21.5E0E
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 60 1.21.6E0E

Comments
More grounding connectors
ï Connectors 1.2A

302
 Electrical accessories 1.70

Ground connections Application

Couplings for grounding of anodised profiles

Comments
The grounding is caused by breaking the
anodised layer at the bottom of the slot and at
the profile‘s front side

Description Weight Article-No.

Ground connection F, M6 74 g 1.70.10FM6

Single parts
T-Nut for subseqent insertion F, M6
Setscrew DIN 914 - M6×25 - V2A
Fan type lock washer DIN 6798 - A6.4 - V2A
Hexagon nut DIN 439 - M6 - Ms
Washer with chamfer DIN 125 - B6.4 - Ms

Description Weight Article-No.

Ground connection E, M8 146 g 1.70.10EM8

Single parts
T-Nut for subseqent insertion E, M8
Setscrew DIN 914 - M8×25 - V2A
Fan type lock washer DIN 6798 - A8.4 - V2A
Hexagon nut DIN 439 - M8 - Ms
Washer with chamfer DIN 125 - B8.4 - Ms

303
 Electrical accessories 1.71

Cable and hose clamp Application

Fixing element for cables and hoses up to
Ø12 mm

Technical data
material: PA
colour: black

Mounting on profiles Ømax = 12 mm for cables and hoses

Fastening elements for E-slot

cap-screw DIN 6912 M4×12
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring E, M4 1.32.4EM4
spring-nut E, M4 1.33.EM4
T-slot nut E, M4 1.34.10EM4

Description Weight Article-No.

Cable and hose clamp 8g 1.71.1010

304
 Electrical accessories 1.71

Block for cable binder,

Cross-blocks for cable binder
front-sided insertion,
Cable binder

Block for cable binder Cross-block for cable binder

front-sided insertion

Technical data Application

material: PA Element for fixing single cables and hoses or
colour: black large quantities

Block for cable binder Comments

Counterbore DIN 74 - M5 for
counterbore
DIN 74 - M5 cap-screw DIN 6912 - M5

Description Weight Article-No.

Block for cable binder 1.6 g 1.71.2010

Cross-blocks for cable binder

front-sided insertion

Description a Weight Article-No.

Cross-block for cable binder F 2.2 4.0 g 1.71.2020F2
Cross-block for cable binder E3 3.0 4.0 g 1.71.2020E3
Cross-block for cable binder E4 4.0 4.0 g 1.71.2020E4 7

Cable binder
detachable
Description B×L Weight Article-No.
Cable binder, detachable 4.8×190 1.0 g 1.71.2048190
Cable binder, detachable 9.0×140 1.9 g 1.71.2090140

305
 Electrical accessories 1.71

Installation rings Application

Element for fixing large quantities of cables
and hoses
The rings can be opened for insertion

Technical data Comments

material: PA-GF Delivery unit incl. screw
colour: black

Description D s Weight Article-No.

Installation ring Ø28.5 6.0 5g 1.71.30285
Installation ring Ø36.5 6.0 6g 1.71.30365
Installation ring Ø47.5 7.5 8g 1.71.30475
Installation ring Ø56.5 7.5 9g 1.71.30565

306
 Electrical accessories 1.72

Mounting set for 19“ profile Application

Fastening set for the assembly of 19“ plug-in
units and 19“ profiles

Form U Form V Form W

distance

distance distance

distance

19“-profiles ï Special profiles 1.19

Dimensions for front panels and housings according to DIN 41494

7
Technical data
screw and nut: steel, galvanised
plate and socket washer: PA, black
delivery unit: PU with 10 mounting sets

Description Weight Article-No.

Mounting set for 19“ profile 70 g 1.72.2010.10

307
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety switches

Application Comments
Safety switch for the electrical interlocking of Smallest possible radius of operation of 150
swinging or sliding doors mm

with 1 safety contact Technical data

Schmersal: Type AZ 15 zvrk-M16-2254
IP 67 230V 4A

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety switch with 1 safety contact 100 g 1.73.3010
with 5 N - lock-in position

with 1 safety contact and Technical data

1 alarm contact Schmersal: Type AZ 16 zvrk-M16-2254
IP 67 230V 4A

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety switch with 1 safety contact and 1 alarm contact 125 g 1.73.3020
with 5 N - lock-in position

with 1 closing and 1 positioning Technical data

monitoring Schmersal: Type AZM 161sk - 33rk-24V-M16
IP 65

Comments
Locking mechanism by spring
Releasing by solenoid
(closed-circuit system)
24V electrical potential of coil

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety switch with 1 closing and 1 positioning monitoring 480 g 1.73.3030

308
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety switches
AZ 17

Application
Safety switch for the electrical interlocking of
swinging or sliding doors

Technical data Comments

Schmersal: Type AZ 17 Especially suitable for cramped mounting
4A / 230 VAC IP 67 spaces

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety switch AZ 17-11 zk 90 g 1.73.3111
with 1 positive-break safety contact
1 no contact
Safety switch AZ 17-02 zk 90 g 1.73.3112
with 2 positive-break safety contacts

Guard locking devices Technical data Comments

AZM 170 Schmersal: Type AZM 170 Locking mechanism by spring
4A / 230 VAC IP 67 Releasing by solenoid
(closed-circuit system)

Description Weight Article-No.

Guard locking device AZM 170-11 zk - 024 300 g 1.73.3121
with 1 positive-break safety contact
1 no contact
24V electrical potential of coil
Guard locking device AZM 170-02 zk - 024 300 g 1.73.3122
with 2 positive-break safety contacts
24V electrical potential of coil

Comments
Locking mechanism by solenoid
Releasing by spring
(working current principle) 7
Description Weight Article-No.
Guard locking device AZM 170-11 zka 300 g 1.73.3131
with 1 positive-break safety contact
1 no contact
Guard locking device AZM 170-02 zka 300 g 1.73.3132
with 2 positive-break safety contacts

309
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety interlocking-mountings Application

for swinging door Mounting element for electrical interlocking
switches

Comments
Assembly on
profile 30×30
profile 40×40
profile 40×80

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

for swinging door

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety interlocking-mounting 46 g 1.73.4010
for swinging door

with lock for swinging door

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety interlocking-mounting 183 g 1.73.4020
with lock for swinging door

310
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety interlocking-mountings Application

for sliding door Mounting element for the electrical interlok-
king of sliding doors

Comments
Assembly on
profile 30×30
profile 40×40
profile 40×80

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Contact bracket-mounting
for sliding door

Description Weight Article-No.

Contact bracket-mounting 41 g 1.73.4030
for sliding door

Safety interlocking-mounting
for sliding door

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety interlocking-mounting 70 g 1.73.4040
for sliding door

311
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety interlocking-mountings Application

Fastening elements for:
AZ 17 • safety switches AZ 17
for swinging door • safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors

Activation key Activation key

Mounting vertical to swivel radius Mounting horizontal to swivel radius

lock washer

Comments
Assembly on
profile 30×30
profile 40×40
profile 40×80

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Delivery
Incl. lock washers DIN 9021 Ø4.3 mm
for mounting activation key

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 26 g 1.73.4110
for swinging door

312
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety interlocking-mountings Application

Fastening elements for:
AZ 17 • safety switches AZ 17
for sliding door • safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors

Mounting position: 1 2 1 2
Safety switch parallel to sliding door

Fastening plate horizontal Fastening plate vertical

1 Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17
2 Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17

Mounting position: 1 2 1 2
Safety switch across to sliding door

Fixing at cross profile Fixing at longitudinal profile

1 Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17
2 Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17
3 Angle for safety interlocking-
mounting AZ 17

313
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Safety interlocking-mountings Technical data

material: aluminium
AZ 17 surface: natural anodised
for sliding door
Comments
Assembly on
profile 30×30
profile 40×40
profile 40×80

Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17
for sliding door

Description a Weight Article-No.

Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L 30 15 16 g 1.73.4123
Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L 40 25 19 g 1.73.4124
Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door, L 50 35 21 g 1.73.4125

Safety interlocking-
mounting AZ 17
for sliding door

Description Weight Article-No.

Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door 62 g 1.73.4130

Angle for safety interlocking- Comments

mounting AZ 17 Countersink DIN 74 - M5 for
for sliding door countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M5

Description Weight Article-No.

Angle for safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 30 g 1.73.4140
for sliding door

countersink
DIN 74 - M5

314
 Electrical accessories 1.73

Sensor brackets Application

For fastening of sensors

Assembly
The toothed lock washer is fixed in profile slot
and guarantees a reliable positioning

Technical data
material: PA, black
Fastening elements
cap-screw DIN 6912, M4

Description D Weight Article-No.

Sensor bracket 8 Ø6.5 5.5 g 1.73.80806
Sensor bracket 8 Ø8 5.4 g 1.73.80808
Sensor bracket 8 Ø12 4.6 g 1.73.80812

315
 Electrical accessories 1.75

Electrical installation trunking Application

Installation trunking for electrical and pneu-
matic lines

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

Mounting Mounting
Lid profile to base profile Base profile to profile with E-slot

1 1
1

1 Centre groove for fastening E-trunking

to profile

Possibilities of fastening
Ø3, fastening of cover cap
button-headed screw M5×12 0.63.
Centre groove for fastening
WN7380.05012
lid to E-trunking
with:
• threaded plate EM5, 1.31.EM5
Fastening of lid • T-nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring
withsheet metal screw EM5, 1.32.4EM5
0.63.D07981.3,5×9,5
• T-slot nut EM5, 1.34.10EM5

E-trunking

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 30×30, bar 6 m 2.28 kg 1.19.203030G.60
E-trunking 30×30, cut to length 0.38 kg/m 1.19.203030G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 40×20, bar 6 m 1.80 kg 1.19.204020G.60
E-trunking 40×20, cut to length 0.30 kg/m 1.19.204020G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 40×40, bar 6 m 3.66 kg 1.19.204040G.60
E-trunking 40×40, cut to length 0.61 kg/m 1.19.204040G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 40×80, bar 6 m 7.20 kg 1.19.204080G.60
E-trunking 40×80, cut to length 1.20 kg/m 1.19.204080G-F00F00/...
/... = length in mm

316
 Electrical accessories 1.75

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 80×40, bar 6 m 5.10 kg 1.19.208040G.60
E-trunking 80×40, cut to length 0.85 kg/m 1.19.208040G-F00F00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 80×80, bar 6 m 9.30 kg 1.19.208080G.60
E-trunking 80×80, cut to length 1.55 kg/m 1.19.208080G-F00F00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 200×50, bar 6 m 12.00 kg 1.19.220050G.60
E-trunking 200×50, cut to length 2.0 kg/m 1.19.220050G-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm

E-trunking, lids

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, lid 30, bar 6 m 1.44 kg 1.19.2030D.60
E-trunking, lid 30, cut to length 0.24 kg/m 1.19.2030D-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, lid 40, bar 6 m 2.10 kg 1.19.2040D.60
E-trunking, lid 40, cut to length 0.35 kg/m 1.19.2040D-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, lid 80, bar 6 m 3.54 kg 1.19.2080D.60
E-trunking, lid 80, cut to length 0.59 kg/m 1.19.2080D-F00F00/...
/... = length in mm
7

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, lid 200, bar 6 m 9.00 kg 1.19.2200D.60
E-trunking, lid 200, cut to length 1.50 kg/m 1.19.2200D-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm

317
 Electrical accessories 1.75

E-trunking

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile 80×160, 8E, SP, bar 6 m 47.40 kg 1.11.080160.89SP.60
Profile 80×160, 8E, SP, cut to length 7.90 kg/m 1.11.080160.89SP-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm

E-trunking, lid

Description Weight Article-No.

Profile pre-cut lid 120, bar 6 m 10.80 kg 1.19.1101120.60
Profile pre-cut lid 120, cut to length 1.80 kg/m 1.19.1101120-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm

E-trunking, end plates Technical data

material: stainless steel
surface: pickled and passivated

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 30×30 6.0 g 1.75.2030302

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 40×20 6.0 g 1.75.2040202

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 40×40 12.3 g 1.75.2040402

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 40×80 25.0 g 1.75.2040802

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 80×40 25.0 g 1.75.2080402

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 80×80 48.0 g 1.75.2080802

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 200×50 80.7 g 1.75.2200503

318
 Electrical accessories 1.75

Electrical installation trunking Application

for clips Clip-system for quick assembly of the
E-trunking

Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural anodised

E-trunking, for clips

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking 40×20, Clips, bar 6 m 3.00 kg 1.19.214020G.60
E-trunking 40×20, Clips, cut to length 0.50 kg/m 1.19.214020G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

E-trunking, lid

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, lid 40, bar 6 m 2.10 kg 1.19.2040D.60
E-trunking, lid 40, cut to length 0.35 kg/m 1.19.2040D-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm

E-trunking, end plate Technical data

material: stainless steel
surface: pickled and passivated

Description Weight Article-No.

E-trunking, end plate 40×20, Clips 6.0 g 1.75.2140202

Clip for E-trunking Technical data

material: Murytal C
colour: natural

Description L Weight Article-No.

Clip E3 11 3.0 g 1.75.1000E3
Clip E4 12 3.0 g 1.75.1000E4

319
 Panel elements 1.81

Corner elements Application

for wire net mounting profile This mounting profile allows simple and safe
installation of screens

Comments
Wire net mounting profile ï 1.19.1423...

Mounting in the profile slot Fastening from the outside

Technical data
material: PA - GF
colour: black

Outside corner

Outside corner

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner element - outside 13 g 1.81.1010

Inside corner

Inside corner

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner element - inside 6g 1.81.1020

320
 Panel elements 1.81

Corner element 33 Application

for wire net mounting profile 33×10 This profile allows simple and safe installation
of wire nets

Comments
Wire net mounting profile 33×10
ï 1.19.1423...

Outside mounting

Outside corner Inside corner

Technical data
material: PA - GF
colour: black

Description Weight Article-No.

Corner element 33 16 g 1.81.23310

321
 Panel elements 1.81

Mounting sockets Application

For stable and vibration free fastening of wire
nets

Assembly
setscrew
• plug terminal sockets at a distance of
about 270 mm on the wire net
• push on profile
• rotate mounting sockets with headless
setscrew DIN 913 M6×8 at an angle
of 15°

mounting socket wire net

View „A“

Technical data Delivery unit

material: Mounting socket incl. setscrew
mounting socket: aluminium, natural
anodised
setscrew: steel, galvanised

Description T Weight Article-No.

Mounting socket, F 5 6g 1.81.510F

Description T Weight Article-No.

Mounting socket, E3 8 6g 1.81.510E3

Description T Weight Article-No.

Mounting socket, E4 8 6g 1.81.510E4

322
 Panel elements 1.82

Panel elements Application

Panel elements to cover machine frames,
work stations, partition walls.

Panel element, fixing directly in the slot Installation accessories ï 1.41

Panel elements close to the outer contour by Special slits ï 1.1E.01

subsequent slitting of the profiles

Panel elements close to the outer contour by Panel profiles ï 1.14

applying panel profiles

Panel elements close to the outer contour by Wire net profiles ï 1.15
applying wire net profiles 8

Panel elements close to the outer contour by Mounting blocks ï 1.64

fixing with angle or mounting block

323
 Panel elements 1.82

Chipboards Technical data

both sides coated with melamine surface: both sides coated with melamine
structure: pearl
RAL 9002: grey-white
formaldehydemission: complies to safety standards §9 paragraph 3
light-fastness: point 6 as per DIN 53799
temperature resistance: - 25°C to 130°C
chemical resistance: resistant against organic food, light acid contents and alkaline
solution, gasoline, oil, tested as per DIN 53799
chipboard: high frequency glued laminated chipboard
Technical values on DIN 68765 and 53799
bulk density: approx. 700 kg/m³
thickness tolerance: +0.5 -0.3 mm
weight: S = 8 mm 5.6 kg/m²
S = 16 mm 11.2 kg/m²
S = 19 mm 13.3 kg/m²
cut to length: 1.82.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.82.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.82.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description S RAL Weight Article-No.

Chipboard 8 9002 32 kg 1.82.083.00
Chipboard 16 9002 64 kg 1.82.163.00
Chipboard 19 9002 75 kg 1.82.193.00

Solid plastic panels Technical data

coated with melamine surface: both sides coated with melamine
structure: pearl
RAL 9002: grey-white
solid plastic panel: made of Phenolplastic high pressure plate (HPL) of laminated
material with all generally known merits of this substance.
Technical values on DIN 19926 and 53799
bulk density: approx. 1,500 kg/m³
thickness tolerance: -0.6 mm
weight: S = 4 mm 6 kg/m²
S = 8 mm 12 kg/m²
cut to length: 1.83.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.83.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.83.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description S RAL Weight Article-No.

Solid plastic panel 4 9002 33 kg 1.83.043.00
Solid plastic panel 8 9002 66 kg 1.83.083.00

324
 Panel elements 1.85

Alu-plastic composite panels Comments

The anodised composite panels have contact
strips of 25 mm width on the short sides.

Technical data
alu-plastic composite panel: PE with alu coating on both sides
surface: natural anodised, E6/EV1
temperature resistance: - 50°C to 80°C
chemical resistance: resistant against organic food, light acid contents and
alkaline solutions, gasoline, oil
thickness tolerance: -0.6 mm
weight: S = 4 mm 5.5 kg/m²
S = 6 mm 7.3 kg/m²
cut to length: 1.85.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.85.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.85.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description S Weight Article-No.

Alu-plastic composite panel 4 17.2 kg 1.85.040.00
Alu-plastic composite panel 6 22.8 kg 1.85.060.00

Acrylic Application
Doors, panels and guards

Technical data
thickness tolerance: ± 5%
weight: S = 4 mm 4.8 kg/m²
S = 6 mm 7.2 kg/m²
S = 8 mm 9.6 kg/m²
cut to length: 1.86.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.86.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.86.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm 8
Description S Colour Weight Article-No.
Acrylic xt 4 transparent 28.8 kg 1.86.041.00
Acrylic xt 4 bronze 802 28.8 kg 1.86.042.00
Acrylic xt 6 transparent 43.2 kg 1.86.061.00
Acrylic xt 6 bronze 802 43.2 kg 1.86.062.00
Acrylic xt 8 transparent 57.6 kg 1.86.081.00
Acrylic xt 8 bronze 802 57.6 kg 1.86.082.00

325
 Panel elements 1.87

Polycarbonate (Makrolon) Application

Doors, panels and guards with stringent security requirements as polycarbonate offers high impact
resistance and strength against breakage

Technical data
thickness tolerance: +0.8 mm
weight: S = 4 mm 4.8 kg/m²
S = 6 mm 7.2 kg/m²
S = 8 mm 9.6 kg/m²
cut to length: 1.87.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.87.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.87.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description S Colour Weight Article-No.

Polycarbonate 4 transparent 28.8 kg 1.87.041.00
Polycarbonate 4 bronze 775 28.8 kg 1.87.042.00
Polycarbonate 6 transparent 43.2 kg 1.87.061.00
Polycarbonate 6 bronze 775 43.2 kg 1.87.062.00
Polycarbonate 8 transparent 57.6 kg 1.87.081.00
Polycarbonate 8 bronze 775 57.6 kg 1.87.082.00

Properties Acrylic Poly-

xt carbonate
Mechanical properties 20°C
maximum extent of flex MN/m² 107.9 68.7
break / shear point % 5.5 > 110.0
compression MN/m² 117.7 78.5
elasticity MN/m² 3,188.0 2,256.0
marring resistance J/m² 29.4 392.4
impact resistance kJ/m² 19.6 no break
tensile strength MN/m² 73.6 68.7
Thermal properties
temperature distortion according to ‘Vicat’ °C 110 170
melting point °C 168 170
temperature range under °C 70 130
static load (max.)
temperature range under °C -40 -100
static load (min.)

Wire net, Alu Application

For protective coverings and partition walls
Comments
Mounting in the profile:
• with sponge rubber ï 1.41.6ää
• with wire net m. prof. ï 1.19.1423...
• with wedge profile ï 1.41.51Eä.ä
• with framing profile ï 1.41.710.ä
• with mounting sockets ï 1.81.510ää

Technical data
material: Aluminium
surface: bare
weight: 3×20×20 mm 1.85 kg/m²
4×30×30 mm 2.25 kg/m²
length of ring: 25 m
cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Wire net, Alu 3×20×20 92.5 kg 1.88.322.00
Wire net, Alu 4×30×30 112.5 kg 1.88.433.00

326
 Panel elements 1.88

Wire net, steel Application

For protective coverings and partition walls
Comments
Mounting in the profile:
• with sponge rubber ï 1.41.6ää
• with wire net m. prof. ï 1.19.1423...
• with wedge profile ï 1.41.51Eä.ä
• with framing profile ï 1.41.710.ä
• with mounting sockets ï 1.81.510ää

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
weight: 4×30×30 mm 27 kg/plate
4×40×40 mm 24 kg/plate
size of plate: 3,000×1,810 mm
cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Wire net, steel 4×30×30 27 kg 1.88.143030.00
Wire net, steel 4×40×40 24 kg 1.88.144040.00

Grid, steel Application

welded For protective coverings and partition walls
Comments
Mounting in the profile:
• with sponge rubber ï 1.41.6ää
• with wire net m. prof. ï 1.19.1423...
• with wedge profile ï 1.41.51Eä.ä
• with framing profile ï 1.41.710.ä
• with mounting sockets ï 1.81.510ää

Technical data
material: steel
surface: electrogalvanised
weight: 3×25×25 mm 8.9 kg/plate
4×40×40 mm 9.8 kg/plate
size of plate: 2,000×1,000 mm 8
cut to length: 1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää type
1.88.äää-99/ääää×ääää length×width in mm

Description Weight Article-No.

Grid, steel 3×25×25 8.9 kg 1.88.232525.00
Grid, steel 4×40×40 9.8 kg 1.88.244040.00

327
 Washers 1.90 (0.62)

Self locking washers Advantages

DIN 25201 • Maximum safety during the tightening of
the screw
• Reliable connection under extreme
vibration and dynamic loads
• Ease of assembly and disassembly
• Positive locking at low and high preload
levels
• Same temperature characteristics as
standard nut & bolt
• Surface protection
a>b • Reusable

b
The cam angle a of the washers is larger than
the thread pitch b of the bolt.

The outside dimensions of the locking washer guarantees it‘s effectiveness even when used in
countersuck holes. Washers with enlarged outer diameter (SP) in combination with flanged nuts
/ bolts are recommended for use on large / long holes, painted surfaces or soft materials, e.g.
aluminium.

Vibration test for long holes

Pre-tensioning force (in KN)

Flange nut with self locking washers SP

(enlarged outer diameter)

Regular nut with self locking washers SP

(enlarged outer diameter)

Regular nut with self locking washers

(regular outer diameter)

Load cycles
Junker vibration test for bolt M12 (8.8)

Vibration test Loosen

bolt M8 (8.8) with clamp length 25 mm
Clamp load (in KN)

Regular nut M8 on bolt with self locking

washers at 70% of yield point
Regular nut M8 on bolt, clamp length 50 mm
Nylon inserted nut
Split ring
Regular nut M8 on bolt
Regular nut M8 on bolt with self locking
washers at 25% of yield point

time (in seconds)

Test results

328
 Washers 1.90 (0.62)

Self locking washers

standard

Cylindrical head screw DIN 6912 with self

locking washers, standard
Self locking washers SP
(enlarged outer diameter)

Hexagonal flange head screw DIN 6912 and T-screw with flange nut DIN 6923 and self
self locking washers SP locking washers SP

Do not use washers that are not secured in

position

Technical data
material:
• steel: Zinc flake coated, pre-
assembled in pairs (glued)
• stainless steel: 1.4404, pre-assembled in
pairs (glued)

Description D h d Weight Article-No.

Standard / steel
Self locking washers, M6 10.8 1.8 6.5 0.7 g 0.62.D2520106
Self locking washers, M8 13.5 2.5 8.7 1.5 g 0.62.D2520108
Self locking washers, M10 16.6 2.5 10.7 2.3 g 0.62.D2520110
Standard / stainless steel
C R Self locking washers, M6, SS 10.8 2.2 6.5 0.9 g 0.62.D2520106SS
C R Self locking washers, M8, SS 13.5 2.2 8.7 1.2 g 0.62.D2520108SS
C R Self locking washers, M10, SS 16.6 2.2 10.7 1.6 g 0.62.D2520110SS
SP / steel
Self locking washers, M6, SP 13.5 2.5 6.5 2.0 g 0.62.D2520106SP
9
Self locking washers, M8, SP 16.6 2.5 8.7 2.9 g 0.62.D2520108SP
Self locking washers, M10, SP 21.0 2.5 10.7 4.4 g 0.62.D2520110SP
SP / stainless steel
C R Self locking washers, M6, SPSS 13.5 2.2 6.5 1.6 g 0.62.D2520106SPSS
C R Self locking washers, M8, SPSS 16.6 2.2 8.7 2.4 g 0.62.D2520108SPSS
C R Self locking washers, M10, SPSS 21.0 2.2 10.7 3.7 g 0.62.D2520110SPSS

329
 Screws 1.90 (0.63)

Button head screws Application

Button head screws for the mounting of
additional elements

Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised

Description G×L Weight Article-No.

Button head screw M5×12 2.4 g 0.63.WN7380.05012
Button head screw M8×12 6.5 g 0.63.WN7380.08012
Button head screw M8×18 8.5 g 0.63.WN7380.08018
Button head screw M8×30 12.6 g 0.63.WN7380.08030

Tools 1.98

Press in device Technical data

for knurled cross bushing Base body:
• material: aluminium
• surface: natural anodised
Axle bolt, spring:
• material: stainless steel
Other:
• material: steel
• surface: galvanised

Description Weight Article-No.

Press in device for knurled cross bushing 310.0 g 1.98.11.21.B00R
Single parts Pcs Weight Article-No.
Base body 1 216.0 g 1.98.11.21.B00R/01
Stopping pin 1 21.2 g 1.99.01112-05
Set screw for stop pin 1 1.8 g 1.99.01112-06
Dowel pin ISO 8752 (DIN 1481), 8×24 (for drill jig) 2 6.5 g 0.69.I08752.08024
Axle bolt complete, Ø8g 6×35 mm 2 15.6 g 1.98.11.21.B00R/05
Hex-socket set screw, DIN 913, M8×25 4 6.6 g 0.63.D00913.08025
Spring for T-screw, E 4 0.1 g 1.34.E00/02

Tx screw driver Technical data

material: steel, hardened
surface: nickel-plated

Description Weight Article-No.

Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws 54.0 g 1.98.T40.090090

330
 Summary: Tools 1.99

Drill Milling cutter

Cross bushings / MK cylindrical shaft cylindrical shaft
Anchors

1.99.03115452

1.99.03115454

1.99.03109000

1.99.03109452

1.99.03215452

1.99.03215454

1.99.02109000

1.99.02109452

1.99.02112451

1.99.02115000

1.99.02115452

1.99.02115454
1.99.0310800

1.99.0310645

1.99.0311245

1.99.0210645
drill-Ø 15.25 15.25 6/8.5 6.2 9.2 9.2 12.2 15.25 15.25 6.2 9.2 9.2 12.2 15.25 15.25 15.25
chaf. ×45° 1.5 3.5 - 2.0 - 1.5 2.0 1.5 3.5 2.0 - 1.5 1.0 - 1.5 3.5
Slot Description shaft-Ø MK MK 8.5 6.2 9.2 9.2 12.2 12.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 16.0 16.0 16.0

Cross bushing
Standard

for profile
20×20, soft

Standard

for profile
• 30×30, soft
• 30×100
• 30×150
for
profile 40×40,
2E 45°, LP

for
ST-Connector,
profile 30×150

for
SE-Connector

for
ST-Connector

for
ST-Connector
with anchor,
screw-type
Anchor
for connector,
parallel

for connector,
parallel

9
for connector,
miter, hinge

331
 Tools 1.99

Drill jigs Application

for profiles with H-slots Tools for precise machining of connection bore
• for drilling machine: - drill jig
- drill
• for milling machine: - milling cutter
• the drill jig is located and fastened in the
profile slot
• suitable for any profile angle cut

Drill jig with setscrew

Technical data
Base body:
• material: aluminium
• surface: natural anodised
Drill bush:
• material: steel
• surface: hardened and polished

Drill jig with clamping lever

Drill jig Description Weight Article-No.

with setscrew Drill jig H with setscrew 189 g 1.99.01011
Single parts Weight Article-No.
Base body 120 g 1.99.01012-01
Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø9.2 50 g 1.99.01012-03
Safety screw for drill bush, M6×4 6g 1.99.01012-04
Stop pin 2g 1.99.01012-05
Connector 11 g 1.20.3/2H5
Accessories
Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø6.2 43 g 1.99.01012-02

Drill jig Description Weight Article-No.

with clamping lever Drill jig H with clamping lever 225 g 1.99.01012
Single parts Weight Article-No.
Base body 120 g 1.99.01012-01
Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø9.2 50 g 1.99.01012-03
Safety screw for drill bush, M6×4 6g 1.99.01012-04
Stop pin 2g 1.99.01012-05
Connector 11 g 1.20.3/2H5
Clamping lever 65, for connector, M6×20 36 g 1.29.650620
Accessories
Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø6.2 43 g 1.99.01012-02

332
 Tools 1.99

Tools Comments
for profiles with H-slots Selection range ï 331

Drill, Milling cutter

Milling cutter Technical data

for • parallel-anchor material: HSS
• cross bushing 3 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F d Weight Article-No.

Milling cutter f. par.-anchor Ø6.2 60 2.0×45° 8 13 g 1.99.0210645
Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø9.2 70 without 10 34 g 1.99.0210900
Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø9.2 70 1.5×45° 10 34 g 1.99.02109452

Drill Technical data

for • parallel-anchor material: HSS
• cross bushing 2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F Weight Article-No.

Drill for parallel-anchor Ø6.2 100 2.0×45° 16 g 1.99.0310645
Drill for cross bushing Ø9.2 120 without 43 g 1.99.03109000
Drill for cross bushing Ø9.2 120 1.5×45° 43 g 1.99.03109452

Drill Technical data Application

for miter anchor material: HSS To drill core hole
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining Comments
Machining instruction ï 90, 1.2A

Description D L Weight Article-No.

Drill for miter anchor Ø8.5 120 34 g 1.99.0310800

333
 Tools 1.99

Drill jigs Application

for profiles with F- and E-slots Tools for precise machining of connection bore
• for drilling machine: - drill jig
- drill
• for milling machine: - milling cutter
• the drill jig is located and fastened in the
profile slot
• suitable for any profile angle cut

Drill jig with setscrew

Technical data
Base body:
• material: aluminium
• surface: natural anodised
Drill bush:
• material: steel
• surface: hardened and polished

Drill jig with clamping lever

Drill jig Description Weight Article-No.

with setscrew Drill jig FE with setscrew 375 g 1.99.01111
Single parts Weight Article-No.
Base body 188 g 1.99.01112-01
Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø15.25 105 g 1.99.01112-03
Safety screw for drill bush, M8×5.5 11 g 1.99.01112-04
Stop pin 19 g 1.99.01112-05
Setscrew for stop pin 2g 1.99.01112-06
Connector, parallel-high 30 g 1.21.3/2F5
Anchor 20 g 1.21.A2E5
Accessories
Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø12.2 90 g 1.99.01112-02

Drill jig Description Weight Article-No.

with clamping lever Drill jig FE with clamping lever 438 g 1.99.01112
Single parts Weight Article-No.
Base body 188 g 1.99.01112-01
Drill bush for cross bushing, Ø15.25 105 g 1.99.01112-03
Safety screw for drill bush, M8×5.5 11 g 1.99.01112-04
Stop pin 19 g 1.99.01112-05
Setscrew for stop pin 2g 1.99.01112-06
Connector, parallel-high 30 g 1.21.3/2F5
Anchor 20 g 1.21.A2E5
Clamping lever 80, for connector, M10×20 63 g 1.29.801020
Accessories
Drill bush for parallel-anchor, Ø12.2 90 g 1.99.01112-02

334
 Tools 1.99

Tools Comments
for profiles with F- and E-slots Selection range ï 331

Drill, Milling cutter

Milling cutter Technical data

for • parallel-anchor material: HSS
• cross bushing 3 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F d Weight Article-No.

Milling cutter f. cr. bush. ST, 4 Ø12.2 83 1×45° Ø12 60 g 1.99.02112451
Milling cutter f. cross bush. SE Ø15.2 93 without Ø16 116 g 1.99.02115000
Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø15.2 93 1.5×45° Ø16 116 g 1.99.02115452

Drill Technical data

for parallel-anchor material: HSS
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F Weight Article-No.

Drill for parallel-anchor Ø12.2 147 2×45° 93 g 1.99.0311245

Drill Technical data

for cross bushing material: HSS
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F Weight Article-No.

Drill for cross bushing, MK2 Ø15.25 210 1.5×45° 224 g 1.99.03115452

Drill Technical data

for cross bushing material: HSS
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges
9

Description D L F d Weight Article-No.

Drill for cross bushing Ø15.25 173 1.5×45° Ø12 197 g 1.99.03215452

335
 Tools - Special cases 1.99

Tools Comments
for profiles with F- and E-slots Selection range ï 331

Drill, Milling cutter

Milling cutter Technical data

for cross bushing material: HSS
4 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F d Weight Article-No.

Milling cutter f. cross bush. Ø15.2 93 4.0×45° Ø16 116 g 1.99.02115454

Drill Technical data

for cross bushing material: HSS
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F Weight Article-No.

Drill for cross bushing, MK2 Ø15.25 210 4.0×45° 224 g 1.99.03115454

Drill Technical data

for cross bushing material: HSS
2 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges

Description D L F d Weight Article-No.

Drill for cross bushing Ø15.25 173 4.0×45° Ø12 197 g 1.99.03215454

336
 Tools 1.99

Screw taps Application

for aluminium machining Mounting threads in profile centre core hole
Ø5 mm

Screw tap Technical data

M6 material: HSS/E
machine threading tap:
• right hand cutting, 40° right spiral fluted
• enlarged chip flute
• 3-pitch thread start
• tolerance class: 6H

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Screw tap M6 80 45 g 1.99.0406080

Application
Mounting threads in profile centre core hole
Ø6.2 mm

Screw tap Technical data

M8 material: HSS/E
machine threading tap:
• right hand cutting, 40° right spiral fluted
• enlarged chip flute
• 3-pitch thread start
• tolerance class: 6H

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Screw tap M8 90 52 g 1.99.0408090

337
 Tools 1.99

Screw taps Application

for aluminium machining Fastening thread in hollow chambers of
profiles PG 50

Screw tap Technical data

M12 material: HSS/E
machine threading tap:
• right hand cutting, 40° right spiral fluted
• enlarged chip flute
• 2-pitch thread start
• tolerance class: 6H

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Screw tap M12 110 65 g 1.99.0412110

Application
Mounting threads in profile centre core hole
Ø12 mm

Screw tap Technical data

M14 material: HSS/E
machine threading tap:
• right hand cutting, 40° right spiral fluted
• enlarged chip flute
• 2-pitch thread start
• tolerance class: 6H

Description G L Weight Article-No.

Screw tap M14 110 75 g 1.99.0414110
Screw tap M14 150 105 g 1.99.0414150

338
 Subject index

A Base plates ............................................................................. 210

Abbreviations ............................................................................... 5 with thread ........................................................................ 211
Accessories ............................................................................. 135 without thread ................................................................... 211
Acrylic ..................................................................................... 325 Bayonet type connector ............................................................ 113
Additional accessories .......................................................136, 231 Bending strength ....................................................................... 62
Adjustable tilt-feet .................................................................... 181 Block for cable binder .............................................................. 305
anti-slip discs .................................................................... 185 Bores for parallel-connector........................................................ 56
cushion elements .............................................................. 185 Bullet catches .......................................................................... 265
nuts .................................................................................. 184 PA .................................................................................... 266
plates ............................................................................... 182 Button head screws ................................................................. 330
Single parts ....................................................................... 181
spindles ............................................................................ 184 C
Adjustable tilt-foot anti-slip discs .............................................. 185 Cable and hose clamp .............................................................. 304
Adjustable tilt-foot cushion elements ......................................... 185 Cable binder ............................................................................ 305
Adjustable tilt-foot nuts ............................................................ 184 detachable ........................................................................ 305
Stainless steel ................................................................... 184 Calculation formulas for polygons.............................................. 127
Steel ................................................................................. 184 Carabine swivel ...................................................................... 301
Adjustable tilt-foot plates .......................................................... 182 Castors ................................................................................... 194
with mounting holes........................................................... 183 Fixed castors ..................................................................... 194
without mounting holes ...................................................... 182 Fixed castors with bolt hole ................................................ 194
Adjustable tilt-foot plates with mounting holes ........................... 183 Fixed castors with fitting plate ............................................ 194
GD-Zn............................................................................... 183 Locking castors ................................................................. 196
PA .................................................................................... 183 Swivel castors ................................................................... 195
Stainless steel ................................................................... 183 Swivel castors lockable ...................................................... 195
Adjustable tilt-foot plates without mounting holes....................... 182 Swivel castors lockable with bolt hole ................................. 195
GD-Zn............................................................................... 182 Swivel castors lockable with fitting plate.............................. 195
PA .................................................................................... 182 Swivel castors with bolt hole............................................... 195
Stainless steel ................................................................... 182 Swivel castors with fitting plate ........................................... 195
Adjustable tilt-foot spindles....................................................... 184 Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread .............. 197
Stainless steel ................................................................... 184 Chipboards .............................................................................. 324
Steel ................................................................................. 184 Clamping connector ................................................................. 117
Alu hinges ............................................................................... 249 Clamping for guidance system .................................................. 294
heavy ................................................................................ 251 Clamping levers ....................................................................... 134
Press-fit pins for alu hinges ................................................ 250 Coding examples ....................................................................... 58
Spacer .............................................................................. 250 for price group 1 ................................................................. 58
Type A .............................................................................. 249 for price group 2 ................................................................. 59
Type B .............................................................................. 249 for price group 3 ................................................................. 60
Type C .............................................................................. 250 Combination profiles ................................................................ 155
Alu hinges, heavy ..................................................................... 251 PVC ...........................................................................155, 158
Alu-plastic composite panel ...................................................... 325 Connection .............................................................................. 131
Angles..................................................................................... 198 elements ........................................................................... 131
Angles 25×40 ................................................................... 198 of 0-slot profiles ................................................................ 118
Angles Alu ......................................................................... 207 of MayTec with other profile systems .................................. 129
Angles GD-Al..................................................................... 206 of profiles 40, round .......................................................... 127
Angles GD-Zn.................................................................... 200 plates ............................................................................... 214
Angles PA ......................................................................... 199 with corner pieces ............................................................. 219
Swivel angles .................................................................... 208 Connection elements................................................................ 131
Angular adjusting feet .............................................................. 186 Anti-twist devices .............................................................. 131
with adjusting screw .......................................................... 186 Anti-twist devices for subsequent insertion.......................... 133
without adjusting screw ..................................................... 186 Clamping levers ................................................................. 134
Angular tolerance....................................................................... 62 Retaining plates................................................................. 131
Anti-twist devices..................................................................... 131 Connection plates .................................................................... 214
for subsequent insertion..................................................... 133 Connection possibilities ............................................................ 118
Approximate determination of deflection ...................................... 63 for 0-slot profiles ............................................................... 118
for profiles 40, round ......................................................... 127
B Other profile systems ......................................................... 129
Bar locks ................................................................................. 277 Special cases .................................................................... 128
Assembly accessories ........................................................ 279 Subsequent mounting of profiles ........................................ 128
Lock mounting sets ........................................................... 280 Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles .................................. 118
Olive installation sets ......................................................... 280 Connection with screw-type connector ................................ 125
Profile machining ............................................................... 278 Specification of milling patterns for closed profiles ............... 119
Base angle .............................................................................. 193 Connection possibilities for profiles 40, round ............................ 127
Base feet ................................................................................. 187 Calculation formulas for polygons ....................................... 127
Floor mounting sets ....................................................187, 191 Connection System .................................................................... 81
Profile mounting sets ......................................................... 192 Connection variants with screw-type connectors .....................91, 96

339
 Subject index

Connector ................................................................................. 89 Connector screw self-cutting .................................................... 112

Bayonet type connector...................................................... 113 Connector selection ................................................................... 89
Clamping connector ........................................................... 117 Connectors ................................................................................ 88
Connector screw ................................................................. 97 Connector complete........................................................... 101
Connector screw-self-cutting ............................................... 97 Cross bushings.................................................................... 98
Cross connector ................................................................ 115 drill dimensions ................................................................. 118
Extension .......................................................................90, 94 Examples ............................................................................ 83
Extension / parallel connector ............................................. 107 Machining of profiles with core hole-Ø6 ................................ 90
Miter 90°-bent anchor l ....................................................... 95 Manufacture a connection .................................................... 88
Miter 90°-bent anchor r ....................................................... 95 Parallel connector .............................................................. 106
Miter 90°-hinge l + r ......................................................90, 95 Special cases ...............................................................89, 106
Miter-bent anchor l + r ........................................................ 95 types and materials ............................................................. 89
Miter-hinge l + r .............................................................90, 95 Connectors - Special cases ...................................................... 106
Oblique 90°-bent anchor ..................................................... 93 Bayonet type connector...................................................... 113
Oblique 90°-bent anchor 90° ............................................... 93 Clamping connector ........................................................... 117
Oblique 90°-hinge ..........................................................90, 93 Connector screw self-cutting .............................................. 112
Oblique-bent anchor l .......................................................... 92 Cross connector ................................................................ 115
Oblique-bent anchor r .......................................................... 93 Extension / parallel connector ............................................. 107
Oblique-bent anchor standard l ............................................ 93 Parallel connector for subsequent insertion ......................... 116
Oblique-bent anchor standard r ............................................ 93 SE-Connector .................................................................... 109
Oblique-cross-hinge ............................................................ 93 ST-Connector .................................................................... 110
Oblique-cross-hinge 90°...................................................... 93 ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ................................ 111
Oblique-hinge l + r .........................................................90, 92 Universal connector with knurled cross bushing ................... 108
Parallel connector for subsequent insertion ......................... 116 Corner elements ...................................................................... 320
Parallel-cross .................................................................90, 94 Corner element 33 for wire net mounting profile 33×10 ...... 321
Parallel-high ...................................................................90, 94 for wire net mounting profile............................................... 320
Parallel-high 90° ................................................................. 94 Corner pieces .......................................................................... 217
Parallel-square ...............................................................90, 94 45°................................................................................... 218
Parallel-square 90° ............................................................. 94 cubic .........................................................................217, 220
Screw-type front sided ....................................................91, 96 segment ........................................................................... 220
Screw-type parallel-cross................................................91, 96 segment, 2gang ................................................................ 220
Screw-type parallel-high .................................................91, 96 spherical ....................................................................218, 220
Screw-type parallel-square .............................................91, 96 Cover caps .............................................................................. 169
SE-Connector .................................................................... 109 for profiles with core hole-Ø12 ........................................... 171
Shifter................................................................................. 95 for profiles with core hole-Ø6 ............................................. 170
Square head Standard ......................................................... 92 for profiles without core hole .............................................. 169
Square head Standard 90°................................................... 92 for screw bores ................................................................. 174
Square head Universal ......................................................... 92 for tube profile................................................................... 169
Standard ............................................................................. 92 for tubes ........................................................................... 174
Standard 90° ...................................................................... 92 Ø48 for hand rail profile ..................................................... 172
ST-Connector .................................................................... 110 Cover plug ........................................................................118, 173
ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ................................ 111 domed .............................................................................. 173
Universal ........................................................................90, 92 for connector bushings ...................................................... 173
Universal connector with knurled cross bushing ................... 108 Cover profiles .......................................................................... 153
Connector - Drill dimensions ..................................................... 118 Alu ................................................................................... 153
with radius covers.............................................................. 118 PVC .................................................................................. 153
without radius covers ......................................................... 118 Cross bore................................................................................. 56
Connector complete ................................................................. 101 Cross bushing............................................................................ 98
PG 20 ................................................................101, 102, 104 bore for connector ............................................................... 56
PG 30 ........................................................................102, 104 Cross connection plates ........................................................... 209
PG 40 ........................................................................102, 104 Cross connector....................................................................... 115
PG 45 ........................................................................103, 105 Cross section of slots ................................................................... 6
PG 50 ........................................................................103, 105 Cross-blocks for cable binder ................................................... 305
PG 60 ........................................................................103, 105 C-track...................................................................................... 53
Connector components ............................................................ 101 Curved profiles .......................................................................... 79
Anchor .......................................................................101, 103 Cylinder locks .......................................................................... 269
Cross bushing ............................................................101, 102 flush ................................................................................. 271
Setscrew ........................................................................... 103 with security latch.............................................................. 270
Spring ............................................................................... 103
Connector Cross bushings .......................................................... 98 D
Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings ....................... 98 Deflection .................................................................................. 63
Mounting variants ................................................................ 99 Delivery length ........................................................................... 61
Connector for........................................................................... 101 Determination of deflection ......................................................... 63
core hole-Ø 12 mm ........................................................... 102 Direction and Position ................................................................ 57
core hole-Ø 6 mm ............................................................. 101 Distance washer ...................................................................... 295

340
 Subject index

Door handle ............................................................................. 276 H

Door knob ............................................................................... 276 Hand adjustable feet ................................................................ 179
Double hinge ........................................................................... 243 Hand rail ................................................................................... 72
Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings ............................. 98 Handle system ......................................................................... 234
Drill jigs ................................................................................... 332 oval design........................................................................ 235
for profiles with F- and E-slots ............................................ 334 round design ..................................................................... 234
for profiles with H-slots ...................................................... 332 Handles ................................................................................... 231
with clamping lever.....................................................332, 334 light Alu ............................................................................ 231
with setscrew .............................................................332, 334 light PA ............................................................................. 231
Drills ................................................................................333, 335 PA .................................................................................... 232
PA with bore...................................................................... 232
E PA with thread ................................................................... 232
E3-slot ........................................................................................ 6 Hanging bracket ...................................................................... 300
E4-slot ........................................................................................ 6 Hinges......................................................................237, 242, 244
Eco-Slides ............................................................................... 296 Alu hinges ......................................................................... 249
Edge roller ............................................................................... 289 Alu hinges, heavy .............................................................. 251
Electrical accessories ........................................................137, 302 Double hinge ..................................................................... 243
accessories ....................................................................... 316 Lift-off hinges .................................................................... 238
E-trunking, end plates ........................................................ 318
E-trunking, for clips ........................................................... 319 I
Electrical installation trunking.................................................... 316 Installation accessories......................................................135, 153
E-trunking lids ..................................................................... 48 Installation rings....................................................................... 306
E-trunking profile ................................................................. 48
E-trunking, end plates ........................................................ 318 J
E-trunking, for clips ........................................................... 319 Joints ...................................................................................... 253
E-trunking profiles...................................................................... 48 with / without clamping lever .............................................. 255
Base profiles ....................................................................... 48 with clamping lever............................................................ 253
Cover profiles ...................................................................... 48 without clamping lever ....................................................... 253
Extension / parallel connector ................................................... 107 Zn .................................................................................... 255
Extruded profile as per DIN EN 12020 ......................................... 61 Zn, with clamping lever ...................................................... 255
Eye-bolt................................................................................... 216 Zn, without clamping lever ................................................. 255

F L
Fastening elements .................................................................. 135 Latch lock ............................................................................... 281
Fastening plate 30×150........................................................... 215 Levelling feet ....................................................................178, 180
Fixed castors ........................................................................... 194 Levelling furniture foot .............................................................. 180
with bolt hole..................................................................... 194 Lift-off hinges .......................................................................... 238
with fitting plate................................................................. 194 Lock GD-Zn ............................................................................. 268
Flap-lock countersunk .............................................................. 271 Lock mounting set ................................................................... 280
Flatness of profile surfaces ......................................................... 61 with double beard key ........................................................ 280
Flatness tolerance ...................................................................... 61 with square key ................................................................. 280
Flexure load ............................................................................. 130 Locking castors ....................................................................... 196
Floor levelling screw ................................................................. 178 with center thread ............................................................. 197
Floor mounting plate ................................................................ 212 with plate .......................................................................... 196
Floor plate ............................................................................... 213
Frame guide ............................................................................ 291 M
Framing profiles ................................................................160, 165 Machining of profiles .................................................................. 90
one piece .......................................................................... 160 with core hole-Ø6 ................................................................ 90
two pieces ........................................................................ 165 with core hole-Ø6 for miter .................................................. 90
F-slot .......................................................................................... 6 Magnetic lock PA ..................................................................... 267
Functional length ....................................................................... 61 Makrolon ................................................................................. 326
MayTec connector with square head ........................................... 83
G MayTec ground-connector for potential equilisation ...................... 83
Grab handle profiles ............................................................52, 236 MayTec screw-type connector .................................................... 83
Grab handles ........................................................................... 236 MayTec standard-connector ....................................................... 83
Grid, steel ................................................................................ 327 MayTec universal-connector ....................................................... 83
Ground connections ................................................................. 303 Mechanical data ........................................................................ 61
Ground connector for potential equilisation ................................ 302 Milling cutter ....................................................................333, 335
Guard locking device ................................................................ 309 Mortise deadlocks .................................................................... 273
Guidance system ..................................................................... 293 cases ................................................................................ 274
Clamping for guidance system............................................ 294 cases with lock .................................................................. 275
Distance washer ................................................................ 295 cases without lock ............................................................. 274
Sliding blocks .................................................................... 294 Door handle ...................................................................... 276
T-Nut sliding blocks ........................................................... 295 Door knob ......................................................................... 276
Guide profile PVC ..................................................................... 159 Installation sets ................................................................. 274

341
 Subject index

Installation sets with lock ................................................... 275 Price groups (1 -3) ..................................................................... 55
Installation sets without lock ............................................... 274 Profile applications ..................................................................... 68
Profile machining ............................................................... 273 Curved profiles .................................................................... 79
Push pins .......................................................................... 276 Hand rail ............................................................................. 72
Mounting adaptor for roller ....................................................... 288 Profile combinations ............................................................ 68
Mounting blocks ...................................................................... 256 Profiles for cable guide ........................................................ 75
Distancing plate, thin ......................................................... 259 Slot plates ........................................................................... 69
for subsequent insertion..................................................... 258 Special slits ......................................................................... 68
GD-Zn............................................................................... 257 U-Profile 40 ........................................................................ 74
screw-type ........................................................................ 256 Profile combinations ................................................................... 68
Mounting clamp blocks ............................................................ 260 Profile group .............................................................................. 12
for subsequent insertion..................................................... 260 16 mm, E3-slot, P ............................................................... 12
SL .................................................................................... 262 16 mm, F-slot, P ................................................................. 12
Tool for mounting clamp block SL ....................................... 262 20 mm, F-slot, P ................................................................. 15
Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors ......................91, 96 20 mm, H-slot, P ................................................................. 13
Mounting of connector in core hole ............................................. 84 30 mm, E4-slot, P ............................................................... 18
Mounting of connector in slot...................................................... 85 30 mm, F-slot ..................................................................... 34
Mounting plates ....................................................................... 213 30 mm, F-slot, P ................................................................. 16
Mounting set for 19“ profile ...................................................... 307 40 mm, E3-slot ................................................................... 36
Mounting sockets..................................................................... 322 40 mm, E3-slot, P ............................................................... 20
45 mm, E4-slot ................................................................... 39
N 45 mm, E4-slot, P ............................................................... 28
Numerical key for articles ............................................................. 7 50 mm, E4-slot ................................................................... 40
50 mm, E4-slot, P ............................................................... 31
O 60 mm, E4-slot ................................................................... 42
Olive installation sets................................................................ 280 60 mm, E4-slot, P ............................................................... 32
Order description ....................................................................... 54 Profile machining ....................................................................... 54
Order examples for special design .............................................. 60 Bores for parallel-connector ................................................. 56
Oval tube................................................................................. 235 Coding examples ................................................................. 58
Coding examples for special design ...................................... 60
P Cross bore .......................................................................... 56
Panel elements .........................................................137, 320, 323 Cross bushing bore for connector ......................................... 56
Acrylic .............................................................................. 325 Direction and Position .......................................................... 57
Alu-plastic composite panel ............................................... 325 Order description ................................................................. 54
Chipboards........................................................................ 324 Price group 1-3 ................................................................... 55
Grid, steel ......................................................................... 327 Saw cut .............................................................................. 55
Makrolon........................................................................... 326 Saw cut tolerance ................................................................ 55
Polycarbonate ................................................................... 326 Summary ............................................................................ 54
Solid plastic panels ............................................................ 324 Thread ................................................................................ 56
Wire net, Alu ..................................................................... 326 lid 30 .................................................................................. 76
Wire net, steel ................................................................... 327 lid 40 .................................................................................. 77
Panel profiles............................................................................. 44 lid 50 .................................................................................. 78
Panel profiles 30, F-slot, P ................................................... 44 Profile pre-cut lids...................................................................... 52
Panel profiles 40, E3-slot, P ................................................. 45 Profile selection range ................................................................ 64
Panel profiles 50, E4-slot, P ................................................. 46 Profile tolerance ......................................................................... 61
Parallel connector .................................................................... 106 Profiles 48, round (plain) ............................................................ 43
Parallel connector for subsequent insertion................................ 116 Profiles for cable guide ............................................................... 75
Parallelism tolerance .................................................................. 62 Slot distance 30 .................................................................. 76
Pneumatic ............................................................................... 221 Slot distance 40 .................................................................. 77
90° connection sets .......................................................... 229 Slot distance 50 .................................................................. 78
accessories ....................................................................... 221 Profiles for pneumatic applications ............................................ 221
connection plate sets ......................................................... 227 Profiles octagonal (plain)............................................................. 43
connection plates .............................................................. 227 Push pins ................................................................................ 276
end plate sets.................................................................... 222
end plates ......................................................................... 222 Q
extension sets ................................................................... 228 Quick locks.............................................................................. 263
Pneumatic accessories ..............................................136, 221, 230
Blanking plug .................................................................... 230 R
Reducing nipple................................................................. 230 Radius compensations ............................................................. 177
Sealing ring ....................................................................... 230 Radius covers .......................................................................... 175
Polycarbonate .......................................................................... 326 Rectangle 90° with one radius ........................................... 176
Potential equalisation ............................................................... 302 Rectangle 90° with two radii .............................................. 176
Press in device for knurled cross bushing .................................. 330 Rectangle with one radius .................................................. 175
Press-fit pins for alu hinges ...................................................... 250 Rectangle with two radii ..................................................... 176
Press-fit threaded inserts ......................................................... 151 Square with one radius ...................................................... 175
without collar..................................................................... 152 Square with two radii ......................................................... 176

342
 Subject index

Reducing profiles PVC .............................................................. 154 Solid plastic panels .................................................................. 324
Register ...................................................................................... 1 Spacer .................................................................................... 250
Retaining plates ....................................................................... 131 Special cases ............................................................................ 89
Rhomboid T-slot nuts ............................................................... 147 Special characters ....................................................................... 5
Roller 29 ................................................................................. 283 Special slits ............................................................................... 68
Roller 39 ................................................................................. 282 Specification of milling patterns for closed profiles ..................... 119
Roller fastening sets ................................................................. 284 Sponge rubber round cords ...................................................... 162
A, double sided.................................................................. 285 Spring-nuts ............................................................................. 145
A,one sided ....................................................................... 285 Stacking foot ........................................................................... 193
type A ............................................................................... 284 ST-Connector .......................................................................... 110
type B ............................................................................... 286 with anchor, screw-type ..................................................... 111
Rubber cover-profiles ............................................................... 168 Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended doors ............................... 291
Rubber door stop ..................................................................... 291 Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended doors ............................... 291
Runner .................................................................................... 290 Straightness tolerance ................................................................ 61
for sliding suspended doors................................................ 290 Strength values for profile connections ...................................... 130
for suspended doors .......................................................... 290 with MayTec-Connectors .................................................... 130
Subsequent mounting of profiles ............................................... 128
S Summary ...............................................................8, 84, 135, 331
Safety interlocking ................................................................... 310 Accessories....................................................................... 135
Contact bracket-mounting .................................................. 311 Connectors (with machining) ................................................ 84
mountings ......................................................................... 310 Connectors (without machining) ............................................ 86
Safety interlocking-mountings ................................................... 310 Profiles (plain) ....................................................................... 8
AZ 17 for sliding door ........................................................ 313 Profiles (with grooves) ............................................................ 9
AZ 17 for swinging door..................................................... 312 Tools ................................................................................. 331
for sliding door .................................................................. 311 Suspended doors ..................................................................... 290
for swinging door............................................................... 310 Alu C-track........................................................................ 290
with lock for swinging door................................................. 310 Runner.............................................................................. 290
Safety switches........................................................................ 308 Suspended glider ..................................................................... 301
AZ 17 ............................................................................... 309 Swivel angles........................................................................... 208
Contact bracket-mounting .................................................. 311 Swivel castors.......................................................................... 195
Guard locking devices AZM 170 ......................................... 309 Swivel castors lockable ............................................................ 195
Saw cut ..................................................................................... 55 Symbols ...................................................................................... 5
Saw cut tolerance ...................................................................... 55
Screw taps .............................................................................. 338 T
Screw taps for aluminium machining......................................... 338 Table of contents ......................................................................... 3
Screws .................................................................................... 330 T-Bolts .................................................................................... 148
Button head screws ........................................................... 330 Technical data ........................................................................... 61
Sealing profile.......................................................................... 164 Angular tolerance ................................................................ 62
SE-Connector .......................................................................... 109 Approximate determination of deflection ............................... 63
Security latch........................................................................... 270 Bending strength ................................................................. 62
Self locking washers ................................................................ 328 Deflection ........................................................................... 63
SP .................................................................................... 329 Delivery length .................................................................... 61
Standard ........................................................................... 329 Extruded profile as per EN 12020 ......................................... 61
Sensor brackets ....................................................................... 315 Flatness of profile surfaces................................................... 61
Slide load ................................................................................ 130 Flatness tolerance ............................................................... 61
Sliding blocks .......................................................................... 294 Functional length ................................................................. 61
Sliding doors............................................................................ 157 Mechanical data .................................................................. 61
construction types ............................................................. 157 Parallelism tolerance............................................................ 62
Sliding profiles ........................................................................... 53 Profile tolerance .................................................................. 61
Slot plates ................................................................................. 69 Straightness tolerance ......................................................... 61
E-slot .................................................................................. 69 Twist tolerance .................................................................... 61
E-slot, slot distance 25 mm .................................................. 71 Tension load ............................................................................ 130
E-slot, slot distance 50 mm .................................................. 71 Thread ...................................................................................... 56
F-slot .................................................................................. 69 Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread .................... 197
F-slot, slot distance 25 mm .................................................. 70 Threaded inserts ...................................................................... 149
F-slot, slot distance 50 mm .................................................. 70 Press-fit threaded inserts ................................................... 151
Profile 30×100, 10F, SP ...................................................... 70 Press-fit threaded inserts w/o collar .................................... 152
Profile 30×100, 5E, 2F, SP ................................................... 71 Threaded plates ....................................................................... 138
Profile 30×150, 8E, SP ........................................................ 71 for subsequent insertion..................................................... 139
Profile 30×150, 8F, SP ........................................................ 70 heavy ................................................................................ 140
Slot rollers ............................................................................... 292 T-Nut sliding blocks.................................................................. 295
Slot system.................................................................................. 6 T-Nuts ..................................................................................... 141
E3-slot .................................................................................. 6 for subsequent insertion..................................................... 142
E4-slot .................................................................................. 6 for subsequent insertion, with spring................................... 143
F-slot .................................................................................... 6 for subsequent insertion, with spring ball ............................ 142
H-slot ................................................................................... 6 for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2×M4 ....................... 144

343
 Subject index

for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2×M8 ....................... 143

with spring ........................................................................ 141
Tools ................................................................................137, 331
Drill ...........................................................................333, 335
Drill jigs .....................................................................332, 334
for anchors........................................................................ 331
for cross bushings ............................................................. 331
for profiles with F- and E-slots ............................................ 335
for profiles with H-slots ...................................................... 333
Milling cutter ..............................................................333, 335
Press in device for knurled cross bushings .......................... 330
Screw taps ........................................................................ 338
Special cases .................................................................... 337
Summary .......................................................................... 331
Tx screw driver .................................................................. 330
Torque tightening values for connector setscrew ........................ 130
Torx ........................................................................................ 330
T-slot nuts ............................................................................... 146
Tube profiles .............................................................................. 51
Tube profiles 30, P ..................................................................... 51
Tubes ........................................................................................ 51
Twin track guide for roller 29 .................................................... 283
Twist tolerance........................................................................... 61
Tx screw driver ........................................................................ 330
Type of load ............................................................................... 62

U
Universal connector...............................................................90, 92
for profile 30×150............................................................. 106
with knurled cross bushing................................................. 108
U-Profile 40 ............................................................................... 74
U-Profiles .................................................................................. 53

V
Vibration proof ........................................................................... 81

W
Washers .................................................................................. 328
Wedge profiles......................................................................... 161
Wire net mounting profiles ......................................................... 52
Wire net profiles ........................................................................ 47
30, F-slot, P ........................................................................ 47
40, F / E3-slot, P ................................................................. 47
Wire net, Alu ............................................................................ 326
Wire net, steel ......................................................................... 327

Imprint
Subject to technical modification.
All rights reserved.
Copying - also in parts - only allowed by
written consent.
© MayTec Aluminium Systemtechnik GmbH,
Germany, D - 85221 Dachau, 2014

344
MayTec GmbH plant in Dachau

Small parts
storage

Stock of aluminium profiles

The key ...
to success

extremely strong

efficient

functional

Australia Germany USA

MayTec Australia P/L MayTec Aluminium MayTec Inc.
Unit 8, 175 James Ruse Drive Systemtechnik GmbH 901 Wesemann Drive
Rosehill, NSW 2142 Kopernikusstraße 20 West Dundee, IL 60118
D - 85221 Dachau

country code: +61 country code: +49 country code: +1

phone (0) 2 / 9898 9929 phone (0) 8131 / 33 36 - 0 phone 847 - 429 - 0321
fax (0) 2 / 9638 4086 fax (0) 8131 / 33 36 - 119 fax 847 - 429 - 0460
e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected]
http://www.maytec.com.au http://www.maytec.de http://www.maytecinc.com

MayTec distributor
VK-GB/4.01.0.002.115